Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / Synthomer

Synthomer

synt · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker synt
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Synthomer
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Synthomer plc 
Annual Report 2019

BUILDING
GLOBAL
DIFFERENTIATION

Synthomer plc
We continue to make good progress towards our strategic objectives despite challenging market 
conditions in 2019. The acquisition of the highly complementary OMNOVA Solutions Inc will 
extend our geographic reach, expand our global platform and allow us to further differentiate our 
business. Our successful capital investment expansion programme in 2018/2019 positions us well 
to capture higher-than-market growth and extend our leadership positions in our core markets.

Revenue
 43%
 42%
 15%

3

2

Who we are
Synthomer is a speciality chemicals company and 
one of the world’s leading suppliers of water-based 
polymers. With strong geographic and end market 
diversity combined with product differentiation, 
Synthomer holds leadership positions in a wide 
range of markets including coatings, construction, 
textiles, paper and healthcare.

Our purpose 
As a global leader in water-based polymer 
chemistry, our purpose is to continually innovate 
to meet the needs of our customers and society 
in a sustainable way.

1

What we do
We operate through three global businesses –  
 Performance Elastomers (PE);  
 Functional Solutions (FS); and  
 Industrial Specialities (IS).

Performance Elastomers is focused on 
healthcare, carpet and paper markets through 
our Nitrile Butadiene Rubber latex (NBR) 
and Styrene Butadiene Rubber latex (SBR) 
water-based products. Functional Solutions is 
focused on coatings, construction, adhesives 
and technical textiles markets through our 
acrylic and vinylic water-based dispersions. 

Industrial Specialities is focused on our speciality 
chemical additives and non-water-based 
chemistry for a broad range of applications from 
polymer additives and monomers to emerging 
materials and technologies.

Our culture
Synthomer is fully committed to building a 
business where the people, purpose, culture 
and values of the Group are fully aligned. 
Synthomer is a diverse global company with an 
inclusive culture which embodies meritocracy, 
openness, fairness and transparency.

Our values
Synthomer has five core values. At the heart 
of our business is SHE (Safety, Health and 
Environmental) – we always have time to work 
safely. We are accountable – we deliver our 
promises. On innovation – we welcome change 
and new ideas. For teamwork – we recognise that 
we are stronger as one team. For integrity – we act 
with integrity and show respect. 

BUILDING GLOBAL

DIFFERENTIATION

Financial highlights (see page 154 for definitions)

EBITDA 

Underlying PBT 

Underlying EPS 

Free Cash Flow 

Profit before tax 

IFRS basic earnings 
per share

£177.9m

2018: £181.0m

£116.2m

2018: £135.1m

25.3p

2018: 30.7p

£92.8m

2018: £27.8m

£100.5m

2018: £120.3m

21.5p

2018: 27.4p

Non-Financial Highlights

Volume 

Sales volume from 
new products

Recordable accident 
frequency rate

Energy consumption 
per tonne 

1,465.7ktes

2018: 1,517.6ktes

22%

2018: 21%

0.20

2018: 0.23

3.63GJ/t

2018: 3.50GJ/t

Underlying statement
The Group’s management uses Underlying performance to plan for, control and assess the performance of the Group. Underlying performance differs from the statutory IFRS performance 
as it excludes the effect of Special Items, which are detailed in note 4. The Board’s view is that Underlying performance provides additional clarity for the Group’s investors and stakeholders 
and so it is the primary focus of the Group’s narrative reporting. Where appropriate, IFRS performance inclusive of Special Items is also described. References to ‘unit margin’ and ‘margin’ are 
used in the commentary on Underlying performance. Unit margin (or margin) is calculated on selling price less variable raw material and logistics costs. 

 
Key stories from this year

Page 57

Page 46

Innovative solutions that create 
and sustain value

Page 12

Building sustainably

Page 28

Positioned well for future growth 

Page 18

Continually improving our business

Business growth through 
acquisitions

Page 4

Page 54

SYNTHOMER 
CORE 
VALUES

Accountab ili ty

Innovation

SHE

Integri ty

Our investment case

Teamw ork

Our values

Contents

Strategic report
IFC  Highlights
2   Synthomer at a glance
4   Our investment case
6   Chairman’s statement
9   Chief Executive Officer’s review
12  Market overview
14   Strategy at a glance
16   Key performance indicators
18   Strategy in action
22   Divisional review
28   Our business model
30   Managing risk
32   Principal risks and uncertainties
37  Viability statement
38  Chief Financial Officer’s review
44  Section 172 statement
46 

 Environmental, social and 
Governance (ESG)

Governance
64   Board of Directors
66    Introduction to corporate  

governance

68   Corporate governance
74  Audit Committee report
82  Nomination Committee report
83   Directors’ Remuneration report
103 Report of the Directors
105   Statement of Directors’ 

responsibilities 

Group financial statements
106  Independent auditors’ report
111  Consolidated income statement
112   Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income

112   Consolidated statement of changes 

in equity

113  Consolidated balance sheet
114  Consolidated cash flow statement
115   Notes to the consolidated  

financial statements

Company financial statements
148 Company balance sheet
149  Company statement of changes 

in equity

150  Notes to the Company 
financial statements

Other information
154  Glossary of terms 
155 Five-year financial summary
156  Advisers

www.synthomer.com
Further information on the Group 
is available through our website 
at www.synthomer.com

1

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019Strategic ReportGroup financial statementsGovernanceCompany financial statementsOther information 
Strategic Report

Synthomer at a glance
 Innovative solutions that create and sustain value

15%

c2,900

employees

Over 

4,000

customers

25

production sites

22%

of sales volume 
from products  
less than five years old

 Performance  
 Elastomers 

Volume

1

4

3

5

2

What we 
produce
(Revenue)

43%

42%

 Performance Elastomers
 Functional Solutions
 Industrial Specialities

 Functional  
 Solutions 

Volume

5

4

3

2

 Industrial  
 Specialities 

Volume

1

3

1

2

1. Paper 
2. Health & Protection 
3. Carpet 
4. Compounds 
5. Foam 

32.4%
39.6%
9.9%
9.8%
8.3%

1. Coatings 
2. Textiles 
3. Construction 
4. Adhesives 
5. Other 

39.4%
23.4%
22.1%
13.8%
1.2%

1. Coatings 
2. Polymer Additives 
3. Monomers 

32.9%
19.1%
48.0%

Volumes 

849.1ktes

2018: 859.5ktes

Revenue 

£623.7m

2018: £704.5m

EBITDA

£96.3m

2018: £107.9m

Market position 

Underlying  
operating profit
£71.5m

2018: £87.2m

IFRS  
operating profit
£71.2m

2018: £84.7m

Volumes 

487.4ktes

2018: 526.0ktes

Revenue 

£612.8m

2018: £680.1m

EBITDA

£69.9m

2018: £64.1m

Market position 

Underlying  
operating profit
£52.3m

2018: £53.0m

IFRS 
operating profit
£48.0m

2018: £50.4m

Volumes 

129.2ktes

2018: 132.1ktes

Revenue 

£222.6m

2018: £234.3m

EBITDA

£24.8m

2018: £23.5m

Market position 

Underlying  
operating profit
£16.0m

2018: £16.7m

IFRS  
operating profit
£11.3m

2018: £12.1m

No 2 producer globally in NBR latex. 
No 1 producer in European SBR latex. 
No 1 producer globally of High Solids SBR.

Top five global water-based polymer producer, 
with leadership positions in dispersions in 
Europe, Middle East and Asia.

Leading positions in selected niche speciality 
chemical markets globally.

2

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

How we do business 

The way we do business has become increasingly 
global as we follow our customer requirements, 
extend our global operating network and leverage 
our focus on research, development and innovation. 
Our acquisition of OMNOVA Solutions Inc will 
extend our geographic reach, expand our global 
platform and allow us to further differentiate our 
business. Our global divisional structure allows the 
simple integration of OMNOVA into our structure 
whilst ensuring our market alignment and proximity 
to our customers.

 Read more Page 28

Key

 Sales office
 Operational head office
 Manufacturing site
  Manufacturing site  
and R&D centre

Our ESG pillars

Strategy

Governance and compliance

People

Sustainable value chain

Health and safety 

Environment

Our Environmental, Social and Governance approach
As a global leader in water-based polymer chemistry, our 
purpose is to continually innovate to meet the needs of our 
customers and society in a sustainable way. Today, our water-
based products eliminate the use of over 500ktes of volatile 
organic compounds containing solvents, with our innovation KPI 
rapidly introducing state-of-the-art products with regulatory and 
environmental compliance. Increasingly we focus on projects 
around alternative raw materials and lower energy intensive 
products and technologies. Our continuous improvement 
programmes in all our operations focus on driving efficiency 
and excellence to minimise the use of resources. We are 
resolutely focused on sustainability and environmental, social 
and governance (ESG) improvements, and we are committed to 
reporting under the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) framework 
and measuring our progress against internationally recognised 
standards. We pride ourselves on the progress that has 
been made and are determined to deliver on our targets and 
objectives, recognising that there is more to be done in this 
important area. 

 Read more in our Sustainability section on page 46.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our investment case
Our strong geographic and end market diversity combined 
with increasing product differentiation and a clear strategy 
for growth offers a compelling investment case.

OUR
  INVESTMENT
  CASE

4

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 
Six compelling reasons  
to invest in Synthomer: 

1 We are a differentiated global 

chemical company with 
leadership positions in attractive 
GDP-plus end markets

2

We are continuing to grow the 
proportion of speciality chemicals 
in our portfolio

3 Increasing demand for our 

products is underpinned by 
global mega trends and our blue-
chip customer base

4

5

6

Strong organic and inorganic growth 
drivers are at the core of our strategy – 
with our growth capex programme and 
highly synergistic OMNOVA acquisition 
driving further progress

We are a sustainable and responsible 
operator – a global leader in water-based 
polymers, eliminating the need for volatile 
organic compound containing solvent-
based products in diverse end markets

We have attractive financial metrics with 
resilient Group unit margins and strong 
free cash flow

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

For more information on our investment case see 
www.synthomer.com

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Chairman’s statement

Neil Johnson
Chairman

STRENGTHENING
GOVERNANCE AND WELL  
POSITIONED FOR GROWTH

Governance highlights
 — Commitment to achieve 

one third female 
Board membership 

 — Active ‘employee voice’ 

programme

 — Policies and practices 

implemented to comply  
in full with the 2018 
Governance Code

Acquisition of  
OMNOVA
Read more on  
page 18

6

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Overview
2019 has been a challenging year for the global 
chemical industry. Despite the underlying market 
conditions Synthomer has made considerable 
progress to underpin and deliver long-term growth. 
In July 2019 we announced the acquisition of 
OMNOVA Solution Inc, a highly synergistic US 
speciality chemical business and long-term 
target for Synthomer. The acquisition, which is 
expected to complete in March 2020, will ensure 
continued growth for the coming years. We also 
largely completed a major investment programme 
bringing on-line additional low-cost capacity 
to growth markets and delivered record levels 
of innovation through customer focused new 
product development. 

Our EBITDA was broadly stable at £177.9m, down 
1.7% on the record EBITDA delivered of £181.0m 
in 2018. This resilient performance reflects growth 
in Functional Solutions, Industrial Specialities and 
the Performance Elastomers NBR markets, which 
helped to offset a shortfall in the Performance 
Elastomers SBR markets, where European paper 
has been particularly weak. Underlying profit before 
tax decreased by 14.0% from £135.1m to £116.2m 
with depreciation and interest costs up £13.2m (34%) 
and £2.6m (37%) respectively, as a result of our 
recent investment in growth capacity and IFRS 16 
Leases accounting. IFRS profit before tax decreased 
by 16.5% from £120.3m in 2018 to £100.5m.

Building a platform for future growth
Our acquisition of OMNOVA Solutions Inc 
announced in July will be the largest acquisition 
in the Group’s history. OMNOVA brings greater 
geographical diversity and product differentiation 
in our core chemistries and markets. It follows the 
successful completion of three bolt-on transactions 
since 2016 which have seen Synthomer strengthen 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

“  Despite 2019 being a challenging year for the global 
chemical industry I am pleased to report that the 
Group has made considerable progress in positioning 
the business to deliver long term organic and inorganic 
growth and is placed well for the future.”

 36ktes

at Worms (Germany) 

 12ktes

at Roebuck (USA)

its market positions, expand its technology and 
geographic presence and drive significant synergies 
and profitable growth.

Over the last three years we have made significant 
investment to organically expand our business, 
which will position us well as markets recover and 
provide a platform for future growth. New capacity 
has been introduced in Performance Elastomers 
and Functional Solutions. In Functional Solutions, 
our two major speciality acrylic dispersions plant 
expansions were commissioned successfully, with 
36ktes at Worms (Germany) and 12ktes at Roebuck 
(USA). These investments have further optimised our 
dispersion polymer network, providing large scale, 
low cost plants with incremental capacity to support 
growth of our higher margin speciality products. 
Our largest investment, the 90ktes plant expansion 
at our Pasir Gudang (Malaysia) Nitrile latex plant, 
was completed successfully in late 2018 and is now 
producing state-of-the-art products to support this 
high growth market.

Purpose, culture and values
The Board is committed to building a business 
where the purpose, culture and values of the Group 
are fully aligned. As a global chemical company 
with a leadership position in water-based polymer 
chemistry, our purpose is to continually innovate to 
meet the needs of our customers and society in a 
sustainable way.

We continue to develop an open, diverse and 
transparent culture. We remain resolute in our 
commitment to achieving world class performance 
in Safety, Health and Environmental activities. 
Our updated Code of Conduct has been 
successfully implemented to provide clarity in the 
standards we expect as a Group. 

Our people agenda has made good progress in 2019 
and there is much to come in 2020 as we welcome 
new colleagues from OMNOVA. In 2019 we have 
strengthened our international graduate recruitment, 
leadership and learning development programmes, 
and further strengthened our employee brand. 

Our core values of SHE, Accountability, Integrity, 
Teamwork and Innovation continue to unify the 
way Synthomer does business and, combined with 
our culture, underpin the success of the Group. 
Positively, early impressions suggest OMNOVA 
shares a similar culture to Synthomer which will allow 
swift progress as the companies come together.

Governance
With new policies and practices in place from the 
start of 2019 we were in full compliance with the 
2018 Corporate Governance Code throughout the 
year. The Board and its Committees were very active 
during the year as governance mechanisms were 
deployed to support our value creation, engage 
extensively with shareholders and fulfil our leadership 
and oversight responsibilities.

Our Remuneration Committee Chair led an extensive 
shareholder consultation exercise which was very 
helpful in shaping and developing the proposed new 
Directors’ remuneration policy, which will be put 
forward for approval at the forthcoming AGM.

Following the significant minority vote against my 
re-election at the 2019 AGM, Brendan Connolly, as 
Senior Independent Director, led an engagement 
exercise with a number of our significant 
shareholders. The results of that engagement 
and the Board’s response were published on 
22 October 2019. As part of that response the 
Nomination Committee has underway a search 
process for the recruitment of an additional female 
Non-Executive Director during 2020, which will bring 
female representation on our Board to 30% in 2020 
and to one third in due course. Following careful 
consideration the Board also concluded that there 
are no concerns over my availability to devote 
sufficient time to my role at Synthomer.

The importance of diversity and its key role in 
effective governance and is fully recognised. 
Whilst good progress has been made at Board level 
and amongst the wider workforce, we are conscious 
that improvement is required in gender diversity 
amongst our Executive Committee and their direct 
reports. We continue to develop and implement 
succession planning strategies to address this and 
will engage with and update our shareholders as we 
make progress.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Chairman’s statement continued

As the designated lead Non-Executive Director, 
Alex Catto undertook an extensive workforce 
engagement programme during the year and 
provided valuable feedback and insight to the 
Board on employee sentiment in our main national 
employment markets. Our wider stakeholder 
processes including stakeholder identification, 
engagement mechanisms and the impact of 
their views on our decision making, is described 
throughout this report and summarised in the 
Governance section.

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)
As a global leader in water-based polymer chemistry, 
our products are responsible for avoiding the use of 
significant amounts of volatile organic compounds 
and solvents every year. Our product range and 
strong innovation pipeline deliver materials to meet 
current and future needs of society and do so in an 
increasingly sustainable way. Our innovative new 
products deliver benefits of lower energy intensity, 
removal of solvents and helping customers to meet 
more stringent regulatory standards. We recognise 
that there is much to do to meet the needs of society 
on carbon emissions and climate change, and 
through our continuous innovation we are committed 
to addressing the economic, environmental and 
social aspects of sustainability.

Synthomer manufactures speciality chemicals 
using large scale and complex manufacturing 
processes that consume hazardous raw materials. 
Our standards relating to SHE are high and 
maintaining these is fundamental to the way we 
operate our business.

We have clear policies and procedures that underpin 
all our processes and we remain resolute in our 
commitment to learn lessons from our activities, 
share best practices and continually improve.

Quantifying, improving and communicating the 
sustainability of all our activities continues to 
strengthen with the introduction in 2019 of our first 
ESG report aligned with Global Reporting Initiative 
(GRI) Standards. With increased focus on ESG, 
our programme identifies key issues affecting our 
stakeholders, communicates the activities being 
undertaken and sets key Group performance targets 
for the future.

Synthomer recognises the significance and 
importance of being a responsible company. 
We take responsibility for the life cycle of our 
products and the impact that our operations have 
on people and the environment. We are committed 
to approaching our business in an ethical and 
environmentally sound manner and have been 
committed to the International Council of Chemical 
Associations (ICCA) Responsible Care project since 
the early 1990s.

We operate in 24 countries around the globe and 
we always aim to make a positive contribution 
to the communities we operate in. We recognise 
that Synthomer is built on reputation and the trust 
and confidence of our stakeholders – not only 
our shareholders and employees but also our 
suppliers, customers and the wider community and 
environment in which we operate. Through our ‘We 
Care’ initiative, we empower and support Synthomer 
employees who are passionate about making a 
difference to those around them in their communities 
as a part of charitable activities or where learning 
and career development can be promoted in areas 
such as chemistry and engineering. Our social 
media presence continues to highlight the excellent 
contribution made by our employees worldwide.

Dividend
The Board has recommended a final ordinary 
dividend of 6.9p (2018: 8.5p) per share. 
Taken with the 2019 interim ordinary dividend of 4.0p 
(2018: 3.7p) per share, the total ordinary dividend is 
10.9p (2018: 12.2p). The total dividend for the year is 
consistent with the Group’s dividend policy. The final 
dividend per share is subject to shareholder approval 
at the Annual General Meeting on 29 April 2020 and 
will be payable on 7 July 2020 to those shareholders 
registered at the close of business on 5 June 2020.

Neil Johnson
Chairman
5 March 2020

Sustainability and  
our innovative  
new products
Read more on page 46

8

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Chief Executive Officer’s review

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

BUILDING

GLOBAL
DIFFERENTIATION 

Strategic highlights 
 — Resilient performance in all 
businesses apart from SBR 
in Europe in the face of 
difficult market conditions

 — Acquisition of OMNOVA 

Solutions Inc will 
strengthen platform 
for future growth 

 — New low cost capacity 
introduced to drive 
organic growth

 — Continued transformation 

and self-help 
programmes in place to 
underpin performance

 — Record return on R&D 
investment – 22% of  
sales volumes from new 
products launched  
in the past five years

 — Strong Free Cash Flow at 
£92.8m (2018: £27.8m) 
remains a key feature of 
the Group

£177.9m

EBITDA

Performance
2019 has undoubtably been a challenging year for 
Synthomer and the broader chemical industry, driven 
by economic uncertainty and a slowdown in key 
markets. Despite these difficult market conditions, 
the Group has shown resilience across our 
businesses, testament to our differentiated portfolio 
of products serving diverse end markets across the 
globe. We have made strong progress in positioning 
the business to continue to deliver on its strategy of 
driving long-term growth through proactive organic 
and inorganic investment decisions.

Our acquisition of OMNOVA Solutions Inc was 
announced in July and will be the largest acquisition 
in the history of the Group. OMNOVA is a highly 
synergistic US based speciality chemicals company 
which brings greater geographical diversity and 
product differentiation in our core chemistries 
and markets. 

Synthomer has also made strong operational 
progress during 2019. New low-cost capacity has 
been successfully introduced in higher growth 
markets across our Performance Elastomers and 
Functional Solutions asset base. This capacity 
will continue to drive EBITDA growth in the 
coming years. 

In a challenging macroeconomic environment 
our EBITDA decreased by 1.7% from £181.0m to 
£177.9m including the benefit of the adoption of IFRS 
16 Leases of £7.9m. The resilience of our business 
is underpinned by our geographic, product and end 
market diversity. In this context we were pleased 
with the improvements in our Functional Solutions, 
Industrial Specialities and Performance Elastomers 
NBR markets largely offsetting the disappointing 
performance in Performance Elastomers SBR 
markets principally attributable to a challenging 

Calum MacLean
Chief Executive Officer

European paper business. Functional Solutions 
saw a 9.0% increase in EBITDA to £69.9m despite 
a 7.3% reduction in volumes which was impacted 
by the sale of 51% of the Group’s Dubai operations 
in June 2018. Industrial Specialities saw a 5.5% 
increase in EBITDA to £24.8m demonstrating the 
resilience of this business in the face of challenges 
in the automotive, monomer and coatings markets. 
EBITDA in Performance Elastomers decreased 
by 10.8% to £96.3m where the impact of the SBR 
slowdown in Europe and closure in Q4 2018 of our 
Malaysian natural rubber production line exceeded 
growth in the NBR business. 

Underlying profit before tax reduced from £135.1m 
to £116.2m as a result of reduction in EBITDA, the 
rise in depreciation reflecting our significant growth 
capex programme over the last three years, and 
the rise in interest costs relating to our interest 
rate fix. IFRS profit before tax decreased by 16.5% 
from £120.3m in 2018 to £100.5m in 2019 with the 
reduction consistent with the reduction in Underlying 
profit before tax.

Free Cash Flow of £92.8m (2018: £27.8m) was 
strong, primarily reflecting tight working capital 
control in 2019. Capital spend was in line with 
expectations at £69.1m (2018: £75.7m) and in line 
with our capital investment capacity expansion 
programme. As part of our acquisition of OMNOVA, 
Synthomer issued shares in a rights issue 
raising £199.1m net of fees. Until the acquisition 
completes, these proceeds have been used to repay 
borrowings, leading to a closing net cash position 
of £20.7m (2018: net debt of £214.0m).

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Chief Executive Officer’s review continued

25%

Reduction in our  
rolling injury rate

Safety, health and environment 
Synthomer’s success is directly related to the Group 
conducting its business in a safe and responsible 
way. Synthomer sets high standards in relation to 
safety, health and environmental (SHE) activities, 
which are supported by appropriate levels of 
investment, improvement initiatives and by rigorous 
assurance under the supervision of the Group SHE 
team. Our performance against these standards 
is reported at each Executive Committee and 
Board meeting.

Good progress has been made in process safety, 
occupational health and safety, and environmental 
compliance, with the Group continuing to target 
consistent world class performance through its 
strong operating practices. The acquisition of 
OMNOVA represents the opportunity to deploy our 
proven techniques across our expanded network.

In 2019 we saw a 25% reduction in our rolling all 
injury rate and a 21% reduction in our process 
safety rate, with long-term underlying rates reducing 
significantly. Our focus on permit to work system 
improvements was maintained and targets for 
auditing high hazard and live permits achieved, 
embedding our required standards and lessons to 
learn around our global operations network.

Inorganic growth – Acquisition of OMNOVA
The £654m acquisition of OMNOVA will provide 
an ideal platform for Synthomer to deliver 
against its exciting sustainable growth strategy. 
OMNOVA has been a Synthomer target for some 
years due to its common chemistry, technology 
and access to attractive markets. The acquisition 
will extend Synthomer’s geographic platform in 
the core markets of the US and China, making 
it a truly global leader in water-based solutions 
with increased specialisation, greater scale for 
more efficient production and distribution, and an 
increased innovation pipeline. The combination 
brings strong synergy potential which in turn will 
bring growth and additional stakeholder value for 
the coming years. We expect to deliver $29.6m 
of synergies over three years from completion. 
A dedicated and experienced integration team has 
been identified to ensure that the integration plan is 
delivered. Synthomer successfully introduced a new 
global business structure in 2019 to better serve 
our customers, drive operational efficiencies and 
leverage our product portfolio globally. Due to the 
common chemistry and markets with OMNOVA, this 
global business structure will operate unchanged 
with larger, lower cost global businesses providing 
the most efficient and effective structure to operate 
the integrated business.

Our integration of OMNOVA will be a key focus 
for the Group as soon as the transaction 
completes, which we expect to be in March 2020. 
The accelerated reduction of debt will also be a 

major emphasis in accordance with the business 
plan for the acquisition of OMNOVA. Once the 
reduction of leverage has been delivered, the 
Group will resume its disciplined approach in 
assessing bolt-on and transformational acquisition 
opportunities to drive further stakeholder value. 

Organic growth 
Our strategy of sustainable growth in the chemical 
sector is built on our expanding broad blue-chip 
customer base with long-term established 
relationships, wide global platform and the efficient 
production of increasingly differentiated chemicals 
characterised by high barriers to entry. Our market 
leading positions, focused innovation and global 
asset network provide the foundations for our 
organic growth strategy. 

In 2019 we saw the results of our investment in 
the commissioning of new low cost capacity by 
debottlenecking existing facilities in Performance 
Elastomers and Functional Solutions. In Q3 2019 
our new dispersion assets in Worms (Germany) 
(36ktes) and Roebuck (USA) (12ktes) came online. 
These plants produce higher margin, made-to-order 
acrylic dispersions in locations close to their 
markets. Accessing GDP plus markets, these plants 
will provide opportunities in Functional Solutions 
over the next two to three years. In Performance 
Elastomers our 90ktes Nitrile latex capacity 
expansion at Pasir Gudang (Malaysia) came online at 
the end of 2018, and through 2019 this has delivered 
improved market share and growth in our attractive 
health and protection glove market. With a further 
investment agreed to deliver an additional 60ktes at 
Pasir Gudang in Q4 2021, Synthomer is committed 
to supporting long-term growth in the Nitrile market 
through capacity expansion and innovation of 
market leading products such as our patented 
SyNovus® range.

Continued focus on transformation and cost 
reduction programmes
2019 has been a difficult year for our SBR business, 
which serves the paper, carpet, compounds and 
foam markets. A combination of slower economic 
activity and ongoing reduction in demand for coated 
paper has substantially depressed demand in the 
major end use segments during the year. In the 
absence of growth, our SBR plants ran at lower 
than anticipated utilisation rates during the year, 
and significant over capacity now exists in the 
market. An extensive review of our European SBR 
network is now largely complete, with the objective 
of optimising the network to operate in the most 
efficient and effective way. All of our SBR sites 
remain profitable and we have a range of value-
enhancing options available to us. A further update 
will be provided once the review is complete and the 
appropriate course of action has been determined.

10

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

“  The £654m acquisition of OMNOVA will provide an ideal 
platform for Synthomer to deliver against its exciting sustainable 
growth strategy.”

Through our Operational Excellence the Group 
continues to focus on transformation and cost 
reduction programmes across our wider network. 
Against a backdrop of challenging market 
conditions, these self-help opportunities are key to 
the delivery of performance and the generation of 
long-term value. In addition to work across our SBR 
network, transformation projects to drive improved 
long-term profitability are underway in Kluang 
(Malaysia), Sokolov (Czech Republic), Ribécourt 
(France) and Chonburi (Thailand). On cost reduction, 
our ‘Mindset’ non-manpower fixed cost reduction 
programme commenced in 2019 in Europe and will 
be rolled out further in 2020 with the target to deliver 
£1.5m of savings during the year.

In order to deliver our long-term inorganic growth 
agenda and to ensure the efficiency, effectiveness 
and compliance of our organisation, the Group has 
commenced a business transformation ‘Pathway’ 
programme. The programme is designed to deliver a 
consistent set of global business processes across 
a unified target operating model, to transform our 
technology architecture into a single set of proven 
integrated systems and to build additional efficiency 
and effectiveness globally. The programme will begin 
to deliver benefits in early 2021, is expected to be 
completed for the existing Group in 2022 and meets 
the capital expenditure hurdle rates for Synthomer, 
providing an attractive payback for the Group and a 
sound platform for future growth.

Discipline in capital allocation remains a key focus for 
the Group, with hurdle rates for capital expenditure 
growth projects remaining unchanged at a payback 
of less than five years or a 12% IRR.

Innovation
Innovation continues to be a core pillar of 
business growth, allowing Synthomer to secure 
improved differentiated market positions and 
provide solutions to generate added value for our 
customers. In 2019, the Group had 16 new product 
launches across a broad base of application areas. 
Our key performance indicator for innovation is 
the proportion of a year’s sales volumes attributed 
to new products launched in the past five years, 
which increased to 22% in 2019, and remains a key 
differentiator for the Group. We continue to focus 
on protecting our proprietary intellectual property 
through patents, with eleven filings in 2019. 

The acquisition of OMNOVA presents significant 
innovation opportunities for the Group. An increased 
innovation pipeline, a strengthened technology 
portfolio across wider markets and geographies and 
further opportunities for synergies as we focus our 
activities and standards. Our operational excellence 
teams will be key to the delivery of product and 
technology transfers as we meet the needs of a 
wider customer and geographic base to deliver best 
in class differentiated solutions to accelerate the 
delivery of our business strategies.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

To further enhance our innovation facilities, the 
Group has invested in a state-of-the-art Innovation 
Centre in Malaysia which will open in Q3 2020. 
The new facility will bring additional space and 
allow us to build upon the accelerated time-to-
market for new innovations that we have delivered 
in recent years. 

In 2019 Synthomer increased its collaborative 
research with supply chain partners and academic 
institutions. We have supported a large European 
Union project, involving the Universities of 
Montpellier and Torino, looking at the use of plant-
derived sustainable raw materials as components 
of Synthomer’s core water-based polymer systems. 
Broad collaboration allows the Group to address 
more effectively the new requirements resulting 
from mega trends which will drive long-term growth, 
regulations and changes to product and market 
requirements. Our innovation activities increasingly 
focus on the sustainability of our methods to 
develop less energy intensive products, to ensure 
ease of recyclability for our supply chain, and to 
allow our customers to meet ever more stringent 
regulatory requirements.

Outlook
In the year ahead, we are not anticipating any 
change to the economic environment, with 
industrial end markets remaining challenging and 
additional uncertainty relating to the potential 
impact of Coronavirus. Whilst we expect to see 
benefits from our recent capital investment in 
2020, this will be largely offset by foreign exchange 
translation assuming rates remain at current levels. 
Nevertheless, the contribution from the acquisition of 
OMNOVA, and the synergies this will bring, ensures 
that Synthomer will take a significant step forward 
this year.

Calum MacLean
Chief Executive Officer
5 March 2020

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Market overview
Synthomer is a speciality chemicals company and  
one of the world’s leading suppliers of water-based 
polymers. With strong geographic diversity and  
product differentiation, Synthomer holds leadership 
positions in a wide range of markets including  
coatings, construction, textiles, paper and healthcare.

MAXIMISING

OPPORTUNITIES
FOR GROWTH

Our markets

In 2019, Synthomer changed its structure to three 
global businesses – Performance Elastomers, 
Functional Solutions and Industrial Specialities.

Performance Elastomers is focused on healthcare, 
paper, carpet, compounds and foam markets 
through our Nitrile Butadiene Rubber latex (NBR) 
and Styrene Butadiene Rubber latex (SBR) products. 
Functional Solutions is focused on coatings, 
construction, adhesives and technical textiles 
markets through our acrylic and vinylic water-based 
dispersions. Industrial Specialities is focused on 
our speciality chemical additives and non water- 
based chemistry for a broad range of applications, 
from polymer additives to emerging materials 
and technologies.

Our former regional structure served us well but with 
our customer base becoming increasingly global 
and the development of technology accelerating 
market opportunities, our new structure will 
provide closer proximity to our customers and 
their global requirements, accelerate our sales 
growth, sharpen our commercial focus and drive 
operational efficiencies. The new structure will 
enable Synthomer to better leverage its global 
product portfolio and customer relationships, better 
exploit its R&D capability within chemistries, and 
bring greater operational focus to production sites. 
This structure will allow the smooth integration of 
the OMNOVA business to form three larger global 
businesses with greater geographic presence. 

Sales, marketing, R&D and production will be 
focused by business group into dedicated global 
teams whilst retaining very strong regional strength 
and local focus. 

Read more about our business model and strategy 
on page 28.

12

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 Performance Elastomers 

Market position

No 2 producer globally in Nitrile Butadiene Rubber latex.

No 1 producer in European Styrene Butadiene 
Rubber latex.

No 1 producer globally of High Solids Styrene 
Butadiene Rubber.

Principal 
markets served

Medical gloves, medical devices and healthcare markets.

Coated board, speciality and graphic papers and 
packaging, mattresses, pillows and footwear.

Compounds for residential, industrial, automotive, carpets 
and artificial turf.

Profile

Twelve manufacturing plants located in Malaysia, Italy, 
Germany, Finland, Austria, the Netherlands and Egypt 
producing circa 850ktes per annum.

Performance Elastomers is focused on markets where 
scale is important and manufacturing operations 
differentiated by the ability to handle high hazard raw 
materials and complex processes. Assets utilise advanced 
proprietary technology and innovation chemistry.

Revenues (2019)

£623.7m

Customers

The world’s leading medical glove and healthcare 
producers. Global and regional paper, packaging and 
board companies, and leading bedding and footwear 
producers. Carpet and artificial turf producers.

 Market and trends

High growth in end user demand for Nitrile latex gloves, 
supported by investment in capacity expansion and next-
generation patented new product development. Foam, 
carpets and compounds growing, graphic paper declining, 
partly offset by speciality paper and packaging.

Priorities for 2020

 —  Successfully integrate OMNOVA and deliver the 2020 

synergy plan.

 —  Progress JOB6 project for the next phase of Nitrile latex 
expansion (60ktes) at the Pasir Gudang site (Malaysia).

 —  Open the new expanded Asian Innovation Centre in 

Johor Bahru (Malaysia).

 —  Progress transformation programme at Kluang 

(Malaysia) and complete the SBR network review.
 —  Drive performance through commercial excellence and 

manufacturing excellence programmes.

 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Mega trends

 — Population growth 
 — Urbanisation 
 — Increasing wealth 

Our high performance water-based 
products provide differentiated, innovative 
solutions to a wide range of mega trends 
markets including construction, coatings, 
carpets and adhesives.

 — Environmental factors 
 — Climate 
 — Regulation standards

As a global leader in water-based 
polymers, our products remove the  
need for volatile organic compounds  
(VOC) containing solvents and provide 
lower carbon, higher performing 
alternatives which meet the regulations 
demanded by society. 

 — Ageing population
 — Health and wellness 

Our Health and Protection products 
support increasing levels of hygiene in 
developed and developing markets.

 Functional Solutions 

 Industrial Specialities 

Leadership positions in dispersions in Europe, Middle East 
and Asia.

Leading positions in selected niche speciality  
chemical markets globally.

Top five global water-based polymer producer. 

Construction, coatings, adhesives, technical textiles 
and oilfield.

Specialist markets including PVC manufacture, 
construction, catalyst, automotive and 
polymer manufacture.

Fourteen manufacturing plants located in Germany, the 
UK, Spain, Italy, France, Czech Republic, Saudi Arabia, 
Malaysia, Vietnam, Thailand and the USA producing circa 
500ktes per annum.

Functional Solutions is focused on speciality markets 
with mid-scale complex manufacturing operations to 
supply differentiated water-based dispersions to localised 
markets. Manufacturing assets utilise advanced proprietary 
technology and innovative chemistry. R&D, technical 
service and deep application knowledge are key to growth. 

Six manufacturing plants located in the UK, Italy, Czech 
Republic and Belgium producing circa 130ktes per annum.

Industrial Specialities has a range of manufacturing 
operations focused mainly on specialist niche 
manufacturing in non water-based speciality 
chemical manufacture.

£612.8m

£222.6m

The world’s leading coating, construction, 
adhesives, technical textiles and oilfield companies. 
Specialist producers of cement modifiers, primers, flooring 
adhesives, specialist tapes, flexible roof coatings, emulsion 
and specialist paints and coatings, and oilfield chemicals.

Leading global PVC and polyester polymer producers. 
Manufacturers of specialist sealant and adhesives 
producers. Specialist powder coating manufacturers. 
Gas processing companies.

Markets are seeing good growth as environmental 
regulations move to water-based products.

Positive outlook due to broad base of specialist 
applications and differentiated market positions.

 —  Successfully integrate OMNOVA and deliver the 2020 

 —  Successfully integrate OMNOVA and deliver the 2020 

synergy plan.

synergy plan.

 —  Optimise the innovation pipeline to support the further 

specialisation of the product range.

 —  Use expanded platform and strengthened market 
position to drive global and regional growth.

 —  Drive efficiency and reliability across the operational 
network to further increase volumes and margin.
 —  Utilise innovation pipeline to strengthen differentiation  

of product range.

 —  Deliver business plan for major capital investments in 

 —  Market penetration following capacity expansion of 

Worms (Germany) and Roebuck (USA).

Italian powder coatings and PVOH assets.

 —  Drive performance through commercial excellence and 

 —  Complete transformation programme at Sokolov 

manufacturing excellence programmes.

(Czech Republic).

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Strategy at a glance
Our strategy is focused on driving long-term growth organically 
and through acquisition. The key elements of our strategy and 
our plans and performance are explained below.

Strategic priority

2019 achievements

1

2

3

4

5

Research and development  
and technical expertise to  
exploit new markets
We anticipate market trends and 
customer requirements to deliver 
improved products with improved 
margin and product differentiation.

 — Sales volumes of new products launched in the past five 
years was at 22% – a record performance for Synthomer. 

 — Introduction of 16 new products across six application areas.

 — Further commercialisation of patented SyNovus® next-

generation Nitrile latex product. 

 — Construction of a new state-of-the-art Asian Innovation 

Centre commenced in Malaysia.

Driving efficiency and excellence 
through operations
We operate continuous improvement 
across our operations to optimise 
production efficiency, sales effectiveness 
and functional excellence. We seek to 
identify good practice in all areas of 
our business and ensure that relevant 
learnings are disseminated throughout 
the Group.

Capacity utilisation
Our aim is to drive profitability through 
maximum utilisation of our assets. 
This involves identifying the root causes 
of production bottlenecks and finding 
innovative solutions.

Investment in capacity
We seek to add capacity in  
growth markets where investment 
opportunities meet our stringent  
capital management policies.

Business growth through acquisition
We actively seek opportunistic  
bolt-on acquisitions in similar  
chemistries or transformational  
step change transactions not  
limited by geography or chemistry.

 — Completed strategic procurement initiatives, securing 

additional tankage to enhance our supply chain resilience, 
mitigate risk and further leverage procurement of 
raw materials.

 — Introduced non-manpower fixed cost reduction programme 

to reduce costs and build accountability via improved 
management information.

 — Utilised value gap analysis to embed Operational Excellence 
tools and drive improved performance, asset utilisation  
and site restructuring opportunities.

 — Completed debottlenecking of our site in Marl (Germany)  

to increase production of foam latex.

 —  Operated 90ktes Nitrile latex capacity at Pasir Gudang 

(Malaysia) to maximum output rate in 2019.

 — Delivered capacity expansion of Functional Solutions’ 36ktes 
speciality acrylic dispersions facility in Worms (Germany).

 — Delivered capacity expansion of Functional Solutions’ 12ktes 

speciality acrylic dispersions facility in Roebuck (USA).

 — We announced the acquisition of OMNOVA Solutions Inc  

on 3 July 2019, a highly synergistic complementary  
speciality chemicals business which will extend the  
Group’s geographic presence in North America and Asia:

 — geography
 — R&D
 — new markets 
 — synergies

14

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

2020 priorities

Non-financial key  
performance indicators*

Link to principal risks

 Read more Pages 32 to 36

22%
Sales volumes from new products 
launched in the  
past five years

 — People 
 — Protection of intellectual property
 —  Competition and failure to innovate
 —  Volatility in chemicals and polymers market

 — Introduce the new Asian Innovation 

Centre to focus accelerated low-cost 
product development plan. 

 — OMNOVA integration and optimisation 

of organisation. 

 — Deliver new product pipeline plan 
for 2020 across Synthomer and 
OMNOVA organisation.

 — Accelerate product transfer activities 
across wider geographic network to 
support business growth strategies.

 — Continued use of our Manufacturing 

Excellence process to drive 
improved performance. 

3.63
Energy consumption  
(GJ/tonne)

 — Delivery of network rationalisation and 

asset utilisation review in SBR.

0.20
Recordable accident frequency rate

 — Progress core system and process 

standardisation programme.

 — Integrate OMNOVA assets and use 

value gap methodology to identify and 
unlock ‘hidden capacity’ in our assets.

 — Deliver SBR asset utilisation plan to 
optimise manufacturing network and 
extract value.

1,465.7
Volume (wet ktes) 

 — Invest in capacity expansion of 

Performance Elastomers 60ktes Nitrile 
latex in Pasir Gudang (Malaysia).

1,465.7
Volume (wet ktes)

 — Completion, integration and delivery  
of acquisition case business plan. 

 — Accelerated deleverage of 

business towards 1-2x Synthomer 
leverage target.

 — People 
 — Volatility in chemicals and polymers market
 — Pathway
 —  SHE
 —  Loss or failure of a Synthomer site
 —  Financial risks
 —  Brexit

 — People 
 — Competition and failure to innovate
 —  Volatility in chemicals and polymers market
 — Pathway
 —  Loss or failure of a Synthomer site
 —  Brexit

 —  People
 — Manufacturing capacity expansion projects
 —  Volatility in chemicals and polymers market
 — Brexit

 — People 
 — Failure of acquisition to deliver benefits
 —  Valuation and financial market volatility
 —  Brexit

*  All financial KPIs are relevant for each at the strategic priorities and these are defined and discussed further, along with 

the non-financial KPIs on pages 16 and 17.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Key performance indicators
We have eight key performance indicators (KPIs) which we use 
to measure our financial and non-financial performance.  
Our KPIs measure progress against our strategy.  
Our performance against our KPIs is explained below.

Financial
1 EBITDA (£m)

2 Underlying profit before tax 

(£m)

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

177.9

Strategy

181.0

176.2

160.1

Remuneration
Page 83

Risks
Page 32

Stakeholders
Page 44

125.0

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

116.2

Strategy

135.1

130.0

122.2

Remuneration
Page 83

Risks
Page 32

Stakeholders
Page 44

95.3

Definition
Operating profit before depreciation, amortisation 
and Special Items.

Definition
Underlying profit before tax comprising IFRS profit 
before tax excluding Special Items.

Comment
 —  EBITDA held firm at £177.9 down 1.7% on the 

Comment
 —  Underlying profit before tax decreased by 14% 

record EBITDA delivered in 2018.

 —  In a challenging macro-economic environment, 
improvements in Functional Solutions, Industrial 
Specialties and Performance Elastomers 
NBR markets largely offset the disappointing 
performance in Performance Elastomers SBR 
markets, principally attributable to a challenging 
European paper business. 

 —  The benefit of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases 

was £7.9m.

with depreciation up £13.2m (34%) as a result of a 
recent investment in growth capacity and interest 
costs up £2.6m as a result of our fixed interest 
rate swap. 

 —  In a challenging macro-economic environment, 
improvements in Functional Solutions, Industrial 
Specialties and Performance Elastomers 
NBR markets largely offset the disappointing 
performance in Performance Elastomers SBR 
markets, principally attributable to a challenging 
European paper business. 

 —  The impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases 

was £0.6m.

3 Underlying earnings per share 

(pence)

4 Free Cash Flow (£m)

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

25.3

Strategy

2019

92.8

Strategy

32.8

30.7

28.3

Remuneration
Page 83

Risks
Page 32

Stakeholders
Page 44

21.5

2018

27.8

2017

2016

2015

Remuneration
Page 83

Risks
Page 32

Stakeholders
Page 44

81.5

89.5

83.0

Definition
Basic Underlying earnings per share before 
Special Items.

Comment
 —  17.6% reduction in Underlying EPS in the year 
reflecting the change in profit after tax and the 
dilutive effect of the rights issue ahead of the 
completion of the OMNOVA acquisition.

 —   EPS figures for the years ended 31 December 
2018 and prior have been restated by an 
adjustment factor of 1.0713 to reflect the bonus 
element of the rights issue which completed on 
29 July 2019.

Definition
Movement in net debt before financing activities, 
foreign exchange and the cash impact of Special 
Items, asset disposals and business combinations.

Comment
 —  Strong Free Cash Flow reflecting tight working 
capital control and a reduction in tax paid. 

 —  Capital spend in line with expectations.

16

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Non-financial
5 Volume (wet ktes)

6 Sales volume from new 

products (%)

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

1,465.7

Strategy

1,517.6

1,443.8

1,324.9

1,251.9

Remuneration
Page 83

Risks
Page 32

Stakeholders
Page 44

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

22

Strategy

21

20

20

18

Remuneration
Page 83

Risks
Page 32

Stakeholders
Page 44

Definition
Volume of our products sold in thousands of tonnes 
(ktes). The volume is based on wet volumes – 
i.e. the volumes including water content.

Definition
Percentage of sales volume in the year that can be 
attributed to new products launched in the past 
five years.

Comment
 —  Growth in NBR resulting from our new capacity 
expansion was offset by the impact of lower 
industrial activity which reduced our European 
SBR and functional solutions sales volumes. 
The closure of our polyester resins, natural rubber 
(Malaysia) businesses at the end of 2018 and 
the sale of 51% of our joint venture in Dubai in 
mid-2018 was a contributing factor to our lower 
2019 volumes.

Comment
 —  Continued success in our strategy to innovate 
and create products to meet market and 
customer needs. 

7   Recordable accident 

frequency rate
0.20

2019

8 Energy consumption  

per tonne (GJ/tonne)

2018

0.23

2017

0.13

0.30

2016

2015

0.55

Strategy

Remuneration
Page 83

Risks
Page 32

Stakeholders
Page 44

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

3.63

Strategy

3.50

3.54

3.45

Remuneration
Page 83

Risks
Page 32

Stakeholders
Page 44

2.62

Definition
Recordable injury rate for accidents involving more 
than first-aid treatment, expressed as accidents 
per 100,000 hours worked by employees and 
all contractors.

Comment
 —  A further reduction in the recordable accident 
rate by 15% from 0.23 to 0.20. There were 
13 recordable injuries compared with 16 in 2018 
and our record year in 2017 of nine. 

 —  2nd best recordable accident frequency rate  

in the history of the Group.

Definition
Energy (GJ) (including gas, electricity, steam and  
fuel oil) used at each of our plants divided by the 
number of tonnes of product made. The energy 
excludes transport of goods to and from site and  
the movement of the associated vehicles on site,  
but internal transport on site is included.

Comment
 —  Specific energy consumption increased by 3.7% 
due to the lower utilisation of selected assets and 
the change in the production mix to higher energy 
demand products. 

 —  Realisation of high energy site improvement 

programmes was lower than planned.

 —  Commitment to 2021 greenhouse gas targets  
via acceleration of purchase of green electricity. 

Link to strategy

Research and development  
and technical expertise to  
exploit new markets

Driving efficiency and excellence 
through operations

Capacity  
utilisation

Investment in  
capacity

Business growth  
through acquisitions

 Read more Page 14

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Strategy in action

 Business growth  
 through acquisitions 

OMNOVA is a US-based speciality chemical 
company which develops, manufactures 
and markets emulsion polymers, speciality 
chemicals and decorative products, and 
provides engineered surfaces for various 
commercial, industrial and residential end 
uses. OMNOVA had 2019 revenues of 
$736.2m with an EBITDA of $70.0m. 

GLOBALISING 

OUR BUSINESS

Strong strategic fit

On completion of the acquisition of 
OMNOVA, Synthomer will strengthen further 
its position as a major global player in water-
based polymer solutions with best in class 
process technology, a stronger innovation 
platform with enhanced geographic 
coverage and increased customer proximity.

The enlarged Synthomer Group will  
be a stronger enterprise with:

 —  Expanded global platform and portfolio to 

serve customers

 —   Strengthened presence in North America,  
our first manufacturing base in China and 
expanded footprint in Asia and Europe
 —  Greater scale for more efficient production 

and distribution

 —  Increased innovation pipeline to accelerate 

future growth

 —  Greater proportion of speciality chemicals  

across the Group

18

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Synthomer key activities

 Performance Elastomers 
 — Water-based NBR latex 

SBR latex

 — High Solids SB rubber

 Functional Solutions 
 — Water-based (acrylic and  
vinylic based) dispersions

 Industrial Specialities 
 — Speciality chemical additives 
Non-water-based chemistry

 — Additives for gloves
 —  Coatings for speciality  
paper and packaging
 — Compounds and carpet

 — Speciality coatings
 — Construction
 — Adhesives & sealants
 — Textiles
 — Oilfield
 — Additives

 — Attractive position 

in niche segments of 
construction, transport 
and other sectors

OMNOVA key activities

Performance Additives 
Paper and Carpet

Coatings, Adhesives  
and Sealants and Surface  
Treatment (C.A.S.T) 
Oil and Gas 
Elastomers

Laminates & Films 
Coated Fabrics

 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

At a glance
The enlarged Synthomer Group

Key

 Synthomer

 OMNOVA

Technical 
centres globally

9

Global plant network 
centres globally

38

Customers

6,000

Manufacturing  
countries

24

Employees worldwide

4,750

4

25

5

13

4,800

1,200

18

6

2,900

1,850

Enlarged Group pro-forma 
2019 revenue by end-sector 
(includes OMNOVA)

Expanded international 
presence in North America 
and Asia

6%

6%

9%

31%

£2.1bn

11%

18%

19%

 Construction & Coatings 31%
 Specialities 19%
 Health & Protection 18%
 Textiles & Adhesives 11%
 Paper 9%
 Carpet & Foam 6%
 Other 6%

North America

9

Synthomer: 1  
+ OMNOVA: 8

EMEA
20
Synthomer:18  
+ OMNOVA: 2

Asia

9

Synthomer: 6 
+ OMNOVA: 3

 Synthomer
 OMNOVA

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Strategy in action

 Driving efficiency and  
 excellence through operations 

Synthomer continues to strengthen its global business and manufacturing network 
via a proven toolkit – ‘The Synthomer Way’. This toolkit has been successfully 
deployed to drive performance and provides a proven methodology to integrate 
OMNOVA, the largest acquisition in the history of the Group. 

CONTINUALLY
IMPROVING
OUR BUSINESS

20

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

“  Synthomer has a range of best in class techniques to 
drive performance across its business. From ‘Project 
Excellence’ to ‘Hidden Plant’ value extraction, the Group 
is well-equipped to continually improve and build a 
foundation for long-term growth.”

  John Hamnett
  VP Operations, Industrial Specialities 

Driving efficiency  
and excellence  
across our network
Underpinned through our Project 
Excellence standards and driven by 
best in class practices, Synthomer 
is undertaking projects to drive 
improvements and provide strong 
foundations across its global 
network in the following areas:

 —  Business and site transformations

 —  Network rationalisation

 —  Plant debottlenecking

 —   Core systems and business 
process standardisation

 —  Non-manpower fixed cost 
reduction programmes

 —  Integration and synergy delivery

Manufacturing excellence 
We focus on maximising the utilisation 
of our assets, identifying and delivering 
value enhancing debottlenecks and 
adding further capacity to improve our 
economies of scale. This has allowed 
us to introduce approximately 150ktes 
of additional low cost capacity into our 
network in 2018/2019, supporting our 
long-term business development strategy, 
addressing our cost base and minimising 
our environmental intensity.

Core system and process 
standardisation
In order to provide a standardised global 
platform for future growth and scalability, 
and to drive efficiency and effectiveness, 
Synthomer has embarked on its global 
‘Pathway’ programme to introduce 
consistent core systems and business 
processes. The programme, which will 
run through 2020 and 2021, with planning 
underway to assess the most effective way 
to integrate OMNOVA, will drive long-term 
organisation, business process and core 
system benefits.

Non-manpower fixed cost 
reductions 
In order to offset the impact of inflation in 
our business, Synthomer has embarked 
on its non-manpower fixed cost 
reduction programme. 

Network rationalisation 
In October 2019 we reported that our SBR 
asset base had seen a reduction of 10% of 
its 2018 sales volumes due to challenging 
conditions in its European SBR markets, 
most notably in its paper end market. 
Synthomer has deployed a cross-functional 
team to address the options to review 
network utilisation, changes in market 
demand and supply and demand balance to 
best serve the future needs of the market.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Divisional review

 Performance Elastomers 

PERFORMANCE

ELASTOMERS

Safety is at the heart of our business and we are pleased 
to report that the division set a new record in 2019 
with zero recordable cases in the year. This is a major 
achievement for both the division and the Group.

Derick Whyte
President, Performance Elastomers

Highlights
 —  Record NBR latex volume growth 
underpinned by 90ktes capacity 
expansion in Pasir Gudang

 —  Investment in new 60ktes NBR latex 
facility approved, with capacity online 
Q4 2021

 —  State-of-the-art Asian Innovation Centre 

investment underway with completion due 
in Q3 2020

 —  Challenging year in SBR latex with lower 
volumes and margins mainly driven by 
weakness of European paper market

 —  SBR latex network review largely 

complete with clear plan to deliver 
required efficiencies to be communicated 
in Q2 2020

 —  Cost reduction programmes implemented

22

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Divisional performance

2019

2018

%

%

Constant 
currency1 

Volumes (ktes)

849.1

859.5

Revenue (£m)

623.7

704.5

EBITDA2

96.3

107.9

(1.2)

(11.5)

(10.8)

(11.5)

(11.3)

Operating profit 
– Underlying 
performance (£m)

Operating profit – 
IFRS (£m)

71.5

87.2

(18.0)

(18.6)

71.2

84.7

(15.9)

Notes:
1.  Constant currency revenue and profit: these reflect current year 
results translated at the prior year’s average exchange rates.
2.  2019 includes the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases 

of £2.0m.

Performance Elastomers’ EBITDA2 was 10.8% lower 
in 2019 at £96.3m (2018: £107.9m) with Underlying 
operating profit 18.0% lower at £71.5m. Our SBR 
performance was impacted by weaker market 
conditions mainly in our European paper business, 
which offset another strong year of growth in our 
NBR business.

Market performance – NBR
Following the successful commissioning of the JOB5 
reactor in late 2018, NBR has delivered another year 
of profitable growth.

After two very strong years of double-digit demand 
growth from glove customers, 2019 has shown 
single-digit growth as the additional glove capacity 
installed in 2017/18 was consumed in the market. 
However, the addition of JOB5 capacity in Malaysia 
in conjunction with increased production of NBR 
in Italy, was reflected in strong volume growth for 
Synthomer, up 12% over the prior year. Unit margins 
were in line with expectations throughout the first 
half of the year, however, the second half saw 
a modest impact as competitors’ new capacity 
came into the market. This factor, and the ongoing 
sluggishness in the global economy, meant the 
second half of the year was more challenging. 
Nonetheless, overall margin was ahead of prior 
year on the higher volumes sold, while average unit 
margins were a little lower than 2018 as a result of 
the new competitor capacity. 

2019 saw the closure of the natural rubber 
production line. While it is disappointing to have 

 
 
to exit any market, the need for change was 
indisputable and the closure has had little effect 
on the overall growth experienced in NBR. It has 
also allowed for a transformation programme to be 
launched at the Kluang site to address some of the 
infrastructure costs that remained as a result of the 
closure. This initiative was launched during the final 
months of the year to ensure a more streamlined 
operation in Kluang in 2020 when the initiative is 
fully delivered.

While 2019 has been a year of consolidation, mainly 
as a result of the significant increases in glove 
capacity installed since 2017, it has been another 
year of progress. Investments in new glove capacity 
continue to be announced, and given the increasing 
demand for healthcare provision in the developing 
world, the market looks set for further growth.

During 2019 we continued to invest capital in NBR 
sites. With JOB5 complete and running successfully 
the next phase of investment focused on JOB6 
where the Front End Engineering Design (FEED) 
Study was successfully completed at midyear with 
the full capital approval by the Board following in 
August. The long lead-time items were ordered 
in Q3 and the EPCM contractor appointed in Q4. 
The project is now formally underway with beneficial 
production anticipated in Q4 2021.

Innovation has been a key cornerstone of NBR 
growth and 2019 was another strong year of 
development. Sales of NBR products launched in 
the prior five years continue to exceed 20% reflecting 
positively on the R&D investments made in both 
human capital and equipment. During the year we 
continued to strengthen NBR’s position, filing four 
patents, doubling the number from the previous 
two years. 

As part of our commitment to sustainability, 
Synthomer has conducted the very first full cradle-
to-grave life cycle analysis for NBR latex, which was 
carried out by the independent LCIE Bureau Veritas 
in France, in accordance with ISO14071. The study 
showed that Synthomer’s latest patented SyNovus® 
technology allows the glove manufacturing industry 
to create a significantly more sustainable Nitrile 
medical examination glove. This step-change 
delivers a lower impact on both users and the 
environment in comparison to earlier generations 
of Nitrile latex as well as natural rubber latex and 
PVC. Our patented Synovus® product continues to 
be evaluated by a range of customers to verify the in-
use benefits of accelerator free technology and lower 
energy costs in glove production, and we anticipate 
continued uptake for this product in 2020.

As we continue to expand NBR’s innovation activity 
the need for additional space in the laboratories 
has become a more pressing issue. To support the 
innovation momentum which has been created, the 
Board approved an investment of £6.5m to create 
a new Asian Innovation Centre (AIC) in Malaysia, 
equidistant from operations in Kluang and Pasir 
Gudang. The new facility has been built with future 
expansion in mind and at 6,000 sqm this is over four 
times larger than the existing R&D Centre in Kluang. 
Ground was broken in April 2019 and construction is 
well advanced and on target for the planned opening 
in Q3 2020. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Market performance – SBR
2019 has been a very challenging year for SBR, 
which serves the paper, carpet, compounds and 
foam markets. A combination of slower economic 
activity in Europe and Asia along with the continuing 
reduction in demand for coated paper has 
substantially depressed demand in the major end-
user segments during the year, particularly paper.

Volumes declined across SBR driven by weaker 
performance in paper, carpet, and compounds 
with a degree of mitigation in foam, where sales of 
HSSBR increased during the year. Paper suffered 
throughout the year on the back of falling raw 
material price and pressure on margins driven by 
overcapacity in European SBR production resulting 
in a double-digit decline in both volume and margin. 
This very disappointing performance, although 
supported by some good cost management, flowed 
through with SBR results being substantially below 
prior year and our expectations.

The very difficult paper market has seen several 
paper producers cease to trade, and the weaker 
financial position of the sector has led to credit 
insurance cover being reduced or removed. 
With several bad debts incurred during 2018, we 
have taken a more proactive position on credit 
risk which has constrained sales in this sector. 
Mill closure or capacity reductions and conversions 
have been another recurring feature of the coated 
paper market in recent years. 2019 saw an 
announcement from Stora Enso concerning the 
future of its mill in Oulu which will have a direct 
impact on the capacity utilisation of Synthomer’s 
Oulu site during the second half of 2020.

The foam market has offered steady growth in recent 
years and we again experienced volume growth in 
2019 with growth in China offsetting weaker demand 
in Europe. However, lower raw material prices and 
strong competition in Asia saw margins fail to keep 
pace with volume growth. We continue to explore 
new areas for the development of this product range 
both geographically and in terms of new areas of 
application to meet the anticipated capacity growth.

In the absence of sales growth, several of the SBR 
plants ran at lower than anticipated utilisation rates 
during the year, and in particular those plants with 
an exposure to the paper market. A review of the 
supply/demand balance for SBR latex in Europe 
points to significant over capacity amongst the major 
producers. An extensive review of our European 
SBR network is now largely complete with the 
objective of optimising the network to operate in the 
most efficient and effective way. All of our SBR sites 
remain profitable and we have a range of value-
enhancing options available to us. A further update 
will be provided once the review is complete and the 
appropriate course of action has been determined. 

Against a background of a slowdown in the 
European business, several initiatives were taken 
during the year to ensure costs were effectively 
managed. All sites focused on optimising their 
fixed cost base and made good progress during 
the year. In the larger sites Project Mindset was 
launched aimed at delivering a sustained reduction 
in non-manpower fixed costs which will be reflected 
in the 2020 performance. Other cost initiatives were 
deployed across the business to ensure effective 
cost control in the challenging environment.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

23

£6.5m

Investment for the 
creation of the new 
Asian Innovation 
Centre (AIC)

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Divisional review continued
Divisional review

 Functional Solutions 

FUNCTIONAL

SOLUTIONS

Strong safety performance with a recordable case 
rate of 0.2 per 100,000hrs and lowest ever process 
safety event rate.

Rob Tupker
President, Functional Solutions

Highlights
 —  Market-leading position in water-based 

polymers in Europe

 —  Resilient performance in challenging 

market conditions

 —  Growth in unit margins offsets impact 
of lower volumes with EBITDA2 9.0% 
ahead

 —  Benefits realised from reorganisation 
into global business seen in product 
innovation and global collaboration 
with customers

 —  Successful commissioning of 36ktes 

Worms (Germany) and 12ktes 
Roebuck (USA) differentiated acrylic 
dispersion investments in Q3 2019 to 
drive future growth

24

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Divisional performance

2019

2018

487.4

612.8

69.9

526.0

680.1

64.1

Constant 
currency1 

%

(9.7)

9.5

%

(7.3)

(9.9)

9.0

52.3

53.0

(1.3)

(0.8)

48.0

50.4

(4.8)

Volumes (ktes)

Revenue (£m)

EBITDA2

Operating profit 
– Underlying 
performance (£m)

Operating profit – 
IFRS (£m)

Notes:
1.  Constant currency revenue and profit: these reflect current year 
results translated at the prior year’s average exchange rates.
2.  2019 includes the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases 

of £4.4m.

Business performance was resilient in 2019 despite 
a challenging macro environment. EBITDA2 was 
9.0% higher at £69.9m with Underlying operating 
profit flat as improved margins offset the impact of 
lower volumes. Volumes were down by 7.3% (5.0% 
for ongoing businesses) but margins were higher 
due to good cost management, favourable raw 
material prices and purchasing initiatives combined 
with a clear focus on portfolio management, 
including the introduction of a number of innovative 
speciality products. 

The main macro drivers that impacted volumes 
were the general economic slowdown in Europe 
and a broad-based weakness in construction 
and the automotive markets. Specific initiatives 
were undertaken to offset the softer market 
conditions, including in the redispersible powders 
(RDP) business where volumes recovered from a 
weak second half of 2018 with share gains in both 
existing and new geographic markets driven by 
focused sales efforts based around a streamlined 
product portfolio.

Global business structure, local delivery 
Functional Solutions was reorganised into a global 
business in January 2019 and in the course of 
the year has started to see the benefit from a 
global approach to customers, product portfolio, 
new product development and plant operations. 
Collaboration has been intensified with customers 
who have a global presence and with regional 

 
 
Entry into  
adjacent markets:
Batteries
In addition to serving existing markets, the business 
continues to develop new applications for adjacent 
markets where its technologies and products 
provide solutions for customers. One such area is 
the emerging field of batteries for electric vehicles 
(EVs), where Functional Solutions products function 
as binders for electrode active materials. The market 
is largely based in China today, with other markets 
including Europe becoming established. The focus 
lies both on supplying the existing generation of 
Lithium ion batteries as well as on developing 
solutions for new battery generations. 

customers who now have access to the full 
breadth of the global Functional Solutions product 
portfolio. A platform-based approach for new 
product development has been introduced, 
balancing the need for global solutions with the 
need for regional and local customisation to meet 
specific market and customer requirements. 
Global teams have worked successfully on 
improving product transfer methodology 
across regions and an initiative was launched 
to benchmark plant performance and ensure 
best practice is applied across the all sites 
producing dispersions. 

Capacity and capability expansion 
To position the business for future growth, a 
number of key capital expenditure programmes 
have been launched during the past years, with 
some key milestones reached in 2019. In Worms, 
the most important site for the Functional Solutions 
business globally, a major expansion programme 
was completed and new lines commissioned, 
adding 36ktes per annum of new capacity to 
support the manufacture of bespoke differentiated 
products to serve key speciality markets in the 
DACH (Germany, Austria and Switzerland) and 
broader Central European regions. Also in Europe, 
as part of a wider transformation programme, 
major upgrades were realised at our Ribécourt 
facility in France, including new product silos 
and an automated packaging line. In the USA, a 
12ktes replacement and expansion project was 
commissioned at our Roebuck facility, allowing the 
business to expand its speciality range of products 
to serve the North American market.

Innovation pipeline and new product 
introductions 
2019 saw the launch of a number of new products 
including a high performance water-based 
Pressure Sensitive Adhesive (PSA) product (Plextol 
Prime™) to replace solvent-based versions for 
speciality tapes, a PSA for wash-off bottle labels 
that improves recyclability and contributes to 
improved sustainability, and a new technical textile 
product range that allows for improved productivity 
and higher energy efficiency at the customers’ 
plants (Litex QuickShield™, Revacryl Design™, 
Litex SkyShield™). The business also launched 

Capacity expansion in 
Worms (Germany)

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Our first generation of polymers has been 
launched and is ramping up, with a second 
generation of polymers under development. 
Synthomer is working together with value chain 
partners under the UK government’s Faraday 
Battery Challenge on projects that focus on 
developing more extensive know-how for system 
formulation and the development of binders 
for the next generation of anode and cathode 
active materials.

a low VOC binder for high pH biocide-free premium 
interior wall paints (Revacryl UltraGreen™), a major 
driver in the coatings industry due to regulatory 
changes and end-user expectations. Structurally, 
the Functional Solutions business has defined 
a number of strategic product platforms that tie 
in with medium- and long-term macro trends 
as well as with core Synthomer competencies. 
These platforms will bring clear focus and guide 
future development priorities. 

Functional Solutions remains focused on its four 
strategic pillars: growth, mix, productivity and 
enablers, with a strong SHE performance as the 
overriding priority. In terms of growth, maximising 
the output from the new plant capabilities in Worms 
(Germany) and Roebuck (USA) is a priority, combined 
with a clear focus on growing the speciality range of 
products to drive a favourable mix and associated 
margins in 2020. Ambitious targets have been 
set in terms of launching new products based on 
the global product platforms. Growth momentum 
in RDP is to be maintained, as is the growth in 
Oilfield in target regions with new customers, and 
in binders for batteries. Productivity gains are to 
come through Operational Excellence initiatives in 
plants and through Commercial Excellence and cost 
improvement initiatives. Growth, mix improvement 
and productivity gains are underpinned by 
sustained efforts in our enablers to deliver systemic 
improvements in our people, processes and tools. 

In addition to driving organic growth in the business, 
the OMNOVA acquisition will have a transformative 
impact on the Functional Solutions business in terms 
of global reach and breadth of portfolio. A smooth 
integration and delivery of both commercial and cost 
synergies will be a key priority for 2020.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Divisional review continued
Divisional review

 Industrial Specialities 

Divisional performance

2019

2018

Volumes (ktes)

129.2

132.1

Revenue (£m)

222.6

234.3

EBITDA2

24.8

23.5

Constant 
currency1 

%

(4.3)

5.5

%

(2.2)

(5.0)

5.5

Operating profit 
– Underlying 
performance (£m)

Operating profit – 
IFRS (£m)

16.0

16.7

(4.2)

(4.2)

11.3

12.1

(6.6)

Notes:
1.  Constant currency revenue and profit: these reflect current year 
results translated at the prior year’s average exchange rates.
2.  2019 includes the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases 

of £0.8m.

The Industrial Specialities division delivered a robust 
performance in markets generally impacted by 
difficult economic conditions. EBITDA2 in Industrial 
Specialities at £24.8m was 5.5% higher than 2018. 
Sales volumes were 2.2% lower compared to 2018, 
impacted by some of the more challenging end 
markets of automotive and coatings, and a weaker 
demand in our monomer business, as well as sales 
into the China region where the threat of a trade 
war impacted demand. Most businesses within the 
division recorded stable or increased unit margins 
during the year, in part due to the performance 
properties of the speciality products supplied by 
the businesses. 

Strong year-on-year growth was achieved in the Vinyl 
Polymers business following targeted investment 
to enhance plant reliability and thereby deliver 
additional volumes to meet increasing customer 
demand, enhanced customer service and driven 
by the growing PVC market.

INDUSTRIAL

SPECIALITIES

 Safety continues to be a significant focus area and 
we are pleased to report that the division recorded its 
lowest-ever all injury frequency rate in 2019.  
This is a significant achievement for the division.

Neil Whitley
President, Industrial Specialities

Highlights
 —  Leading positions in selected niche 
speciality chemical markets globally 

 —  Growth in unit margin across a 

number of speciality products offsets 
the impact of lower volume, with 
EBITDA2 5.5% stronger

 —  Benefits starting to be realised from 
expansion in Sant’Albano (Italy) and 
reliability investment in Harlow (UK)

 —  Strong production performance with 

further operational efficiencies realised

 —  Successful development and launch 
of new absorbent product for the gas 
processing industry

 —  Cost saving opportunities identified 

and realised

26

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 “  Strong year-on-year growth was achieved in the Vinyl 
Polymers business following targeted investment to 
enhance plant reliability and thereby the volumes to 
deliver the increased customer demand being driven 
by the growing PVC market.”

  David Downie
  Business Director, Vinyl Polymers

Our Monomers business in Sokolov (Czech 
Republic), which supplies our Functional Solutions 
business and external European markets with 
acrylate monomers, saw weaker market conditions 
in H2 2019. Whilst our volumes were maintained, 
oversupply in Europe and unfavourable feedstock 
prices led to weaker unit margins during Q4.

Value-gap contribution
Our operations team at all sites across the division 
continues to focus on process engineering 
reliability and Manufacturing Excellence to identify 
opportunities to maximise production volumes. 
A number of our plants delivered a very strong 
production performance during 2019 and whilst this 
was not fully utilised during the year, the business 
is well-placed to capitalise on the growth capacity 
and opportunities for further debottlenecking and 
reliability for the division in future years. 

Targeted innovation
Innovation continues to be a key driver of growth 
across the division. An example is the highly 
innovative inorganics business, William Blythe. 
This business continues to develop a number of 
new products with strong patent and know-how 
protection, typically sold to bespoke applications in 
niche markets. Recent successes have included high 
purity Graphene Oxide and doped Tungsten Oxide 
products, with other new product families using 
differentiated inorganic chemistry in the pipeline. 

Self-help initiatives
Given the challenging market conditions, there 
has been a significant focus on costs during the 
year. ‘Project Mindset’, our non-manpower fixed 
cost reduction initiative, was launched across a 
number of locations with the aim of delivering cost 
savings, with the full year benefit to be realised in 
2020. We have also invested in capital projects to 
reduce the costs of production at our Lithene plant 
in Stallingborough (UK) and have further focused 
value-gap opportunities across most assets. 

Whilst there is uncertainty in a number of our end 
markets and businesses, we remain confident in 
delivering growth in the future. Spare capacity 
created across a number of our plants has enabled 
the opportunity to target a number of initiatives 
across our end markets. The division continues 
to invest in R&D with a number of patents and 
industry-leading properties in chosen applications. 
In addition, with the full year benefits of Project 
Mindset and other cost saving projects, further 
operational efficiency and cost savings should 
be realised.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

27

The work to sustain operational improvements will 
deliver further growth in 2020.

Despite our polybutadiene Lithene business 
having some exposure to the automotive market, 
the business recorded modest growth in volumes 
and stable unit margins to deliver steady year-on-
year growth. 

Our Speciality Additives business, which supplies 
coatings ingredients, had a very challenging year. 
While unit margins were stable, volumes were 
impacted by end market demand and increased 
competition in some of our markets. One of our 
products, which is used in cold weather applications, 
was significantly down year-on-year due to the mild 
European winter at the end of 2019. While markets 
remain challenging, we have targeted a number of 
growth opportunities from new applications which 
are starting to be realised and we anticipate a return 
to growth in 2020.

The division also benefitted from the Powder 
Coating business’ differentiated specialist polyester 
expansion at Sant’Albano (Italy) during 2019. 
This capacity expansion increased total site capacity 
by 20% and this forms a solid platform for further 
growth in sales volumes of our differentiated 
products during 2020. 

While William Blythe (UK) delivered a flat 
performance year-on-year, a major milestone was 
reached in 2019 with the successful development 
and launch of a new absorbent product for the 
gas processing industry which will form a strong 
growth platform for coming years. William Blythe’s 
excellence in innovation was recognised when 
they were announced as winners in the Innovation 
category at the Chemicals Northwest Awards (UK) 
in March 2019.

20%

Expansion of the 
Powder Coating 
differentiated 
specialist polyester 
expansion at 
Sant’Albano (Italy) 
during 2019.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our business model
As a global leader in water-based polymer chemistry our purpose  
is to continually innovate to meet the needs of our customers and 
society in a sustainable way.

Our strategy is to create 
shareholder value by creating 
a sustainable global speciality 
chemical business focused 
on providing customers 
with innovative and high 
performance solutions that 
enable them to efficiently 
produce their own high quality 
products.

Enabling the delivery of our 
five strategic objectives

Research and development and technical 
expertise to exploit new markets

Driving efficiency and excellence 
through operations

Capacity  
utilisation

Investment in  
capacity

Business growth  
through acquisitions

Underpinned by our values
Our values have been reviewed and 
relaunched in 2020 and focus on SHE, 
accountability, innovation, teamwork 
and integrity

 Read more Page 54

SYNTHOMER 
CORE 
VALUES

Accountability

Innovation

SHE

Integrity

Teamwork

28

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Our key strengths and 
resources

R&D and technical expertise to 
exploit new markets
Strong track record of anticipating market 
trends and customer requirements 
to deliver improved and increasingly 
differentiated products.

Innovative products
R&D delivering sustainable growth, new 
products represent 22% of sales volume 
in 2019.

Strong customer  
relationships
Blue chip customer base of over 4,000 
customers with long-established 
relationships and high barriers to entry.

Efficiency through operations
We operate continuous improvement 
across our operations to improve 
production efficiency, sales effectiveness 
and functional excellence. We seek to 
identify good practice in all areas of 
our business and ensure that relevant 
learnings are disseminated throughout 
the business.

Investment in capacity
We seek to add capacity in growth 
markets where investment opportunities 
meet our capital management policies. 
Our recent growth capex programme 
provides a catalyst for expansion over the 
next three years.

Global reach in growth markets
We have leadership positions in attractive 
GDP plus end markets and will further 
strengthen our global platform through 
the acquisition of OMNOVA.

Industry-leading talent
Our strengthened employer brand, 
coupled with our graduate and leadership 
programmes, have allowed us to access 
talent capable of delivering the growth 
strategy for the Group.

Strong acquisition expertise
Deep experience of the delivery of 
successful inorganic growth and the 
extraction of synergy value.

Strong financial position
Resilient EBITDA and gross margin per 
tonne across the Group, strong cash flow 
and strong balance sheet.

How we create value

1 Research and development 
Under central leadership, our four research 
and development ‘centres of excellence’ 
work to both develop products that meet 
our customers’ needs and to improve the 
efficiency of their manufacture.

2 Customers

Through intimate relationships with 
customers, we monitor mega trends 
and market developments to ensure our 
formulations meet the requirements not 
only of our customers but also of the end 
users of their products.

3 Technical services

Our global technical service teams work 
closely with our customers to ensure we 
provide the right formulation for their needs.

4 Formulations

Our formulations are designed for use in 
customer-specific products.

5 Sourcing raw materials
We work closely with our suppliers 
to obtain competitive prices, correct 
specification and to optimise supply 
chain resilience.

6 Production

Experienced operations teams continue 
to optimise the production process to be 
most efficient by using complex production 
techniques and removing bottlenecks.

7 Quality control

Our quality control procedures and 
laboratories ensure that we manufacture 
and store finished products in a manner 
that assures quality.

8 Logistics

Our specialist logistics teams work 
on ensuring safe and timely deliveries 
of excellent products in more than 
140 countries.

9 Continuous improvement

Our continuous improvement culture allows 
us to target world class performance 
standards, learn from others and from our 
experiences and share efficiently across 
our organisation.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

How we structure our business

The value we create

The value we share

 Performance Elastomers 

Performance Elastomers is focused 
on healthcare, carpet and paper 
markets through our water-based Nitrile 
Butadiene Rubber latex (NBR) and 
Styrene Butadiene Rubber latex (SBR) 
products. Twelve manufacturing plants 
located in Malaysia, Italy, Germany, 
Finland, Austria, the Netherlands and 
Egypt produce in excess of 850ktes 
per annum.

 Read more Page 22

22%

sales volume from new products

£16.6m

spend on R&D

Customers
Our customers expect us to provide 
them with innovative, high quality, 
competitive products. We seek to work 
in partnerships with customers, using 
our skilled R&D and technical services 
teams, to develop products that 
support their goals.

£115.5m

our payroll to employees 

£23.6m

cash payments to pension plans

Employees
Our employees are a critical part of 
our success. Employees contribute to 
all aspects of our value chain and all 
employees benefit from the success 
of our business. We are committed 
to providing a safe and rewarding 
environment in which to work.

 Functional Solutions 

Functional Solutions is focused on 
coatings, construction, adhesives and 
technical textiles markets through 
our acrylic and vinylic water-based 
dispersions. Fourteen manufacturing 
plants located in Germany, the UK, Spain, 
Italy, France, Czech Republic, Saudi 
Arabia, Malaysia, Vietnam, Thailand and 
the USA produce in excess of 500ktes 
per annum.

 Read more Page 24

 Industrial Specialities 

Industrial Specialities is focused on our 
speciality chemical additives and non-
water-based chemistry for a broad range 
of applications from polymer additives 
and polymer manufacture to emerging 
materials. Six manufacturing plants 
located in the UK, Italy, Czech Republic 
and Belgium produce in excess of 
130ktes per annum.

 Read more Page 26

‘We Care’

our global employee  
community engagement  
programme 

£1.2bn

spend with suppliers

1,465.7ktes

volumes sold

£47.9m

returned to shareholders in FY19

Communities
We look to be a valued part of 
communities in which we operate, 
providing highly skilled employment 
opportunities, being aware of how our 
plans may impact on a community and 
demonstrating that we respect the 
community and its environment.

Suppliers
Our suppliers are an important part 
of our business and we look to work 
closely with them using the skills of our 
strategic sourcing teams to ensure we 
get the right specification of products 
for our needs at competitive prices.

Shareholders
Our shareholders, as the owners of 
our business, should see the benefits 
of our focus on long-term sustainable 
growth, regulatory compliance and 
strong governance.

14%

effective tax rate

£31.6m

corporate tax and social security 
cost paid

Governments
We see local safety and environment 
legislative compliance as the minimum 
level at which we should operate and 
strive for higher standards. We look 
to ensure that we follow the letter 
and spirit of tax regulations within 
each of the jurisdictions in which we 
operate and contribute fairly to public 
policy goals.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Managing risk
Synthomer’s strategic objectives can only be achieved 
by taking an appropriate level of risk in accordance 
with our risk appetite and risk tolerance. We use 
leading risk management techniques which facilitate 
good decision making and the pursuit of opportunities 
whilst protecting our sites, systems, staff and other 
stakeholders. 

HOW SYNTHOMER 
MANAGES RISK

Risk oversight
Synthomer plc Board
The Board is responsible for creating the framework 
for the Group’s risk management to operate 
effectively. The Board continues to set the risk 
appetite it is prepared to accept to achieve the 
Group’s objectives and the wider risk tolerance 
within which it empowers the Group Executive to 
manage the business based on advice from the 
Executive and external advisers. 

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing 
the management of the principal risks, controls 
and the assurance processes. In 2019, the Audit 
Committee continued its established programme of 
deep dives into our risk management process and 
reviewed our new Divisional risk registers and certain 
specialist functional risk registers, including cyber-
security and regulatory affairs, where management 
has the opportunity to explain directly to the Audit 
Committee the assessed risks and associated 
controls in place and in development.

The risk management system, Audit Committee deep 
dives and associated assurance work are designed to 
ensure that risk is managed to within the risk appetite 
rather than to eliminate risk completely, and the Audit 
Committee and other assurance reviews provide 
reasonable assurance in line with good practice.

Executive management
Executive management is responsible for the 
identification and management of our strategic, 
operational, compliance and financial risks using  
the Risk Management framework. 

Identification and assessment of risk
We have a structured risk management framework 
operated at business unit, functional and Group 
level. The Business Risk Assessment Methodology 
defines a standard set of risk categories with generic 
risk descriptions to assist management in identifying 
areas of risk. There is also a standard methodology 
to quantify risk. We rank risks, taking into account 
the mitigating controls in place, by combining their 
economic, operational or reputational impact and  
the likelihood that they may occur.

We use a barrier-based ‘bow-tie’ method to help 
management define and assess the most critical 
risk events. The method brings structure to the 
identification of hazards or risk events, potential 
causes of those hazards and the consequences 
of the hazard occurring. The bow tie method also 
identifies barriers or controls in place or needing to 
be developed to mitigate the likelihood of the threats 
occurring or impact of the effects of the risk event. 
The risk management process includes input from our 
professional advisers and the World Economic Forum 
Global Risks report in order to identify emerging risks 
and good practice in managing our risks.

Our acquisition of OMNOVA will be integrated into 
Synthomer’s risk management programme in 2020.

Risk output
Divisions and functional departments conduct their 
own bottom-up assessment of the principal risks 
and record them in a risk register using the Business 
Risk Assessment Methodology. Group functions 
and the Board conduct a top-down review of 
strategic risks, taking into account the input from the 
divisions, and prepare a Group risk register using the 
same methodology.

The Board reviews and approves the Group 
risk register. 

Risk management review 
and assurance 
Group risk function
The Group risk function, which is an integral part 
of our Group operations function, challenges the 
assumptions, risks identified, prioritisation and 
response actions in place or proposed.

Bow-tie methodology
A barrier-based bow-tie methodology is used to clearly show the relationship between the potential causes 
(threats), consequences and controls (barriers) associated with undesired hazardous events.

Hazard

Threat 1

Proactive  
barrier

Proactive  
barrier

Recovery  
barrier

Recovery  
barrier

Consequence

Threat 2

Proactive  
barrier

Proactive  
barrier

Top
event

Recovery  
barrier

Recovery  
barrier

Consequence

Escalation  
factor

Escalation  
factor barrier

Escalation  
factor barrier

Escalation  
factor

30

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Assessment of principal risks 
Assurance providers 
Synthomer operates a ‘three lines of defence’ model. 
A number of different internal assurance providers 
(for example Group SHE, Programme Management 
Office, ISO audits and Internal Audit) review the 
effectiveness of the mitigating actions and controls. 
External assurance is provided by our statutory 
auditors, in respect of the financial statements, and 
also by an external specialist in ISO standards. 

Our key risks
Risks affect us in many ways. Across our business, 
we identify the likelihood and potential impact of risks 
through our formal twice-yearly risk assessment 
submissions encompassing the divisions and Group 
functions, and also management is empowered and 
encouraged to actively manage and react to risks 
as part of its normal day-to-day decision making 
process. We are also using the risk methodology to 
assess the risks in all significant projects, including 
those associated with our Pathway Programme 
and the integration of our OMNOVA acquisition. 
These reviews, together with our three lines of 
defence model, enable us to establish effective 
controls to manage these uncertainties. 

We categorise our risks, taking into account the 
effectiveness of mitigating actions and controls, in 
the following areas: 

 —  Strategic risks that could prevent us from 

achieving our strategic objectives. 

 — Operational risks which, if not successfully 
managed, would threaten our viability. 
These relate to our ability to operate a sustainable 
and safe business.

 — Compliance risks where a breach of regulations 
or laws could lead to fines from regulators, and 
reputational risk that may affect our standing 
in the investor and wider community in a 
disproportionate manner to the size of the event 
leading to such damage.

 —  Financial risks relating to the funding and fiscal 

security of the Group.

The table on pages 32 to 36 shows more detail on 
the key risks identified at the end of 2019. Our Board 
and management consider that these pose the 
greatest threats to our business and they score 
highest on our risk table. They fall into categories 
that relate closely to our business model. Not all risks 
facing Synthomer are listed and the risks are not 
listed in any order of priority.

The nature of risk changes over time with new 
risks emerging and the impact of others changing. 
Our risk management and assurance programme 
can only provide reasonable, not absolute, 
assurance that key risks are managed to an 
acceptable level.

Synthomer Risk Trends

 Emerging risk 

  Risk that has moved from 2018

10

10

l

e
b
a
b
o
r
P

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k

i

L

l

i

e
b
s
s
o
P

1

11

13

7

9

4

9

2

5

3

3

8

6

6

12

l

e
b
a
b
o
r
p
m

I

Low

Medium

High

Impact – Reputational/Financial

Strategic 
1  Volatility in chemicals and 

polymers market

2  Competition and failure to innovate
3  Intellectual property
4  Manufacturing capacity 

expansion projects
5 Pathway Programme
6  Mergers and Acquisitions
7 People and Talent retention 

Operational 
8 Loss or failure of a Synthomer site 
9  IT Security
10 Safety, Health and Environment
11 Brexit

Compliance
12   Ethics

Financial 
13  Financial risks

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

The three lines of defence

Senior management

Board/Audit Committee

1st line

Functions that own and  
manage risks
 —  Policies
 —  Procedures
 —  Management controls

2nd line

Functions that oversee risks
 — Risk management
 — Group finance
 — Group SHE
 — ISO audits
 — Regulatory affairs
 — Legal department
 — Quality

3rd line

Functions that provide 
independent assurance
 — Internal audit

E
x
t
e
r
n
a

l

a
u
d
i
t
o
r

I

n
v
e
s
t
o
r
s
a
n
d
r
a
t
i

n
g
a
g
e
n
c

i

e
s

R
e
g
u

l

a
t
o
r
s

(
e
.

g

.

H
S
E

,

E
A

,

I

C
O

,

C
M
A

,

F
C
A

)

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Principal risks and uncertainties
The Group’s strategic objectives can only be achieved if certain 
risks are taken and managed effectively. 

We have listed below the most significant risks that affect our 
business, although there are other lower level risks that occur 
and impact the Group’s performance which are also actively 
managed through our risk management framework.

Strategic risks

Risk

Response

2020 plans

Volatility in chemicals and polymers market 

 — The Group continues to maintain 
a balanced portfolio of products 
serving a wide range of end markets 
around the globe. Post year end, 
we completed the acquisition 
of OMNOVA, which significantly 
increased our presence in the 
key North American markets. 
Segment performance at business 
unit level is closely monitored and 
corrective actions are taken as 
necessary to mitigate the risk as far as 
reasonably practicable.

 — The Group continues to invest in 
enhancing existing products and 
developing new products through 
our R&D programme and also 
our acquisition strategy includes 
technologies that are new to 
the Group. 

 — Our technical services teams work 
with customers to help them to use 
our products in the best way for their 
businesses and also to anticipate their 
future needs, which we feed back into 
our R&D programme.

 — We undertook a significant review of 
costs in our key sites and improved 
our sales teams to ensure we can 
price our products competitively.

 — The Group maintained its patent 

programme and sought to protect 
other intellectual property rights.

 — New product development and our 
acquisition strategy will continue to 
further diversify the Group’s risk.

 — Our integrated business planning 
process and also our Pathway 
Programme will allow us to operate 
more efficiently. 

 —  Where appropriate, and where we 
are legally able to, we will patent or 
otherwise protect more intellectual 
property in products, processes 
and technologies.

 — We will continue to improve IT 

security in our networks, ERPs, recipe 
change control system and industrial 
controls systems. 

The markets in which we operate are inherently 
volatile, including in raw material input process, 
and we expect this volatility to continue in 2020 
due to the global macroeconomic and political 
uncertainty, affecting volumes and margins 
and potentially adversely affecting the results of 
the Group. 

V  

Competition and failure to innovate 

We operate in highly competitive markets and the 
Group could lose market share to other producers 
of speciality chemicals if we fail to remain 
competitive or innovate to produce new products.

V  

Intellectual property 

The value of the Group is dependent on our 
ability to identify and protect our own intellectual 
property and ensure we do not breach third 
parties’ intellectual property rights, which could 
lead to reputational damage and additional costs. 

32

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
 
  
  
Link to strategy

Change in risk

Research and development and technical 
expertise to exploit new markets

Driving efficiency and excellence 
through operations

Capacity  
utilisation

Investment in  
capacity

Business growth  
through acquisitions

Read more Page 14

Strategic risks

Risk

No change

Increase

Decrease

V

E

Sensitivity for risk made in 
assessing viability

Emerging risk

Response

2020 plans

Manufacturing capacity expansion projects 

 — We have a robust capital appraisal 

 — We will deliver further significant 

process in place to assess proposed 
projects to ensure they deliver value, 
which includes regular reporting 
to the Board. Project Excellence 
methodology is in place for all 
significant CAPEX projects. 
The outcome of completed projects 
with costs in excess of £1m are 
reviewed by the Audit Committee and 
subject to Internal Audit’s review.

capacity enhancement in our NBR 
plant in Malaysia.

 —  Our Project Excellence methodology 

will be reviewed to ensure any lessons 
learned are addressed and further 
training given as required.

 —  The Programme is following 

 —  We will step up the assurance 

Synthomer’s standard Project 
Excellence methodology, including 
engaging external assurance 
throughout the life cycle. There is a 
balance of internal business experts 
and external transformation experts 
with an appropriate steering 
committee chaired by a member of 
Synthomer’s Executive team. 

activity and any remedial actions 
required prior to delivering the new 
process and associated systems to 
our first wave of Synthomer sites. 
Change management activities will be 
stepped up as the deployment phase 
begins in 2020. 

Enhancements to our plants to increase 
manufacturing capacity to take advantage of 
growth markets are dependent on good project 
management. Poor execution of our various 
projects could impact on our ability to deliver the 
capacity enhancements.

  V  

Pathway Programme 

In line with our aspirations to grow through 
acquisition and organic growth, we obtained 
Board approval to start a Pathway Programme in 
2019 to deliver streamlined and efficient common 
processes across our production, commercial, 
procurement and finance functions as well as 
replacing a number of our key legacy IT systems. 
These common processes will help to smooth the 
integration of newly acquired businesses to more 
easily deliver business benefits. There is a risk that 
we fail to drive the changes required and deliver 
the anticipated benefits, or fail to deliver quickly 
enough and distract the business from its day-to-
day operations.

  V   E

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Strategic risks

Risk

Mergers and acquisitions (M&A)

In March 2020 we expect to complete the 
acquisition of OMNOVA. There is a risk that the 
integration approach is not successful and that we 
fail to deliver the business benefits. The Group’s 
strategic plan continues to include significant 
M&A to further grow our business. There is a 
risk that we fail to identify and secure any targets 
or identify the wrong targets, paying too high a 
price, failing to integrate acquired assets and drive 
planned synergies, or we encounter performance, 
funding and cashflow issues and potentially 
unknown liabilities.

  V  

People and talent retention

People are a key asset for Synthomer in driving 
our Company strategy to grow and enabling us to 
operate in our diverse markets whilst complying 
with regulations and corporate responsibility. 
We can only build our people resources if we are 
able to recruit and retain the right people across 
our business.

E

Operational risks

Response

2020 plans

 — Whilst no significant M&A is 
anticipated in 2020 pending 
deleveraging, the Group M&A activity 
will continue to be closely scrutinised 
and challenged by the Board.

 — Successful integration of OMNOVA to 
ensure strong synergy delivery and 
deleveraging profile.

 — As we bring OMNOVA’s 1,850 

employees onboard, we expect 
to widen our talent field further 
and be able to offer employees of 
the combined Group enhanced 
development opportunities and 
increase retention of our best assets.

 —  Executive management has extensive 

experience of successful M&A 
transactions, including integration 
of the acquired businesses. We are 
actively planning for a number of our 
most experienced management to 
relocate during the integration phase 
to ensure the acquired business is 
integrated into ‘the Synthomer Way’ 
covering processes and culture.

 —  External advice is used to help identify 
targets, prepare bids and conduct 
due diligence. 

 —  Our employees have clear objectives 
which are aligned to our company 
strategy, as well as individual personal 
development to support their 
progression. We have succession 
plans in place for key roles and 
develop our future leaders, including 
through a graduate programme, 
enabling us to promote internally as 
well as bring in new talent. We also ran 
an employee opinion survey towards 
the end of 2019 which showed strong 
employee engagement, and we are 
analysing the results further.

Risk

Response

2020 plans

Loss or failure of a Synthomer site

A manufacturing site or a raw material storage site 
might be unable to operate, whether temporarily 
or longer term, due to a risk event, including 
natural disaster (including climate, environmental 
and health), safety incident, failure of a key 
supplier or the supply chain, sabotage and cyber-
attack, and this would have an adverse impact on 
operations and business unit profitability. There is 
a risk that our response does not ensure the site 
is able to return to its operational capacity in the 
planned time frame and that we suffer losses and 
damage to customer reputation.

34

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

  V  

 —  Crisis management procedures 

are in place for all sites to respond 
to risk events, which are reviewed 
and tested regularly. 

 —  Sourcing strategies are in place 
Group-wide to ensure there are 
multiple sources for key raw 
materials and the Group works 
closely with key suppliers to 
ensure availability. Single sourced 
materials are identified and 
inventory retained, where 
appropriate, to mitigate risk of 
supply chain failure.

 —  We will continue to improve existing 
preventative measures to reduce the 
risks and will roll out our newly refreshed 
approach to business continuity, including 
crisis management response, disaster 
recovery for key systems and data as well 
as longer-term recovery of operations.

 
 
 
 
 
Link to strategy

Change in risk

Research and development and technical 
expertise to exploit new markets

Driving efficiency and excellence 
through operations

Capacity  
utilisation

Investment in  
capacity

Business growth  
through acquisitions

 Read more Page 14

No change

Increase

Decrease

V

E

Sensitivity for risk made in 
assessing viability

Emerging risk

Operational risks

Risk

IT security

The inherent risk from cyber attacks continues to 
grow, and although mitigated by our sophisticated 
defences, all of our systems, including our 
industrial control systems, Enterprise Resource 
Planning (ERP) and communications, could be 
compromised. We could lose intellectual property 
and customer data, which might undermine our 
competitive position and lead to regulatory fines, 
or a cyber-attack could leave one of our plants out 
of action or subject to blackmail. 

Response

2020 plans

 —  Our IT security team received 

 —  Further improvements are planned, 

additional resources, and training 
was given to key employees to 
enhance their awareness of the 
risks from phishing and social 
engineering. We also invested in 
anti-phishing software defences 
and worked to improve our backup 
procedures to ensure consistency 
with good standards.

including completing the delivery of next 
generation firewalls at all our sites. 

 —  We will test IT resilience through our 

programme of disaster recovery testing. 

Safety, Health and Environment (SHE)

V  

Our industry is inherently dangerous, involving the 
transport, storage and manufacture of hazardous 
chemicals. There is a risk that a significant 
accident or environmental incident leads to 
injury to staff or local communities, reputational 
damage, fines and loss of permissions to operate. 

Brexit

There is a continuing risk, notwithstanding the 
UK/EU withdrawal agreement, that the parties 
fail to reach a continuing trade agreement in 
2020, which might impact the ability of UK 
manufacturing plants to import raw materials and 
export products on a timely basis and also impact 
REACH regulation compliance costs.

V  

 —  Synthomer operates a central 

safety audit function dedicated to 
SHE issues and it provides advice 
to, and monitors, our sites to 
enable continuous improvement 
across all major SHE areas. 
Increasingly, the focus is on 
process safety risk to mitigate the 
risk of major incidents.

 —  Maintenance programmes are 
undertaken to mitigate the risks.

 —  Our Group SHE audits will continue to 
focus on higher risk areas, including 
process safety. We will make further 
progress on our long-term ambition 
to implement a proactive approach to 
maintenance as a preventative measure.

 —  We will focus specifically on completing 

the actions from our Process 
Hazard Assessments.

 —  As far as is possible, our Brexit 
task force continued to monitor 
and mitigate the potential for 
disorderly Brexit.

 —  We will continue to monitor the impact 
of not concluding a future trade deal. 
We will continue to review our trading 
arrangements, processes and systems 
to ensure that we take any mitigating 
actions necessary.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

35

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Link to strategy

Change in risk

Principal risks and uncertainties 
continued

Research and development and technical 
expertise to exploit new markets

Driving efficiency and excellence 
through operations

Capacity  
utilisation

Investment in  
capacity

Business growth  
through acquisitions

 Read more Page 14

No change

Increase

Decrease

V

E

Sensitivity for risk made in 
assessing viability

Emerging risk

Response

2020 plans

 —  We will ensure that senior 

management and local business 
units continue to emphasise the 
provisions in the Code of Conduct and 
that Group Legal and other relevant 
functions continue to provide training 
and advice on its applicability. 

 —  We will continue to review our 
approach to legal compliance, 
including the new GDPR law. 

 —  In 2019 Synthomer delivered face-
to-face training to nearly all of our 
employees worldwide on the refreshed 
Code of Conduct, which includes 
key compliance areas and other 
ethical challenges. The new Code 
includes real examples and scenarios 
to aid employee understanding 
and the training was well-received, 
with good employee engagement. 
Malpractice reporting and protection 
for reporters are similarly covered 
in the new Code and an external 
confidential reporting helpline was 
brought into use. Group Legal and 
local management provide regular 
additional training to targeted groups 
of employees. 

Response

2020 plans

 —  We will continue to hedge 

currency risks.

 —  Pension deficits are expected 
to further reduce as the Group 
continues the additional contributions 
agreed with the trustees in 2016. 
The timescale will be affected by 
movements in the financial markets 
and the discount rate. 

 —  The Group has a policy of hedging 
all significant foreign exchange 
transactional exposure at operating 
company level. The Group borrows a 
proportion of its funding in overseas 
currencies to hedge the net assets 
held in those currencies.

 —  The UK scheme was closed 
to future accrual in 2009 and 
additional contributions and careful 
asset management have reduced 
the deficit over the longer term. 
Overseas schemes are reviewed 
annually by actuaries to ensure 
appropriate contributions are 
made and liabilities are recognised 
appropriately. The overall risk from 
pensions has reduced over time 
due to active management and the 
additional contributions that have been 
made in recent years. 

Compliance risks

Risk

Ethics

A failure to prevent anti-competitive practices, 
data breaches, bribery or other unethical 
behaviour could lead to substantial penalties, 
withdrawal of operating licences and reputational 
damage that could impact the Group’s ability to 
pursue its strategy. 

V  

Financial risks

Risk

Financial risks

As a UK-registered Group with a diverse 
presence across the world, we are exposed 
to foreign currency risks from our transactions 
and translation of our legal entities, which could 
significantly impact the results of the Group.

The Group continues to have funding risks relating 
to defined benefit pension scheme obligations, 
the value of which are highly dependent on volatile 
financial markets.

We continue to plan to finance our acquisition 
strategy and continuing operations. There is a risk 
that the financing strategy fails.

V  

36

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

  
 
  
Viability statement

In accordance with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Directors have assessed the viability 
of the Group over a five-year period to December 2024, being the period covered by the Group’s approved strategic 
plan. This plan is updated annually, in a process led by the executive management team with input from the respective 
businesses and functions. It includes analysis of product and profit performance, cash flow, investment programmes and 
returns to shareholders. The plan is presented to the Board each year as a part of its strategic review.

The Directors consider five years to be an appropriate time horizon for the strategic plan, being the period over which the 
Group actively focuses on its long term product development and capital expenditure investments. A period above five 
years is considered by the Directors to be too long, given the uncertainties that exist beyond this time frame.

In making their assessment, the Directors have considered the diverse activities and product offering of the Group in 
terms of geographies, chemistry and end markets. The Directors have also considered the Group’s current strong financial 
position, including the existing and future committed bank facilities, which have been assumed to be refinanced at maturity.

Furthermore, a sensitivity analysis has been undertaken, focusing on the impact of the principal risks (detailed above 
on pages 32 to 36) over the five-year period and the availability and likely effectiveness of mitigating actions. The risks 
have been assessed for their potential impact on the Group’s business model, future trading and funding structure. 
The sensitivity analysis has considered a number of severe but plausible scenarios, linked to the risks considered to have 
the most significant financial impact. In all cases, the impact was considered on both liquidity and borrowing covenant.

The scenarios included trading volatility, increased competition, disruption as a result of Brexit, delays in project delivery, 
failure of new products, the temporary loss of a manufacturing site, a fine by a regulating body and a situation where the 
OMNOVA acquisition does not complete. They also focused on risks such as significant foreign exchange rate movements, 
which are deemed to be outside the control of the Group. None of these scenarios individually threaten the Group, and the 
combined impact of these scenarios has been evaluated as the most severe stress scenario. 

While this sensitivity analysis did not consider all of the risks that the Group may face, the Directors consider that it is 
reasonable in the circumstances of the inherent uncertainty involved.

Based on the analysis, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the five-year period of their assessment.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Chief Financial Officer’s review
The proposed acquisition of OMNOVA 
and resultant conservative capital 
structure demonstrates our commitment 
to a disciplined capital allocation policy

EBITDA
(£m)

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

EBITDA  
(£m) 

Free Cash Flow  
(£m) 

177.9

2019

92.8

181.0

2018

27.8

176.2

160.1

125.0

2017

2016

2015

81.5

89.5

83.0

Volume  
(ktes) 

3

3

Stephen Bennett
Chief Financial Officer

Highlights
 — Resilient EBITDA performance in challenging 

economic environment

 — Strong Free Cash Flow generation in 2019

 — Conservative capital structure implemented, 
including hard underwrite of acquisition 
rights issue

 — Committed unsecured long-term and bridge 

facilities ahead of OMNOVA acquisition

 — Disciplined application of capital allocation policy 

and dividend policy unchanged

Alternative performance measures
The Group has consistently used two significant 
Alternative Performance Measures (‘APMs’) since 
its adoption of International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) in 2005:

 — Underlying performance, which excludes Special 

Items from IFRS profit measures; and

1

2

2

 — EBITDA, which excludes Special Items, 
amortisation and depreciation from IFRS 
operating profit.

1

1. Performance Elastomers
2. Functional Solutions
3. Industrial Specialities 

£96.3m
£69.9m
£24.8m

1. Performance Elastomers
2. Functional Solutions
3. Industrial Specialities 

849.1 ktes
487.4 ktes
129.2 ktes

The Board’s view is that Underlying performance 
provides additional clarity for the Group’s investors 
and so it is the primary focus of the Group’s narrative 
reporting. Further information and the reconciliation 
to the IFRS measures are included in note 5.

Coinciding with the first annual reporting of results 
under the new divisional structure, the Group has 
placed more emphasis on EBITDA reporting, whilst 
continuing to provide full disclosure of Underlying 
and IFRS operating profit and profit before tax. 
The greater emphasis on divisional EBITDA reporting 
is consistent with internal reporting metrics, is a 
commonly used metric by other European chemical 
businesses, and is a key metric which the market 
uses to value companies in the chemicals sector. 

38

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Overview

Special Items

2018
£m

Movement
£m

%

Performance Elastomers

Functional Solutions

Industrial Specialities

Corporate

EBITDA1

Depreciation

107.9

64.1

23.5

181.0

(11.6)

(10.8%)

Acquisition costs

5.8

1.3

1.4

(3.1)

9.0%

5.5%

(9.7%)

(1.7%)

Restructuring and site closure

Foreign exchange gain on rights issue

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Sale of business

(13.1)

(14.5)

(38.9)

(13.2) 33.9%

Sale of land

Underlying operating profit1

125.8

142.1

(16.3)

(11.5%)

Aborted bond costs

2019 
£m

96.3

69.9

24.8

177.9

(52.1)

2019 
£m

(9.2)

(0.8)

3.5

(8.7)

–

–

–

–

2018
£m

(0.5)

(12.2)

– 

(16.4)

3.8

16.4

(1.7)

(2.8)

(15.2)

(13.4)

Note:
1.  2019 includes the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases of £7.9m on EBITDA and 

£0.6m on Underlying operating profit.

In a challenging environment, the Group has delivered a resilient 
performance, benefiting from geographic, product and end market 
diversity, with EBITDA down 1.7% at £177.9m relative to £181.0m 
in 2018. Whilst overall volumes are a little softer, largely reflecting a 
difficult SBR market and in particular the paper market, the Group’s 
overall margin per tonne has again remained stable. The reported 
EBITDA performance of £177.9m has benefitted from the adoption 
of IFRS 16 Leases, improving EBITDA by £7.9m while increasing 
depreciation by £7.3m and interest by £1.1m respectively.

Notwithstanding the economic backdrop, Functional Solutions and 
Industrial Specialities EBITDA performance was ahead of 2018, with 
Performance Elastomers EBITDA lower. In this context we were 
pleased with the improvements in our Functional Solutions, Industrial 
Specialities and Performance Elastomers NBR markets largely 
offsetting the disappointing performance in Performance Elastomers 
SBR markets principally attributable to a challenging European 
paper business.

The Underlying operating profit of the Group was £125.8m, 11.5% 
lower than 2018 (£142.1m), with the significant rise in depreciation 
of £13.2m (33.9%) attributable to the significant capacity expansion 
programme 2017 to 2019 (£5.9m) and the accounting changes 
relating to the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases (£7.3m). The IFRS 
operating profit was £110.6m (2018: £128.7m).

The Group continued to generate strong Free Cash Flow in the year 
at £92.8m, back to similar levels reported in 2016 and 2017 with the 
marked improvement over the prior year mainly reflecting a working 
capital outflow in 2018 and an inflow in 2019, largely following the 
trend in raw material prices, and tight working capital management. 

We refinanced the Group in July in anticipation of the OMNOVA 
acquisition. The post-completion capital structure is consistent with 
our capital allocation policy, raising equity and targeting a more 
conservative level of leverage at completion (2.5x) than allowed for in 
the policy (3.0x), and only this on the basis that we expect leverage to 
return to less than 2.0x within two years post completion. 

Our major capital investment in capacity expansion is largely 
complete and accordingly our attention will now focus on the 
integration of OMNOVA, driving synergy benefits and cash flows to 
ensure the deleveraging profile is delivered in accordance with our 
capital allocation policy.

UK Guaranteed Minimum Pension equalisation 

The following items of income and expense have been reported as 
Special Items:

 — Acquisition costs relate to the proposed acquisition of OMNOVA 
partly offset by a gain of £4.0m on a foreign exchange derivative 
entered into in July 2019 to hedge the acquisition price. The 2018 
costs related to the BASF Pischelsdorf acquisition. 

 — Restructuring and site closure costs largely comprise a charge 

of £1.9m in relation to the reorganisation of the Group into global 
business segments. This is partly offset by a partial reversal of the 
provision recognised in 2018 for the closure of the natural rubber 
and polyester resins production lines as certain elements have 
been less expensive than originally estimated.

 — Foreign exchange gain on rights issue represents a gain made on 

a forward contract which was entered into to swap the proceeds of 
the Sterling rights issue into Euro in order to pay down part of the 
Group’s Euro borrowings.

 — Amortisation of acquired intangibles decreased during the year as 
the customer-related intangibles relating to the 2011 PolymerLatex 
acquisition reached the end of their amortisation period in 
H1 2018. 

 — Sale of businesses in 2018 related to the disposal of the 

Leuna (Germany) site and the disposal of 51% of the Group’s 
Dubai operations. 

 — Sale of land in 2018 related to the disposal of the final tranche of 

Malaysian land at Kluang. 

 — Ahead of the Group’s 2018 refinancing, a process was undertaken 

to issue unsecured fixed rate senior notes. Despite a strong 
response from investors, the Group decided not to complete the 
transaction due to unfavourable market conditions. 

 — A £2.8m adjustment to pension liabilities was booked in H2 2018 
following the UK High Court’s ruling on equalisation of male 
and female Guaranteed Minimum Pensions. This was treated 
as a pension plan amendment, unrelated to the Underlying 
performance of the Group.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

Finance costs 

Underlying
performance 
£m

2019

Special 
 Items 
£m

IFRS 
 £m

Underlying
 performance 
£m

Operating profit (including share of joint ventures)

125.8

(15.2)

110.6

142.1

Net interest payable

Fair value loss on unhedged interest derivatives

Net interest expense on defined benefit obligations

Interest element of lease payments

Finance costs

(5.8)

0.0

(2.7)

(1.1)

(9.6)

0.0

(0.5)

0.0

0.0

(0.5)

(5.8)

(0.5)

(2.7)

(1.1)

(10.1)

(3.8)

0.0

(3.2)

0.0

(7.0)

2018

Special
 Items 
 £m

(13.4)

0.0

(1.4)

0.0

0.0

(1.4)

IFRS 
 £m

128.7

(3.8)

(1.4)

(3.2)

0.0

(8.4)

Profit before tax

116.2

(15.7)

100.5

135.1

(14.8)

120.3

Underlying finance costs increased by £2.6m to £9.6m. The drivers 
were the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases with a charge of £1.1m 
(2018: £nil) and the full year impact of the Euro interest rate fix 
transacted in July 2018 of £3.6m (2018: £1.2m). This was partly offset 
by £0.4m of lower net interest as the RCF amounts drawn have been 
reduced with the rights issue in July 2019, and a reduction in net 
interest expense on defined benefit obligations as a result of a higher 
return on assets in the year. 

In July 2018 the Group entered into swap arrangements to fix Euro 
interest rates on the full value of the €440m committed unsecured 
revolving credit facility. The fair value loss on unhedged interest rate 
derivatives relates to the movement in mark-to-market value of the 
swap in respect of the proportion of the derivatives in excess of the 
Group’s borrowings. The charge has reduced to £0.5m (2018: £1.4m) 

as a result of lower drawn amounts under the RCF, and the changes 
in the fair value between 31 December 2018 and 2019.

Exchange
The impact of movements in exchange rates on reported numbers is 
based on the following exchange rates:

Closing rate £1 =

Closing rate £1 =

Closing rate £1 =

Average rate £1 =

Average rate £1 =

Average rate £1 =

2019

$ 1.33

€ 1.18

2018

$ 1.27

€ 1.11

MYR 5.38 MYR 5.27

$ 1.28

€ 1.14

$ 1.33

€ 1.13

MYR 5.29 MYR 5.37

Taxation

Taxation

Effective tax rate

Profit for the year

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

Profit attributable to equity holders

Underlying
performance 
£m

(16.3)

14.0%

2019

Special 
 Items 
£m

1.4

IFRS 
 £m

(14.9)

Underlying
 performance 
£m

(23.0)

2018

Special
 Items 
 £m

6.0

IFRS 
 £m

(17.0)

8.9%

14.8%

17.0%

40.5%

14.1%

99.9

0.4

99.5

(14.3)

0.6

(14.9)

85.6

1.0

84.6

112.1

0.5

111.6

(8.8)

3.0

(11.8)

103.3

3.5

99.8

The IFRS effective tax rate is impacted by the tax credit on the 
Special Items. It is therefore helpful to consider the Underlying and 
Special Items affecting tax rates separately:

 — The effective tax rate for Special Items is driven by deferred and 
current tax credits on the amortisation of acquired intangibles 
along with current tax credits on restructuring costs.

 — The effective tax rate on Underlying performance for the year 

reduced to 14.0% (2018: 17.0%) in the year primarily as a result of 
changes in geographical split of profits, with increased profitability 
of the business in Malaysia, which benefited from the Pioneer 
Status tax exemption, relative to the European businesses.

40

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Non-controlling interests
The Group continues to hold 70% of Revertex (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd 
and its subsidiaries. These entities form a relatively minor part of 
the Group and hence the impact on Underlying performance from 
non-controlling interests is not significant. 

Special Items arose from the partial reversal of the 2018 restructuring 
provision for the closure of the natural rubber and polyester resins 
production lines at the Kluang site as certain elements have been less 
expensive than originally estimated. 2018 Special Items included the 
non-controlling interest share of 2018 restructuring provision as well 
as profits from the sale of a parcel of land, owned by Kind Action Sdn 
Bhd, a wholly owned subsidiary of Revertex (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd.

Earnings per share

Earnings 

Underlying
performance 
£m

2019

Special 
 Items 
£m

IFRS 
 £m

Underlying
 performance 
£m

2018

Special
 Items 
 £m

IFRS 
 £m

Profit attributable to equity holders (£m) 

99.5

(14.9)

84.6

111.6

(11.8)

99.8

Number of shares 

Weighted average number of shares (‘000)

Earnings per share

Basic EPS (p)

Diluted EPS (p)

Earnings per share is calculated based on the average number of 
shares in issue during the year. Following the rights issue in July 2019, 
the Company issued a further 84,970,192 ordinary shares, bringing 
the total issued shares of the Company to 424,850,961 and the 
weighted average number of the shares for 2019 to 393,348,792. 

Underlying earnings per share for the year is 25.3p, a reduction of 
17.6% relative for 2018, and the IFRS earnings per share is 21.5p, 
a reduction of 21.5% relative to 2018. The reduction in the earnings 
per share reflects the change in profit after tax referred to above, and 
the dilutive effect of the rights issue ahead of the completion of the 
acquisition of OMNOVA. 

393,349

363,977

25.3p

25.2p

(3.8)p

(3.8)p

21.5p

21.4p

30.7p

30.5p

(3.3)p

(3.2)p

27.4p

27.3p

Following the rights issue, the prior year earnings per share figures 
have been restated by an adjustment factor of 1.0713 to reflect the 
bonus element of the rights issue. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

Cash performance
The Group’s primary focus is on managing net debt rather than on 
cash. The following table summarises the movement in net debt and 
is in the format used by management:

Underlying operating profit (excluding joint 
ventures)

Movement in working capital

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right of use assets

Amortisation of other intangible assets

Share-based payments charge

Capital expenditure

Business cash flow

Net interest paid

Tax paid

Pension funding

Dividends received from non-controlling interests

Free Cash Flow

Cash impact of restructuring and site  
closure costs

Cash impact of foreign exchange gain  
on rights issue

Cash impact of aborted bond costs

Sale of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition costs and purchase of business

Sale of business

Rights issue proceeds

Repayment of principal portion of lease liabilities

Dividends paid

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Settlement of share-based payments

Foreign exchange and other movements

2019 
£m

2018
£m

124.9

141.7

18.5

43.4

7.3

1.4

0.6

(35.2)

37.8

–

1.1

1.5

(69.1)

(75.7)

127.0

(7.2)

(11.1)

(17.5)

1.6

92.8

71.2

(4.5)

(23.0)

(17.0)

1.1

27.8

(4.4)

(3.3)

3.5

–

0.3

(7.5)

–

199.1

(6.8)

(47.9)

(0.6)

(2.5)

8.7

–

(1.2)

17.5

(26.3)

3.7

–

–

(42.5)

(1.5)

(5.4)

(2.3)

Movement in net debt

234.7

(33.5)

Opening net (debt)

Closing net cash/(debt)

(214.0)

(180.5)

20.7

(214.0)

At 31 December 2019, the Group had net cash of £20.7m compared 
to net debt of £214.0m at 31 December 2018. The £234.7m 
movement in net debt primarily reflects:

 — A reduction in working capital investment leading to an inflow of 
£18.5m (2018: outflow of £35.2m) reflecting lower raw material 
prices and measures taken to structurally manage working capital. 
Working capital remains at circa 10% of sales on a twelve month 
rolling basis. 

 — Depreciation of right of use assets relates to depreciation of assets 
arising on the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases in 2019. Similarly the 
repayment of principal portion of lease liabilities relates to cash 
payments on liabilities recognised on adoption of IFRS 16.

42

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 — Capital expenditure is lower relative to the prior year, reflecting the 
substantial completion of our major capacity expansion projects 
in Pasir Gudang (Malaysia), Worms (Germany) and Roebuck (USA) 
in 2018 and 2019. The Group commenced investment in a new 
Innovation Centre and a new 60ktes NBR capacity expansion 
in Malaysia and began a three-year business transformation 
programme. Recurring expenditure on SHE and sustenance in the 
year is £21m (2018: £24m). 

 — Cash tax paid is lower at £11.1m (2018: £23.0m). The decrease 
is due to cash tax refunds received from Tax Authorities in 2019 
relating to prior years and lower profitability in 2019.

 — Pension funding relates mainly to the UK defined benefit deficit 

recovery funding of £16.2m (2018: £15.5m). The rise in the deficit 
recovery payment in 2019 reflects the schedule of contributions 
agreed with the trustees in 2019 as a part of the 2018 triennial 
pension scheme valuation. The outcome of the 2018 triennial 
valuation is discussed below in retirement benefit plans.

 — Acquisition costs and purchase of business of £7.5m relate to 

the OMNOVA acquisition. In 2018, the £26.3m outflow principally 
related to the purchase of BASF Pischelsdorf. 

 — The sale of property, plant and equipment in 2018 related to the 

sale of the final parcel of Malaysian land. 

 — Rights issue net proceeds relates to the share issue in July 2019, 
raising £199.1m in anticipation of settling the OMNOVA acquisition 
purchase consideration.

 — Foreign exchange and other movements reflect the impact of 
the significant strengthening of Sterling during the year where 
the Group has benefitted from a gain on translation of its 
Euro borrowings.

Financing and liquidity
The Group continues to make use of a €440m four-year multicurrency 
revolving credit facility (RCF) expiring in July 2022, with an option to 
request an extension to July 2023. The financial covenant for the RCF 
is for net debt to be less than 3.25 times EBITDA. 

In July 2019 the Group repaid its €55m committed unsecured short-
term loan facility upon expiry. 

As part of the OMNOVA acquisition financing, the Group put in 
place new facilities conditional on completion of the acquisition. 
These consist of a $260m term loan and €460m RCF with five-year 
terms ending on 3 July 2024, and a €520m acquisition financing 
bridging facility. The bridging facility is available for 15 months from 
July 2019 and may be extended for two periods of six months. 

In 2018 the Group entered into swap derivative contracts to fix the 
Euribor interest rate on the full value of the €440m RCF until 2025. 
The full interest cost of these swaps is booked to finance costs as 
incurred. Fair value movement on the portion of the swap contracts 
that forms an effective hedging relationship with the Group’s 
floating rate borrowings is taken to other comprehensive income. 
Fair value movement on the swap contracts in excess of the Group’s 
borrowings is taken to profit and loss. It is treated as a Special Item, 
as it is not reflective of Underlying performance.

IFRS 16
On 1 January 2019, the Group adopted IFRS 16 Leases using the 
modified retrospective approach. The adoption of the new standard 
had the following impact on the Group’s results:

Property, plant and equipment

Lease liability

Depreciation charge

EBITDA

Finance cost

Profit before tax

Net debt to EBITDA

Basic EPS

Increase

Increase

Increase

Increase

Increase

Decrease

No impact

Decrease

£38.9m

£41.9m

£7.3m

£7.9m

£1.1m

£0.5m

0.1p

Note 3 of the financial statements provides more detailed information 
on the adoption of IFRS 16.

Other intangible assets
The Group has commenced a business transformation ‘Pathway’ 
programme which is designed to deliver a consistent set of global 
business processes across a unified target operating model, 
transform our technology architecture into a single set of proven 
integrated systems and to build additional efficiency and effectiveness 
globally. The programme will begin to deliver benefits in early 2021, 
is expected to be completed for the existing group in 2022 and 
meets the capital expenditure hurdle rates for Synthomer providing 
an attractive payback for the Group and a sound platform for future 
growth. The investment is shown as an intangible asset under 
construction until the deployment phase begins.

Retirement benefit plans
The Group’s principal funded defined benefit pension scheme is in 
the UK and is closed to future accrual. The Group also operates an 
unfunded scheme in Germany and various other overseas retirement 
benefit arrangements.

The Group’s net defined benefit obligation increased by 5.7% to 
£140.0m at 31 December 2019. The increase is principally attributable 
to a decrease in discount rates only partially offset by our deficit 
recovery funding of £16.5m, a decrease in inflation assumptions and 
strong return on plan assets.

The triennial valuation of the UK scheme was undertaken in 2018 
and completed in 2019. The trustees of the scheme have agreed that 
the Group will continue to fund the deficit recovery plan in line with 
the previously agreed recovery plan, currently expected to end in 
April 2023.

Stephen Bennett
Chief Financial Officer
5 March 2020

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Section 172 statement
We actively engage and listen to our stakeholders to understand their 
views, seek opportunities to learn and continually improve. The views of 
our stakeholders help to shape and inform our strategy and are a key 
input to our decision making.

Further information, which forms part of this statement, is included on page 69 where we provide 
examples of how the Directors fulfil their duties in accordance with section 172.

Customers

Link to strategy 

Through close and long 
working relationships with 
over 4,000 customers we aim 
to provide solutions to meet 
their needs through customer 
and technical service.

Why we engage
Through close technical partnerships 
we can better understand customer and 
society needs and deploy our extensive 
skills, broad product and technology 
portfolio to provide innovative solutions.

Our impact
To provide best in class sustainable 
solutions to allow customers to meet the 
needs of society. 

People

Link to strategy  

Our people drive our business. 
We have a culture that values 
meritocracy, openness, 
fairness and transparency and 
we seek to inspire our people 
to deliver their best.

Why we engage
Successful performance can be 
delivered only through a high level of 
engagement where our people share 
the Synthomer vision and values and 
feel supported by our culture and code 
of conduct.

Our impact
We continue to drive improvements 
through our people agenda. Our first 
global employee engagement survey and 
Employee Voice initiatives are helping 
us to address areas for improvement to 
make Synthomer a better place to work.

Communities

Our global operations are 
an important part of the 
communities in which they 
are located. We seek to be 
a good corporate citizen 
in all our communities and 
have launched our ‘We 
Care’ initiative to support 
this approach.

Why we engage
We want to be a good citizen in our 
communities to make a positive impact, 
overcome concerns, be seen as an 
employer of choice and to inspire our 
employees who are passionate about 
making a difference to the communities 
in which they work.

Link to strategy 

Our impact
Our engagement, charity and education 
programmes make an increasing 
difference to the communities in which 
we operate.

Suppliers

Link to strategy 

We work closely with our 
suppliers to ensure we 
can meet our business 
requirements in a cost 
effective and sustainable way. 
We are enthusiastic to work in 
partnership with suppliers and 
to allow additional value to 
be unlocked.

Why we engage
Dialogue with suppliers is important to 
mitigate supply chain risk, ensure we 
have access to the most cost-effective 
products and services and to be aware 
of new products and services which 
may be available and could provide the 
Company with advantage.

Our impact
Our code of conduct sets out clear 
standards regarding our ways of working 
with suppliers. Building trust and 
long term relationships is beneficial to 
both parties. 

44

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Link to strategy

Section 172 criteria:

Research and development and technical 
expertise to exploit new markets

Driving efficiency and excellence 
through operations

Capacity  
utilisation

Investment in  
capacity

Business growth  
through acquisitions

a)  the likely consequences of any decision in the 

long term;

b)  the interests of the Company’s employees;
c)  the need to foster the Company’s business 

relationships with suppliers, customers and others;

d)  the impact of the Company’s operations on the 

community and the environment;

e)  the desirability of the Company maintaining a 

reputation for high standards of business conduct; 
and

f)  the need to act fairly between members of 

the Company

Shareholders

We are a public company 
listed on the FTSE 250 index. 
We provide fair, balanced and 
understandable information on 
the prospects and performance 
of the Company.

Why we engage
To ensure that we provide sufficient 
meaningful relevant information on 
which investors can make informed 
investment decisions.

Link to strategy 

Our impact
Our Board and Management have 
regular interaction with shareholders 
which feed into strategic discussions 
and opportunities, ensuring clarity 
and alignment over strategy and 
future expectations of the shareholder 
and the Company, as the Company 
moves forward.

Governments and authorities

Link to strategy 

In science and technology 
areas we cooperate and 
engage constructively so that 
the purpose and strategy of the 
business can be best delivered.

Why we engage
Policy and regulatory change have a 
direct impact on our business. We need 
to understand and influence where 
appropriate to ensure we can anticipate 
the consequences of this change.

Our impact
We actively participate in the Chemical 
Industry Association our industry trade 
body, and have contributed to the debate 
on a broad range of issues including 
Brexit, sustainability and decarbonisation, 
growth and innovation.

Our values
Case Study
Growth Capex Investment in fast growing 
NBR market at the Pasir Gudang site 
in Malaysia

We consider the impact on major stakeholders in 
all of our strategic capital investment proposals. 
These proposals are brought to the Board for 
approval and discussion and follow our best 
practice ‘Project Excellence’ methodology for 
managing projects. JOB6 is a 60ktes expansion 
of the Pasir Gudang (Malaysia) site to expand our 
capacity to meet the fast growing market for NBR 
latex. These products are used by our customers 
to manufacture gloves for health and protection 
applications. Gloves meet the growing needs of 
society for increased hygiene requirements and 
our state-of-the-art products provide differentiated 
polymers to meet and improve quality and 
performance requirements.

Our investment plans for JOB6 received approval 
from government and authorities with whom we 
consult on a regular basis. We engage closely 
with customers to ensure our product plans meet 
their needs and with suppliers to ensure that 
we can obtain cost effective supply in sufficient 

quantities. We communicated with employees to 
ensure they were prepared for the project and had 
detailed plans to deliver the outcome – as well as 
preparing to recruit new colleagues who would 
meet the values that exist within Synthomer. In the 
communities around Pasir Gudang we ensured 
that we communicated our plans publicly and 
work to overcome concerns, manage the impact 
of the activity and be a supplier of choice. With our 
shareholders we discuss our capital policy, plans for 
future investment and communicate these openly to 
seek their feedback and support.

The project is now underway with a completion date 
in the second half of 2021.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)
ESG is an increasing priority for our stakeholders 
and the Group. I am pleased to say that Synthomer 
continues to make progress in this important area.

2019 ESG highlights
—   58% improvement in 

recordable injury rate on 
three-year rolling basis, 
now 0.20 per 100,000 
hours worked

 —   Best ever process safety 
event rate, 0.11 per 
100,000 hours 

 —   Policies and practices 

implemented to comply 
in full with 2018 UK 
Governance Code

 —   Improved CDP rating of 

‘B-’ classification – ‘taking 
coordinated action on 
climate issues’ (2018: D)

 —   Further strengthening of 
our employer brand

 —   Launch of ‘Your Voice’ 
initiative – employees 
engagement survey

 —  Restated our commitment 

to our 2021 target to 
reduce greenhouse 
gas emissions

 —  Aligned our reporting to 

GRI Standards 

 —  Introduced a carbon 

footprint measure to PSP 
scheme 2020

BUILDING

SUSTAINABLY

Tim Hughes 
President – Corporate Development

The focus on sustainability and the way in 
which companies improve their performance in 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) 
aspects of corporate behaviour continues 
to increase.

Synthomer has responded to this challenge by 
integrating our ESG activities into the way we run our 
business and the broader reporting of our targets 
and achievements, as well as ensuring we have 
access to the data we require to direct our activity 
and maximise the impact of our work.

Synthomer is a specialised chemicals company. As a 
global leader in water-based polymer chemistry, our 
purpose is to continually innovate to meet the needs 
of customers and society in a sustainable way.

Synthomer is built on its reputation and the trust 
and confidence of each of its stakeholders – not 
only our shareholders and employees, but also our 
customers, suppliers and the wider community and 
environment in which we operate. At Synthomer, 
we hold the highest standards and work together 
to build an ethical and sustainable business, ‘The 
Synthomer Way’.

46

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Some of the ways in 
which we deliver on ESG
 —  We put safety, health and environmental 
performance as a core value of our 
business, delivering global top quartile 
performance in priority areas and becoming 
better through our commitment to 
continuous improvement. 

 —  We are a world leading supplier of 

sustainable water-based polymers, our 
products and processes avoid the need to 
use an estimated 500ktes of solvents and 
volatile organic compounds (VOCs).

 —  Our strong global innovation drives the 

use of water-based technology – 22% of 
sales volume in 2019 came from products 
less than five years old delivering best in 
class, better performing products to global 
customers. Projects increasingly focus on 
sustainability compliance, alternative raw 
materials, lower energy intensive products 
and products with superior life cycle impact.

 —  We have a strategic focus on driving 

efficiency and excellence through our global 
operations to minimise the use of resources 
and maximise efficiency – debottlenecking 
our plants and driving better cycle times.

 —  We focus on the sustainability of our value 
chain in line with the requirements of our 
key stakeholders.

 —  We remain resolutely committed to our 

2021 carbon target despite challenges in 
2019 due to the weaker macroeconomic 
impact on volume and the unfavourable mix 
in our sales volumes.

 —  We remain committed to reporting to Global 

Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards.

 —  Our 2019 Carbon Disclosure Project 

(CDP) assessment report rates us at ‘B-’ 
classification – ‘management level – taking 
coordinated action on climate issues’.

 —  Our policies and practices fully comply with 

the 2018 UK Governance Code.

 —  We have strengthened our employer brand 

to attract and retain the best talent in 
the market.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

47

We focus our sustainability work, through our 
Group Sustainability Committee, based around 
six pillars – strategy, governance and compliance, 
people, sustainable value chain, health and 
safety, and environment. In 2019 we broadened 
our sustainability activities to reach more widely 
across the Group and for the first time published 
our Sustainability Report to Global Reporting 
Initiative (GRI) standards. This approach is built 
on solid foundations, including the gathering 
of stakeholder expectations and assessing 
materiality, building key performance indicators 
against which we can be judged, engaging our 
employees through our first global engagement 
survey and our community-based ‘We Care’ 
initiative and finally communicating our progress 
through our annual Sustainability Report.

We strongly believe our sustainability activities 
build shareholder value and will drive a positive 
contribution to our business performance and 
allow us to deliver on our purpose: Delivering 
‘The Synthomer Way’.

Tim Hughes 
President – Corporate Development

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Environmental, social and governance continued

Highlights and achievements

Strategy – see page 50
 —  Introduced our purpose – As a global leader in 

water-based polymer chemistry, our purpose is to 
continually improve our products and technology to 
meet the needs of our customers and society in a 
sustainable way.

 —  Published first Synthomer Sustainability Report 
aligned to GRI standards following extensive 
stakeholder assessment and matched to our six 
key pillars identified by the materiality assessment.

 —  Sustainability Committee expanded to coordinate 
global ESG sustainability activities, reporting to the 
Executive Committee.

 —  Increased focus on innovation of products with lower 
energy intensity, the completion of life cycle analysis, 
alternative raw material development and full understanding 
of our sustainable value chain to guide future activity. 

 —  Improved Ecovadis and CDP scores, maintaining Silver level 

in Ecovadis and achieving B- level in CDP.

Governance and compliance – see page 52
 —  Completing face-to-face interactive and scenario-

 —  Introduction of a new third-party contracted software 

based training sessions to support the launch of the 
Group’s new Code of Conduct, with very positive 
feedback and results. 

 —  Significant progress made in rolling out the 

Group’s GDPR compliance programme, including 
delivering face-to-face awareness sessions to 
relevant employees.

 —  Launching an enhanced competition law 
compliance programme, involving making 
available online an improved guidance toolkit 
for employees, and rolling out face-to-face 
interactive and scenario-based training sessions to 
relevant employees.

solution from AEB and Dow Jones which automatically 
undertakes weekly sanctions-checks of third-party data 
contained in our system (e.g. customer and supplier 
data) supporting the existing Group policy on conducting 
business in sanctioned countries.

 —  Creating a new Investigations Protocol to support the 
proper conduct of investigations, whether into matters 
arising through the new whistleblowing helpline or 
otherwise. The Investigations Protocol is designed 
to reinforce the Group’s commitment to encouraging 
employees to speak up about any concerns they may 
have about unethical and/or unlawful behaviour, through 
giving reassurance around the integrity of any investigation 
that ensues.

People – see page 53
 —   Synthomer Talent Development Programme 

extended and second annual cohort selected 
and enrolled. 

 —   Further investment in European Graduate 

Development Programme.

 —   Strengthened Asia and Europe 

Graduate Programme.

 —   Synthomer leadership attributes updated and 

launched globally.

 —   Multilingual Global Employee Engagement Survey with 
active participation from over 1,500 (62%) of Synthomer 
employees across seven largest countries where 
Synthomer employees are based.

Sustainable value chain – see page 57
 —  Strengthened sustainability assessment within 

 —  Initial assessment of active R&D projects against 

procurement processes, and implemented revised 
supplier audit methodology.

sustainability criteria.

 —  Extended supplier performance assessment criteria for 
supplier audits to cover wider aspects of sustainability. 

Health and safety (occupational and process safety) – see page 59
 —   Completion of Group’s Safety, Health and 

 —   ICCA process safety event rate reduced to 0.11 per 

Environment Management System (SHEMS) 
review.

100,000 hours.

 —   19% reduction of number of recordable Injuries compared 

 —  Full roll-out of internal process safety training.

with previous year.

Environment – see page 60
 — Total waste generated reduced 1.6%.

 — Waste to landfill decreased 23%.

 — Water withdrawal reduced by 1.03%.

 — Total Scope 1 and 2 CO2 equivalent emissions 

312,235 tonnes.

 — VOC emissions reduced by 39.7% to 183 tonnes.

48

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 —   Commitment to Scope 3 emissions evaluation in 2020.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Progress against 2019 targets and objectives

Target year

Progress

Strategy

Review approach to energy and GHG emissions reporting, targeting and data validation

Align sustainability reporting against GRI ‘Core’ Standards

Achieve and sustain ‘Gold’ rating from Ecovadis
Governance and compliance

Comply with relevant sections of 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code

Complete Code of Conduct training globally

Introduce Code of Conduct, Anti-Bribery & Corruption, Competition Law, Criminal Finances Act  
and GDPR e-learning modules

GDPR – complete initial data security audit and begin implementing resulting improvements
People – employment conditions/ 
diversity and development

Implement the Employee Voice programme in accordance with the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code

Embed the Synthomer Leadership Development Programme

Implement the Synthomer diversity and inclusion plans

Implement the Executive Global Leadership Report 

Launch globally the market-aligned role and compensation framework 
Sustainable value chain

Assessment of the consumer packaging value chain to identify opportunities for more 
sustainable systems

Complete the EPDLA life cycle assessment for major product lines

Undertake initial assessment of active R&D projects against sustainability criteria

Build upon the good performance achieved on customer complaints in 2018

Complete five key supplier audits for each procurement function (at least one per region)

Complete desktop sustainability assessment of top ten key suppliers (in each region)
Health and safety

Recordable case rate of 0.21 incidents per 100,000 working hours

Process safety event rate of 0.16 incidents per 100,000 working hours
Environment

Targets carried forward, based on 2017 revised baseline

2019

2019

2020

2019

2019

2020

2020

2019 

2019

2019

2019

2019

2019 

2019

2019

2019

2021

2022

2019

2019

>50% site emissions calculated using location-based emissions factors (carried forward)

6% reduction in specific energy consumption (GJ/t production)

9% reduction in GHG emissions (tCO2e/t production)

6% reduction in water consumption (m3/t production)

7.5% reduction in waste to landfill (metric tonne/metric tonne production)

2019

end 2021

end 2021

end 2021

end 2021

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Environmental, social and governance continued

ENVIRONMENTAL, 
SOCIAL AND 
GOVERNANCE 
ACTIVITIES

Strategy

As a global leader in water-based polymer chemistry, 
our purpose is to continually improve our products 
and technology to meet the needs of our customers 
and society in a sustainable way. Today, our 
water-based products avoid the use of hundreds of 
thousands of tonnes of VOC-containing solvents. 
We are rapidly introducing state-of-the-art products 
with regulatory and environmental compliance, 
and are focusing on projects around alternative 
raw materials and lower energy intensive products 
and technologies. Our continuous improvement 
programmes in all our operations focus on driving 
efficiency and excellence to minimise the use of 
resources. And all of this is done to internationally 
recognised standards through our GRI reporting 
with our focus on continuous ESG improvements. 
Despite the progress that has been made, we 
recognise there is still much which remains to 
be done.

With sustainability and ESG interest accelerating, 
Synthomer is responding to this by reporting widely 
on its performance – from our ‘We Care’ community 
engagement programme to our strengthening 

50

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

employer brand, our SHE progress to our Code of 
Conduct and external ESG reporting improvements. 
Synthomer recognises the significance and 
importance of being a responsible company, taking 
into consideration the complete life cycle of our 
products and the impact our operations have on 
people and the environment. We also consider 
the issues that are material to our business and 
seek to respond to them in a manner appropriate 
to the interests of all its stakeholders, and we are 
committed to approaching our business in an ethical 
and environmentally sound manner.

Our work in this area has been recognised through 
the Group’s inclusion in the FTSE4Good Index since 
2004. The FTSE4Good Index is operated by FTSE 
and highlights the performance of stock market 
listed companies against a range of ESG criteria. 
To be eligible for inclusion in the index, companies 
must demonstrate a high level of commitment 
in areas such as climate change, environmental 
management and human rights.

Our work on sustainability is also reported through 
Ecovadis, CDP, ISS, Sustainalytics and MSCI 
amongst others. Through our extensive reporting 
and granular data, we continue to support open 
reporting. To ensure the safe management and use 
of its products, Synthomer is committed to sharing 
relevant health and safety information throughout 
the value chain. To achieve this, we work closely 
with our suppliers and customers to fully understand 
the environmental impact of our raw materials, 
processes and products on the overall product 
life cycle. We innovate with a focus on energy 
intensity, alternative raw materials and sustainable 
technologies which we believe will grow more rapidly 
in the future. We identify potential improvement 
areas and focus efforts on delivering those 
improvements. Growing sustainably is a challenge, 
but it is one that we are committed to taking on.

The Group’s risk management processes described 
earlier in the Strategic report include consideration 
of the potential impact of corporate responsibility 
issues on Synthomer’s performance. The Group’s 
investment decisions take into account appropriate 
evaluations of the potential consequences for its 
employees, customers and suppliers as well as all 
stakeholders and the environment.

Whilst there were no acquisitions completed in 
2019, we announced the significant acquisition of 
OMNOVA – a highly synergistic US-based business 
in complementary chemistry. The Group recognises 
the impact that M&A activities can have on its overall 
sustainability profile and performance, and to reflect 
the acquisition of OMNOVA we will update future 
reporting to include the larger Group and strengthen 
our processes for evaluating these potential impacts, 
risk and opportunities. 

The Group’s international operations fulfil their 
responsibility to record, monitor and make publicly 
available the potential impact of their activities. 
In pursuing its corporate strategy, Synthomer’s aim 
is to adopt business practices that are economically, 
socially and environmentally sustainable, and 
to promote these to its stakeholders in order to 
strengthen relationships, share knowledge and 
encourage best practice.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

The Sustainability Committee was established 
in 2018 to coordinate activities and was expanded 
in 2019 to reflect the wider involvement across our 
business. Membership includes representatives from 
the divisional businesses together with functional 
department heads of HR, R&D, Procurement and 
Corporate Governance, as well as senior members 
of the corporate SHE Network. The Committee is led 
by the President – Corporate Development who sits 
on and reports back to the Executive Committee. 

The Group also remains committed to both the 
global chemical industries’ Responsible Care® 
initiative and to the principles of sustainable 
development as set out in the UK Chemical 
Industries Association (CIA) ‘Vision of Sustainability’, 
published in August 2019.

This commitment was re-asserted in 2017 when the 
Chief Executive Officer endorsed the updated UK 
CIA Responsible Care® Guiding Principles.

A key achievement in 2019 was the alignment of 
our sustainability reporting to the internationally 
recognised GRI standards. Our 2018 Sustainability 
Report (previously CSR Report) was published 
in July 2019 and meets GRI ‘Core’ reporting level 
requirements. Included in this report is an overview 
of the work undertaken across the six identified 
pillars, with more comprehensive data provided in 
the Sustainability Report.

During 2019 the Sustainability Committee reviewed 
the additional concerns and suggestions from the 
stakeholder survey to identify potential new focus 
areas for targeted action. These include increasing 
communities support, performing life cycle analysis, 
review of the UN Sustainable Development Goals 
and Scope 3 carbon data reporting. The 22 aspects 
previously identified and the six pillars they are 
grouped in have remained unchanged.

In addition, we have continued to look at 
opportunities for improving the systems used for 
reporting and data gathering/analysis to provide 
greater confidence and provide more transparency 
and clarity around the identified key material 
risk areas.

Materiality assessment chart
Materiality assessment chart

Materiality assesment (GRI 102-44, GRI 102-46, GRI 102-47)

t
n
a
t
r
o
p
m

i

y
r
e
V

7 

s
r
e
d

l

o
h
e
k
a
t
s

r
o
f
e
c
n
a
t
r
o
p
m

I

t
n
a
t
r
o
p
m

I

Important

17

18

Key
Strategy
1   Ethics and integrity
2   Organic growth
3   Risk management

21
11 

6 

4 
15

19

9

16

3 

20

14

10 

13

1

22

5 

8 
12 

2 

Importance for the company

Very important

Governance and compliance
4    Responsible and 

involved management
5   Stakeholder involvement
6   Compliance

People
7   Communities support
8    Employee diversity and inclusion
9  Employment conditions
10   Employee development, training 

and education

Sustainable value chain
11  Product safety
12  Procurement
13  Manufacturing excellence
14  Research and development
15  Customer satisfaction
16  Quality

Health and safety
17  Process safety
 18  Occupational H&S

Environment
 19  Waste generation
20  Water consumption
21  Emissions to the air
22 Energy consumption

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

51

Plan for 2020  
and beyond

During 2020 the Group 
will review the materiality 
assessment, including 
seeking additional feed-
back from stakeholders. 
The OMNOVA business will be 
incorporated into the reporting 
of the enlarged Group. 

In 2020 the Company will 
accelerate investment 
in the sourcing of green 
electricity, increasing the 
number of countries in which 
it purchases renewable 
electricity. Initial focus will be 
Europe but other countries 
will be also taken into 
consideration. This move 
towards green electricity will 
significantly decrease the 
Group’s Scope 2 emissions 
and form an important step in 
meeting our proposed 2021 
GHG emissions target.

The Group will consider the 
alignment of the sustainability 
aspects, pillars and targets 
and objectives with the UN 
Sustainable Development 
Goals and commence the 
gathering of Scope 3 related 
emissions data.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Environmental, social and governance continued

Non-financial information statement
The table below summarises where key elements 
of our governance reporting (including non-financial 
matters as required by the Non-Financial Reporting 
Directive) can be found, some of which are 
integrated into other sections of our Annual Report.

Topic
— Environmental matters
— Employees and employee engagement
— Social matters
— Respect for human rights
— Anti-corruption and anti-bribery matters
— Our business model
— Principal risks and uncertainties
— Non-financial key performance indicators

Page 
number

60

53

55

52

52

28

32

17

Governance and compliance 

Ensuring and demonstrating a high 
standard of effective and compliant 
corporate governance is a key priority 
of the Group and expectation of 
our stakeholders. Our governance 
structures are covered in more detail 
in later sections of this Annual Report.

Code of Conduct
Our updated Code of Conduct was published in 
2018 in thirteen languages in interactive online and 
hard copy formats and was delivered to all of the 
Group’s employees by e-mail and/or hard copy. 
In order to support the values contained in the Code 
of Conduct and promote the Group’s open culture, 
an externally hosted whistleblowing helpline, which 
can be accessed by telephone and online, was put 
in place in conjunction with the launch of the Code 
of Conduct. The whistleblowing helpline offers all 
Group employees and stakeholders an anonymous 
platform (where legally able to do so) available at 
all times to report unlawful or unethical behaviour, 
workplace incidents or concerns and to raise any 
queries regarding the application of the Code 
of Conduct. 

52

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

The updated Code of 
Conduct is available 
here: www.synthomer.
com/company/
corporate-
responsibility/
group-policies/

During 2019, scenario-based workshops were held 
across the Group to reinforce the importance of 
applying the highest ethical standards as set out 
in the Code of Conduct. The workshops delivered 
very positive results, as evidenced by the outcome 
of the recent ‘Your Voice’ employee survey which 
demonstrated, amongst other things, that most 
employees understand the Code of Conduct 
and how it applies to their role, and that they 
know how to report suspected unethical and/or 
unlawful behaviour.

In 2019, a new Investigations Protocol was 
also created to support the proper conduct 
of investigations, whether into matters arising 
through the whistleblowing helpline or otherwise. 
The Investigations Protocol is designed to reinforce 
the Group’s commitment to encouraging employees 
to speak up about any concerns they may have 
about unethical and/or unlawful behaviour, through 
giving reassurance around the integrity of any 
investigation that ensues.

Bribery, corruption and anti-competitive 
behaviour 
The Group’s anti-bribery, corruption and competition 
law policies are key aspects of the Group’s new 
Code of Conduct. As such, these topics have 
featured heavily in the scenario-based workshops 
held across the Group in 2019 to support the launch 
of the updated Code of Conduct.

In addition, during 2019, enhanced competition 
law training was given to employees more highly 
exposed to competition law risk, in addition to a 
new competition law toolkit being launched on the 
Group’s intranet. This supplemented the existing 
e-learning training that had been provided.

In 2019, significant work was also put into providing 
new e-learning content, with a view to re-launching 
improved and more engaging content covering key 
compliance topics during the course of 2020.

In 2020, a new project will also be launched that 
takes a holistic look at the Group’s Compliance 
Programme, and benchmarking this against best 
practice. This will include looking not only at the 
rules, procedures and training that the Group has 
in place, but also what else the Group can do to 
further embed a culture that promotes compliance 
with the highest ethical standards set out in the 
Code of Conduct. The aim is to produce a plan for 
improvement over the coming months and years. 

Human rights
The Group is committed to promoting a culture that 
values diversity, meritocracy, openness, fairness 
and transparency, and which encourages a safe and 
trusting working environment.

These are reinforced through the Group’s Code of 
Conduct, and through the work undertaken in 2019 
and being undertaken in 2020 in the context of 
diversity and inclusion.

The Group is committed to ensuring that slavery 
and human trafficking is not taking place in 
any of its supply chains, as set out in our most 
recent Modern Slavery Statement available 
here: www.synthomer.com/company/corporate-
responsibility/group-policies/. 

In 2020, the Group will also be publishing a Conflict 
Minerals Policy in relation to its use of tin within the 
business operated by William Blythe Limited.

We continue to work closely with a number of 
academic institutions and support academic study 
in the form of sponsorship of PhD and master’s 
degree students in the UK and Malaysia. We have 
also supported one large European Union project, 
involving the Universities of Montpellier and Torino, 
looking at sustainable raw materials, that enabled 
students to spend time working in our labs.

Synthomer sponsored the ‘Student of the Year 
Award’ of the British Coatings Federation in 
2019. This sponsorship continued for the third 
successive year. 

In Malaysia we hosted more than 100 
undergraduates from various universities for an 
industrial visit, enabling participants to gain valuable 
learning from visiting a chemical plant.

Several of our managers have been appointed 
as industry academic advisers for universities in 
Malaysia including UniKL-MICET for Bachelor of 
Chemical Engineering Technology (Hons) in Polymer, 
University of Malaya for Bachelor of Science (Hons) 
Chemistry, University of Technology, Malaysia for 
Bachelor of Science (Hons) Industrial Chemistry and 
University of Malaysia, Perlis for Material Engineering 
(Hons). Academic advisers evaluate and review the 
syllabus of the degree programme and contribute 
to the process of accreditation by the Malaysian 
Qualification Agency.

Product donations also continue to be a way of 
supporting science and education. During 2019 
we donated disposable gloves to 13 different 
university laboratories and three Secondary Schools 
in Malaysia. We also donated to a university 
in Thailand.

Employees from our site in Roebuck (USA) had the 
opportunity to support local elementary students in 
2019. Site representatives attended careers fairs and 
also were judges at school science fairs. This was 
linked to specifically supporting schools which focus 
on science, technology, engineering and maths.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

People
Our commitment to science and education
Robin Harrison, Global Innovation Director, continues 
to be a member of the Board of trustees as part of 
our extensive ongoing support for the Society of 
Chemical Industry (SCI). 

Amongst various ways in which we support the 
SCI and its members, we were proud to continue 
our sponsorship of the Bright SCIdeas Challenge in 
2019. In March the SCI hosted the second annual 
final of the Challenge, bringing together some of 
the brightest business minds of the future to pitch 
their science-based innovation to a panel of expert 
judges and an invited audience. This initiative allows 
us to support UK and ROI students interested 
in commercialising their ideas and developing 
their business skills. The final included talks and 
training from judges and networking with industry 
professionals. The winning team and the runners-up 
were invited to our laboratories in Harlow. We will 
continue our sponsorship of this event in 2020.

We also continued to actively support the SCI ‘mid 
careers workstream’. Senior leaders from both our 
Global Innovation and HR teams have supported 
committee meetings and development events 
in 2019. 

Our CEO, Calum MacLean, continues to be an 
active member of Chemistry Council, a group 
comprising some of the most senior leaders in the 
UK chemical sector with a focus on understanding 
and advancing the strategic needs of the industry 
in the UK. Additionally, we support the Chemistry 
Council Innovation Committee and have contributed 
significantly to work putting together the Innovation 
Strategy and Sector Deal proposal. This group has 
developed four innovation themes:

 —  Advanced Materials and Molecules

 —  Green Supply Chains

 —  Energy Storage and Distribution

 —  Digitisation and Big Data

Within these themes the Innovation Working Group 
has focused on identifying programmes for which 
there is a clear market opportunity and societal 
benefit, and where the chemical sector can have 
direct impact on delivering economic value to 
the UK.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Environmental, social and governance continued

Key highlights – Your Voice

80%

“Safety risks are quickly 
corrected at Synthomer”

77%

“I’m treated with respect 
at work”

76%

“From what I see, Synthomer 
employees follow Synthomer’s 
Code of Conduct in carrying 
out their work”

70%

“I have the resources  
I need to do my job”

68%

“I am proud to work 
for Synthomer”

63%

Response rate

92%

“Synthomer is committed  
to employee safety”

90%

“I understand Synthomer’s 
Code of Conduct and how  
it applies to my role”

85%

“I can describe the main 
priorities for my team”

84%

“I have the authority  
I need to do my job”

81%

“I know how to report 
suspected unlawful or 
unethical behaviour”

“We are delighted with the high response rate in this, our 
first multilingual global engagement survey. The Executive 
Committee is committed to understanding and taking actions 
to drive improvement and to continuing to use different ways 
to give our employees opportunity to share their feedback with 
us. We’re pleased particularly with some of our higher scoring 
areas around Safety, Health and Environment (SHE) and Code 
of Conduct as these areas are, we believe, fundamental to our 
future success and closely aligned to our core values.”

Matt Freeland
Group HR Director

54

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Our commitment to our people

Attraction and retention
In 2019 we were able to almost double our followers 
on LinkedIn from approximately 7,000 to over 
13,000. A series of testimonial videos recorded with 
members of our talent programmes were part of our 
initiative to provide insights to what it’s like to work 
at Synthomer.

We drew more applications for our Synthomer 
Graduate Programmes in Europe and Asia. 
Our Asian Programme saw a 93% increase in 
applications compared with 2018, with over 3,000 
applications received. 

Listening to our employees
In 2019 we ran our first multilingual global 
engagement survey. Through participation in the 
‘Your Voice’ survey, over 1,500 of our employees 
from all levels of our organisation across the 
globe were able to share their views on working 
for Synthomer.

To increase the connection between our Board 
and our employees and to comply with the UK’s 
Financial Reporting Council’s updated Corporate 
Governance Code, Alex Catto was appointed as 
the Non-Executive Director with responsibility 
for ‘Employee Voice’. In addition to being closely 
involved in the ‘Your Voice’ survey, Alex met with 
groups of employees at our sites in Marl (Germany) 
and Harlow (UK) to listen to their views on working 
for Synthomer. During 2019 our Board also met 
with members of our Graduate and European Talent 
Development Programmes.

We updated our values in 2019. As part of this 
exercise we held a number of focus groups across 
the business and also obtained input via a survey 
from over 200 of our employees. Our new values will 
underpin the way we work for the coming years.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

“  It is our aim to build our human capital to prepare for and meet the ever-
increasing challenges presented by the ever-changing business landscape 
of today’s world. Developing our human capital capability is crucial to our 
Company growth. We are constantly on the look-out for ways to enhance 
our learning offering to contribute to the development of a sustainable talent 
pipeline, enhancing leadership effectiveness and achieving organisational 
effectiveness.”

  Norashikin Ismail 
  Human Resource Director, Performance Elastomers & Asia

SYNTHOMER 
CORE 
VALUES

Accountability

I nn o vatio n

SHE

Integrity

Teamwork

Leadership development
The new Synthomer Leadership Attributes were 
launched in January 2019, harmonising several 
different regional sets of attributes and competency 
models into one global framework; these leadership 
attributes have been incorporated into people 
processes like performance management, 
interview guidelines and 360 degree processes. 
Various engagement sessions have been held on the 
new leadership attributes framework.

We continued to recruit graduates onto our 
structured development programme in Europe 
and Asia, recruiting a further cohort in both 
regions. We currently have graduates working in 
our Manufacturing, Engineering, Finance, R&D, 
HR, Procurement and Commercial functions 
in locations across Asia, Europe and the USA. 
We have continued to invest time and resources in 
our graduate programmes and all of our executive 
leadership have had personal involvement in 
our programmes.

In Europe we have extended the Synthomer Talent 
Development Programme and run a second 
programme: this scheme provides a 12-month 
structured development programme aimed at 
providing existing employees at an early stage 
of their management career with an accelerated 
development experience that includes workshops, 
virtual learning events, 360 degree feedback and 
an opportunity to work with a mentor drawn from 
our senior leadership team. A further 15 employees 
participated in this programme in 2019.

In Asia we ran our Leaders in Transition programme; 
this is a 12-month structured development initiative 
targeted at employees who have been identified as 
having potential to develop into management roles. 
Participants are supported with training modules, 
continuous improvement projects and mentoring. 

Diversity and inclusion
Whilst in many respects Synthomer is very diverse 
we recognise that gender diversity, in particular, in 
senior roles in our organisation is behind where we 
would like it to be. We are addressing this and are 
guided by publications such as the UK’s Hampton 
Alexander FTSE Women Leaders Report. 

Board
Senior management

Male

Female

Total

7
41

2
4

9
45

Other employees 

2,241

611

2,852

Our commitment to our corporate 
responsibility
‘We Care’

Synthomer engages with its employees and 
communities in various ways on sites around the 
world. In order to heighten awareness, visibility and 
promotion of these activities, the Group launched 
its “We Care” initiative. CSR and sustainability 
ambassadors rolled out the campaign on a number 
of our sites, aimed at creating engagement, 
inspiring opportunities and empowering Synthomer 
employees who are passionate about making a 
difference to those around them to reach out and 
champion work in this area with Group support.

In 2019 we published our first We Care newsletter, 
which going forwards will be issued twice a year to 
highlight activities across the Group.

In 2020 ‘We Care’ will be expanded to cover 
more of our wider global network to drive our 
community engagement as a core part of our 
sustainability activity. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Environmental, social and governance continued

Corporate responsibility policies
Our global Code of Conduct is governed by a 
wide range of policies which we adopt to ensure 
our daily business is conducted in a professional 
and responsible manner. These policies play a 
key role in maintaining our reputation with our 
internal and external stakeholders. They also set 
out the standards to which we hold ourselves, our 
employees and our business partners accountable.

Synthomer employees across 
the globe continue to engage 
in a variety of events and 
projects in support of local 
communities, for example:

People from the Ribécourt (France) 
site joined a national téléthon in the 
streets of Compiegne in December 
to raise money for national research 
on rare genetic illnesses.

Employees from the Marl office 
(Germany) participated in a ‘Broom 
Day’ in Marl on 5 April 2019. 
This is an annual event in the city 
of Marl with the goal to clean up 
the neighbourhood. The initiative is 
part of the ‘Let’s Clean Up Europe’ 
campaign, an initiative active 
throughout all European countries.

In June, employees from Harlow 
(UK) took part in the annual St 
Clare Hospice Business Football 
Tournament in their hometown. 
In the charity event, six local 
businesses went head to head at 
Harlow Town FC Arena to raise 
money for the hospice. 

 In Marl (Germany), volunteers from 
Synthomer dedicated their time 
and skills to help install new flooring 
for the Children and Youth Centre 
Hillerheide in Recklinghausen in 
July. The floor laminates used were 
materials from the Synthomer booth 
at the European Coatings Show. 

  During the Christmas season, several 
of Synthomer’s European sites decided 
to support charity organisations and 
underprivileged members of society. 
The charity projects were only made 
possible through the work of the 
many motivated employees who 
volunteered to establish contacts with 
local organisations. Ultimately, 11 sites 
across the Czech Republic, France, 
Germany, Italy and UK participated in 
these coordinated efforts.

Following closure of the dispensary 
at the Kluang site in Malaysia, 
Synthomer donated a surplus of 
medical supplies and equipment to 
the Mint Hope Care Society.

56

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Diversity and human rights
Our equal opportunities, diversity and human 
rights policy includes our responsibility to follow 
all applicable laws and regulations as well as a 
complete prohibition of forced, compulsory and 
child labour. 

In 2020 we will take the following actions:

 —  We will launch a new Diversity and Inclusion 
Steering Group to give Executive Committee 
sponsorship, senior leader focus and structure 
to our efforts to improve our diversity and 
inclusion delivery.

 —  We will create a network for women in Synthomer 

– using the best practices that have been 
established by organisations across many 
different industry sectors.

 —  We will relaunch and improve our family friendly 
policies in the UK – increasing our support for 
new fathers via our paternity leave policy and for 
employees who are adopting a child by bringing 
the financial support provided via our adoption 
policy to the same level of the enhanced support 
we already offer via our maternity leave policy.

 —  We will conduct a full global review of parental 

leave policies.

 —  We will continue to deploy our new manager 
recruitment skills programme globally, with 
all workshops including specific sections on 
unconscious bias in recruitment. 

Reflecting on 2019, positive elements of our diversity 
journey include the following:

 — The rate at which women are joining our 
organisation continues to increase. 

 — The current participants on our European Talent 
Development Programme and European and 
Asian Graduate Programmes are approximately 
50% male and 50% female and in addition 
represent more than ten different European, 
African and Asian nationalities.

 — Malaysia saw particular progress in 2019 

in gender diversity, with female employees 
constituting 22% of our Malaysian workforce 
and 31% of managerial level roles. 52% of high-
potentials between junior executive and senior 
manager level are female, up from 45% in the 
prior year. There was an equal representation of 
hiring of female and male employees in Malaysia 
in 2019.

 — We have two female Non-Executive Directors in 
Holly Van Deursen and Caroline Johnstone. 

 — Our Board and Executive Committee participated 
in a diversity and inclusion workshop in 2019 
and our new Global Recruitment skills training 
programme, including training on recruitment 
bias, was piloted in the UK and attended by over 
50 managers.

Read more Details of this policy, along with our 
Modern Slavery Act Statement are available on our 
website: www.synthomer.com

 
Sustainable value chain

Synthomer requires any individual or entity acting on 
its behalf, whether as a consultant, representative, 
agent or distributor, to know, understand and 
abide by the laws and regulations applicable in the 
country or countries in which they act for Synthomer. 
The requirements are covered in detail within the 
business policies in our Code of Conduct.

Before a vendor is on-boarded and approved as a 
trading partner, Synthomer employs standardised 
assessment processes. A periodic review of key 
suppliers is carried out to assess performance of the 
supplier against criteria covering technical support, 
commercial performance, reputation including 
REACH and local regulatory compliance. We also 
carry out periodic supply chain risk reviews and 
develop programmes to understand and manage 
business and supply chain risk in order to drive 
sustainable business performance.

In 2019 the new audit process and questionnaires 
were fully rolled out, extending the criteria focused 
on sustainability. Seven full critical supplier audits 
and five sustainability audits were completed with no 
issues reported.

In 2020 we continue to target the audit efforts on 
critical suppliers across all expenditure streams.

Implementation of an advanced sourcing tool is 
being rolled out globally as part of our Pathway 
Programme. The tool will enable better supplier 
relationship management, increasing visibility and 
compliance to Synthomer standards, including code 
of conduct and sustainability requirements.

R&D and new product development 
Synthomer prides itself on its innovative product 
development. Sustainability is a core part of our 
innovation mindset, with a multistrand approach 
to reducing environmental impact and improving 
human health. During 2019, an initial assessment 
of active R&D projects against sustainability 
criteria was undertaken: 30 projects relating to 
improved sustainability were ongoing in 2019, 
with the three biggest drivers clear in the chart 
below. These projects are spread across all of our 
technology platforms. 

Synthomer’s Synovus® technology for medical 
gloves has been commercialised to provide a 
patent pending sulphur-free curing system to 
produce gloves on state-of-the-art dipping lines that 
meet all stringent European and North American 
performance and regulatory requirements. 
The novel curing system leads to the elimination 
of chemical accelerators known to cause type IV 
allergic reactions. The technology also allows glove 
producers to significantly reduce the line curing 
temperature, decreasing overall energy usage by up 
to 20%.

To validate these environmental credentials of 
Synovus®, Synthomer has worked with a leading 
global glove producer and a third-party specialist 
prepare a full life-cycle analysis in accordance with 
ISO14040 and ISO14044 standards. This study 
assumed incineration at end-of-life, which is 
standard for medical gloves. This data indicated 
that Synovus® has a 15 - 20% lower CO2 impact 
than conventional NBR glove technology and has 
an impact up to 30% lower compared to other 
latex technologies.

In 2019 we successfully launched Revacryl 
UltraGreen™ a low VOC binder that does not require 
the use of biocide for high pH biocide-free premium 
interior wall paints.

Synthomer has committed to participate with the 
European Polymer Dispersion and Latex Association 
(EPDLA) to create high quality, cradle-to-grave 
life-cycle inventories of our key emulsion polymer 
families. Preliminary evaluation has started, and the 
study will be completed in mid-2020.

Product safety 
The majority of Group products are water-
based emulsions that are not deemed to be 
hazardous chemicals.

However, for those that are hazardous, Synthomer 
is committed to providing its customers with 
comprehensive and legally compliant safety data 
sheets in all the markets we serve.

Our central Regulatory Affairs Department also 
manages our ongoing REACH compliance activities 
through our supply chain and has been active 
in preparing for the potential impact of Brexit on 
chemicals registered within and transported to the 
UK, as well as managing REACH-like schemes being 
introduced globally.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Projects by sustainability criteria

5

4

3

2

1

50%
1. Air quality 
23%
2. Energy or material efficiency 
17%
3. Less harmful materials 
4. Recyclability 
7%
5. Renewable or lower impact RM  3%

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Environmental, social and governance continued

HEALTH AND  

SAFETY
PERFORMANCE

Product development, 
Worms

Safety checks at 
Pasir Gudang

Key practices and programmes
The table below highlights some of the health and safety management practices and activities 
undertaken in 2019 and planned for 2020.

Key measures, SHE performance indicators and SHE audit results are reported to the Board,  
the Executive Committee and to the regional management meetings on a monthly basis.

Key SHE  
programmes

 2019 SHE  
 key actions 

 2020 SHE  
 key focus 

Completion of Group’s SHEMS review including the 
generation of ‘Statements of Essential Requirements’ 
– setting out in more detail what good compliance 
looks like

Statement of 
Essential Requirement

SAQ

Guidance

Supporting sites in reviewing  
the Group’s SHEMS standards 
and policies to align with the 
new requirements

Group’s Safety, 
Health and 
Environment 
Management 
System (SHEMS) 
standards 
and policies

Group SHE audits New cycle of auditing completed with continued focus 

Continuing audit activities

in Process Safety, Permit to Work and Management 
of Change

Development of additional auditing materials: Self-
Assessment Questionnaires (SAQs) to support 
in understanding requirements

Started networking and cross-site auditing to share 
best practices

Effective use of lessons learnt and increased focus 
on high potential incidents

‘Black Book’ Lessons Learnt reviews undertaken 
on anniversaries of most significant internal process 
safety incidents from the past two decades

Accident 
and incident 
management 
and sharing

SHE training, 
communication 
and support

Full roll-out of internal Process Safety Training, linked 
to bow-tie and barrier analysis of sites’ own identified 
significant hazards

Process Hazard 
Assessment (PHA)

Completion of High Priority PHA actions

Continuing and extending our networking 
and cross-site auditing

Introducing a “Yellow Book” collection of 
lessons learnt for the most frequent types 
of occupational injury across the Group 

Cascading of training through 
organisational levels

Prioritisation of medium priority PHA 
actions, extension of PHA review process 
to other sites

Sharing 
good practice

Initiated process of compiling, classifying and creating 
a library for sharing good practices 

Continuing building and sharing  
the good practices library 

SHE routines

Following implementation of our Permit to Work (PTW) 
and Management of Change (MOC) improvement 
programme, 2019 continued the focus on tracking 
and learning from ‘Fundamental Issues’ identified 
during PTW monitoring

New indicators were defined to increase focus 
in PTW High Hazard activities

58

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Developing and rolling out of Process 
Confirmation routines to improve 
monitoring and reviewing of other critical 
activities such as monomer offloading, 
shift handover and batch monitoring

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer continues to make strong progress on 
health & safety performance. Our best ever process 
safety event rate and a 58% improvement in recordable 
injury rate over three years were highlights in 2019. 

Health and safety 
Management of Safety, Health and Environment 
(SHE) is the most mature aspect of the Group’s 
sustainability activities and remains a critical 
aspect for both internal and external stakeholders. 
Having safe plants is a basic expectation of sites’ 
licence to operate, in line with the Synthomer 
philosophy: we always have time to work safely.

In line with our SHE policy, the Board, Chief 
Executive and Executive Committee are fully 
committed to improving SHE performance and 
engaging and involving employees at all levels in all 
locations in our SHE programmes. Effective SHE 
leadership to deliver SHE performance is a primary 
duty and expectation of management at all levels in 
the Group, aligned to our three long-term goals:

1. To have no accidents or incidents;

2.  To have no adverse impact on the health of those 
who work in, or live near our operations, nor on 
the health of those who use our products; and

3.  To minimise any environmental burden created by 

our activities. 

Occupational safety
 — Recordable injury case rate (RCR) of 0.20 per 

100,000 hours worked

 — No accidents resulting in fatality or permanent 
disabling, limited number with potential for 
disabling injury

The Group’s main lagging indicator of SHE injury 
performance is the recordable injury rate for injuries 
involving more than first-aid treatment. 2019 saw a 
reduction in the number of recordable injuries, down 
to 13, three fewer than in 2018 but above the record 
low of nine in 2017. The associated frequency rate 
of 0.20 per 100,000 hours worked was the second 
best rate in the Group’s history.

Our objective is to have no accidents or injuries 
on our sites, and analysis of the injuries reported 
found a significant number related to ‘line of 
fire’ incidents involving contractors. In 2020 we 
will continue looking to improve our contractor 
management, including our line of fire and high 
hazard work guidance.

There were no reported cases of disease attributed 
to occupational factors during the year.

Frequency rate – all 
recordable accidents
Injuries per 100,000 hours

2019

0.20

2018

0.23

2017

0.13

0.30

2016

2015

0.55

Process safety
 — Best ICCA Process Safety Event rate since 
tracking started of 0.11 per 100,000 hours

Recordable process safety 
event rate
Events per 100,000 hours

 — No incidents resulting in serious injury or damage

Ensuring the safety of our operations is of paramount 
importance to the Group. Since 2015 we have 
recorded, rated and tracked process safety events 
(PSE) using a four-tier scoring system where tier 
1 and 2 incidents (tier 1 being more severe) meet 
the definition for a ‘Reportable PSE’ from the 
International Council of Chemical Associations 
(ICCA).

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

0.11

0.14

0.19

0.17

0.26

There was a 30% improvement in the PSE rate, 
with seven incidents reported compared with ten in 
2018. Ongoing focus on improving engineering and 
maintenance standards and addressing human-
factor issues will help us continue to drive this rate 
lower. More information will be provided in our 
Sustainability Report.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Environmental, social and governance continued
Environmental work programmes are focused on ensuring 
both legal compliance and driving continual improvement as 
part of our commitment to our matrix ISO 14001 certification 
(all operating sites now certified) and ISO 50001 certification 
in the UK, Germany and the Czech Republic.

ENVIRONMENTAL
PERFORMANCE

Total primary energy use
GJ per production tonne

2019 was a challenging year with regard to meeting 
our environmental performance targets. The figures 
reported below reflect the full year impact (compared 
with 11 months in 2018) of the ex-BASF latex site 
in Austria.

Achieving the 2021 targets set last year remains our 
objective, with continued focus on the ‘Tier 1’ sites 
contributing most to the overall figures.

2017 Energy and CO2 emissions baselines 
have been slightly modified since last year. 
Some corrections have also been made to 2018 
electricity and gas consumption and CO2 emission 
values. All changes are noted in the following 
sections. These changes have a limited impact in 
total energy consumption or emissions.

Energy
 — Overall primary energy consumption increased 

1.5% to 5,601,840 GJ

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

3.63

 — Specific energy consumption increased 3.7%  

3.50

3.54

3.45

2.62

to 3.63 GJ per production tonne

2018 gas consumption values were corrected 
(leading to a 2.6% reduction) due to some mistakes 
detected in data collection.

2018 electricity consumption was corrected also due 
to some mistakes detected in data collection. In this 
case the change was lower than 0.1% and is not 
regarded as material.

The increase in both absolute and specific energy 
consumption is related mainly to the changes in 
the production mix coming from an increased 
production of high energy demand products. 
More stringent cleaning requirements also lead to an 
increase in associated energy consumption. 

Several projects that have both energy and 
emissions improvement benefits are in the pipeline 
and will improve performance, targeted around 
the six sites with the largest energy and carbon 
footprint, but realisation in 2019 was behind target. 
More information on current and planned activities 
will be in the Sustainability Report.

Performance in 2019
 —  Total CO2 equivalent 

emissions increased 0.5% 
to 312,235 tonnes. 

 —  Emissions per production 
tonne increased 2.7% to 
0.202 tonnes per tonne.

 —  VOC emissions dropped 

39.7% to 183 tonnes after a 
correction to 2018 data.

 —  Reduction of 18.7% in 

reported refrigerant losses 
to 1,916 tonnes / equivalent 
CO2 associated losses 
reduced to 7,320 tonnes.

60

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Waste disposal to landfill
Kg waste per production tonne

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

3.99

3.57

3.67

3.67

Total water withdrawal
m3 per production tonne

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

Waste
 — Total waste generated fell 1.6% to 33,648 

tonnes and waste to landfill decreased 23% to 
6,166 tonnes

5.08

 — Specific waste generation was unchanged at 

0.022 tonnes per production tonne 

 —  Specific waste to landfill decreased 21% to 0.004 

tonnes per tonne

2019 waste included significant one-off waste 
quantities, in particular associated with a major 
capital project in France that required the removal of 
legacy contaminated soil.

The reduction in total waste was influenced by lower 
production levels at some sites whose processes 
typically yield more waste, but was mainly driven by 
the implementation of several improvement projects, 
including some that led to a reduction in sludge 
levels produced in waste water treatment plants.

Water withdrawal and water consumption
 — Water withdrawal reduced 1.03% to 

6.10 million m3

3.95

 — Specific water withdrawal rose 1.1% to 3.95m3 

3.90

3.79

3.96

3.35

per tonne 

During 2019 we began collecting information to 
enable more accurate reporting of Group ‘Water 
Consumption’ aligned with the GRI definitions. 

2019 water consumption values will be used as a 
new reference for future improvement targets.

 — Water consumption in 2019 was 1.73 million m3

 — Specific water consumption was 1,025m3 

per tonne 

The absolute reduction in 2019 water withdrawal was 
driven by production reduction in some sites and by 
plant improvements and repairs that reduced losses 
associated with leaks.

Variance is expected year-on-year since the majority 
of our products are water-based dispersions with 
some changes down to product mix and volumes. 
As with energy, opportunities to improve water 
efficiency will be built in to sites’ manufacturing 
strategies and environmental targets on a prioritised 
basis in order to bring us back on track with the 
longer-term targets.

Greenhouse gas emissions
The Group reports environmental KPIs in the format 
recommended by the Department for Environment, 
Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA), with Annual Reports 
containing data for each year since 2005 on a three-
year rolling basis.

Reporting parameters
The 2019 financial year reporting includes all 
manufacturing operations, all office locations 
co-located with manufacturing and those listed 
as contact locations in the Annual Report or 
on the Company’s website. It does not include 
some very small locations such as home offices. 
These locations will have no material effect on the 
Group’s overall GHG emissions, being estimated at 
considerably less than the 0.1% of the Group total.

23%

Reduction in waste 
to landfill

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

All known emissions from the manufacturing 
process have been included. Specifically, this covers 
direct energy usage and the indirect energy costs 
of heating, cooling and other site services where 
these are provided by a third party. They include 
estimates for the effects of the release of VOCs and 
refrigerant gases. The only known emissions which 
have not been included are direct emissions of CO2 
from on-site waste treatment facilities that have not 
currently been quantified, but which are not believed 
to have significant material impact on the overall 
figures reported.

The Group has no known uses or releases of 
perfluorocarbons or sulphur hexafluoride. All releases 
of nitrous oxide or methane are associated with 
energy production and are not separately quantified. 
The Group continues to report Scope 1 and 2 
emissions. No estimate has yet been made of Scope 
3 emissions owing to the complexity of the Group’s 
supply chain, but it is our intention to develop some 
estimation of Scope 3 emissions in 2020 with the 
assistance of specialist consultants. The Group 
continues to use emissions per production tonne as 
its intensity ratio.

Calculation methods
All direct energy production from fossil fuels 
has been aggregated on a Group-wide basis 
and converted to CO2e by using the appropriate 
emissions factors. No allowance has been made  
for possible country to country variation in calorific 
value or CO2 emission factors for primary fuels.

Electricity has been converted to CO2e on a country 
by country basis. Scope 2 emissions have been 
calculated using three different approaches: 

 —  Market-Based: using market-based emissions 
factors for electricity from suppliers of standard 
grid fuel mix tariffs. Where suppliers emissions 
factors were not available, the residual mix 
was used for the EU sites and Location-Based 
approach for non EU sites.

 —  Location-Based: emissions factors from DEFRA 
(dataset published in June 2019) were used for 
UK grid electricity, and for overseas grid electricity 
factors from the relevant IEA (International Energy 
Authority) ‘World CO2 Emissions from Fuel 
Combustion’ databases. In accordance with UK 
Government guidance, factors used for 2019 
reporting are based on 2017 validated data.

 —  Hybrid Approach: using Location-Based info 

except for sites within the Group that purchase 
certified ‘green’ electricity. Electricity for these 
locations has been given a CO2e emissions factor 
of zero in calculating energy related emissions 
totals. These include the sites in the Netherlands, 
Spain, Marl (Germany) and all sites in the UK. 

The Hybrid Approach is the approach used in 
previous years to establish the baseline and the 
targets. In order to be able to compare historical 
performance year-on-year, the Total Emissions 
(Scope 1 and 2) have been calculated using the 
Hybrid Approach.

Synthomer’s site in Stallingborough, UK takes most 
of its electricity from an exclusive contract with an 
adjacent waste incinerator operated by Newlincs. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
increase. Year-on-year we are currently behind target 
and are reviewing the planned projects required to 
help achieve the 2021 goals.

These include the Company accelerating investment 
in sourcing green electricity, increasing the number 
of countries purchasing renewable electricity. 
Initial focus will be within Europe, but other countries 
will also be taken into consideration. This move 
towards green electricity will significantly decrease 
the Group’s Scope 2 emissions and be an important 
factor in meeting our proposed 2021 Greenhouse 
Gas (GHG) targets.

The Group has no control over changes in the 
emissions factors in different countries, which can 
have a significant impact on emissions. For 2019 
reporting the emissions factors for some countries 
showed an improvement, reflecting work done at 
national level to improve the renewables proportion 
of the grid supplies.

Scope 1 and 2 emissions are being validated 
by a third party; the results of the validation 
are not available at the time of preparing this 
Annual Report but will be published in the 2019 
Sustainability Report.

Strategic Report

Environmental, social and governance continued

This electricity is certified as ‘Green’ by the UK 
Government. However, as a mixture of waste it is 
deemed both renewable and non-renewable, so 
it does not have a zero emission factor. For 2019 
the applied emission factor for electricity from 
Newlincs is based around that determined for the 
site’s Climate Change Agreement (CCA) reporting 
of around 0.417 kg CO2e per kWh. The site is also 
provided with indirect heating in the form of hot 
water from Newlincs.

VOCs have been aggregated on a Group basis and 
converted to CO2e using a factor of 11. This figure 
has been used by UK CIA member companies since 
2005 and is at the upper end of the range for VOCs. 
Information on the release of refrigerant gases has 
been collected for the past seven years. Releases of 
each individual gas have been aggregated each year 
to give a Group release total and then converted to 
CO2e using the equivalence factors given by DEFRA 
for each gas. The emissions factors applicable to 
refrigerant release in 2019 are as per those in the 
previous two years, as no changes were reported 
by DEFRA–Global Warming Potential (GWP) factors 
from the IPCC 4th assessment report.

2017 and 2018 Scope 2 emissions were modified 
taking into consideration the mentioned changes 
in 2018 energy consumption and the use of more 
accurate emission factors for 2017 and 2018 
Newlincs electricity.

The absolute increase in emissions was largely due 
to increased production of higher energy demand 
products and additional cleaning requirements 
as noted earlier. This higher absolute total also 
meant that the intensity of our emissions in terms 
of releases per tonne increased due to lower 
overall group production sales volume. The highest 
absolute increases are related to emissions from 
two sites: the plant in the Czech Republic that uses 
brown coal, and one plant in Malaysia where we 
had full year impact of a capacity expansion project 
realised during 2018. The Group is reviewing options 
relating to the fuel balance in the Czech Republic.

The reduction in reported VOC emissions related 
to completion of several small projects in 2019. 
The purchase of ‘green’ grid electricity for some 
additional countries also limited the overall emissions 

Marl is one of our sites 
that is certified ‘green’

Global warming burden
Tonnes CO2 equivalent released per 
production tonne Includes CO2 from 
energy generation/use

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

0.202

0.197

0.201

0.199

0.157

62

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i

c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Energy and GHG KPIs
This table presents environmental KPIs for 2017 to 2019, with a coverage and format in line with DEFRA’s 2013 guidance, to comply with the 
reporting required under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Report of the Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013. Data from 2018 
and 2017 has been modified as discussed in the environment section of this report.

Note that from next year we will amend the information included to align with The Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability 
Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018, which will apply to our financial reporting year commencing 1 January 2020.

Energy consumption1

Gas

Light oil

Heavy oil

Steam (metered)

Electricity (primary basis)

Total energy consumption

Greenhouse gas emissions2

Energy consumption

Energy consumption (CO2 equivalent)3
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)
VOC emissions

VOC emissions (CO2 equivalent)5
Refrigerants (HCFC and others)
Refrigerant emissions

Refrigerant emissions (CO2 equivalent)

Total greenhouse gas emissions (Hybrid Approach)6
Comprising:
Total Scope 1 emissions
Total Scope 2 emissions (Hybrid Approach)6

Total Scope 2 emissions (Market-Based)
Total Scope 2 emissions (Location-Based)

Other emissions to air

Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

Nitrogen oxides (NOx)4

Emissions per production tonne

Total production tonnes

Energy consumption

Emissions to air

Energy consumption3

Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)

Refrigerant Releases (HCFC and others)

Total greenhouse gas emissions

Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

Nitrogen oxides (NOx)

Units

2019

2018

2017

% change 
2017 – 2019

% change 
2018 – 2019

GJ 1,525,851 1,519,649

1,459,411

GJ

GJ

GJ

21,599

6,657

22,625

5,533

24,990

4,651

763,100

751,545

756,890

GJ 2,663,373 2,634,611 2,523,661

GJ 5,601,840 5,520,570 5,352,562

4.6%

(13.6%)

43.1%

0.8%

5.5%

4.7%

0.4%

(4.5%)

20.3%

1.5%

1.1%

1.5%

tCO2e

302,906

299,693

297,804

1.7%

1.1%

tonnes

tCO2e

Kg

tCO2e

183

2,008

1,916

7,320

303

3,330

2,355

7,627

164

1,807

1,773

4,485

11.1%

11.1%

(39.7%)

(39.7%)

8.1%

63.2%

(18.7%)

(4.0%)

tCO2e

312,235

310,649

304,096

2.7%

0.5%

147,192
163,457
310,649

139,285
164,811
304,096

8.7%
(2.4%)
2.7%

2.8%
(1.6%)
0.5%

tCO2e
tCO2e
tCO2e

tCO2e
tCO2e

151,386
160,849
312,235

176,971
173,132

tonnes

tonnes

100.7

150.8

142.5

130.0

158.3

121.3

(36.4%)

(29.4%)

24.3%

16.0%

ktes

1,544.5

1,577.8

1,511.7

GJ/t

3.63

3.50

3.54

2.2%

2.4%

(2.1%)

3.7%

tCO2e/t

tCO2e/t

tCO2e/t

tCO2e/t

Kg/t

Kg/t

0.196

0.001

0.005

0.202

0.065

0.098

0.190

0.002

0.005

0.197

0.090

0.082

0.197

0.001

0.003

0.201

0.105

0.080

(0.4%)

8.8%

59.8%

0.5%

(37.8%)

21.6%

3.3%

(38.4%)

(2.0%)

2.7%

(27.8%)

18.5%

Notes
1.  This comprises all site fuel usage and internal site transport. It excludes transport of goods to and from site and the movement of these vehicles on site.
2.  Greenhouse gas emissions have been calculated from the usage of all fuels except transport fuel. Therefore they include both direct and indirect scope 1 and 2 emissions related to 

bought-in electricity, steam, compressed air, cooling water etc. 

3.  CO2 equivalent emissions include contributions from CH4 and N2O associated with combustion.
4.  NOx emissions arise predominantly from combustion processes. The CO2 equivalent Global Warming Potential contribution from these releases is already included in the CO2 from 

energy figure above.

5.  VOC contributions are converted using an average factor of 11 kg CO2e per kg VOC.
6.  The Hybrid Approach takes into consideration location base emissions for all sites except for those consuming green energy (which are accounted as market base).

The Strategic Report was approved by order of the Board.

R Atkinson
Company Secretary
5 March 2020

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Board of Directors

INTRODUCING  
  YOUR BOARD

N A Johnson
Chairman

Nationality: British

Position and date of appointment: Chairman 
of the Board and the Nomination and Disclosure 
Committees. Neil joined the Board in 2011 and 
was appointed Chairman in May 2012.

Key appointments: Neil is Chairman of 
QinetiQ Group plc and Electra Private Equity 
plc and the senior independent Non-Executive 
Director of the Business Growth Fund.

Skills and experience: Neil held senior 
executive positions at British Aerospace and 
in the UK motor manufacturing industry before 
becoming Chief Executive of RAC Holdings from 
1995-1999. Neil has considerable experience 
as an independent Non-Executive Director and 
public company chairman gained in multiple 
sectors and geographies.

S G Bennett
Chief Financial Officer

Nationality: British

Position and date of appointment:  
Chief Financial Officer since May 2015; 
member of the Disclosure Committee.

Key appointments: No external appointments.

Skills and experience: Stephen was 
previously at INEOS where he had been Chief 
Financial Officer at Petroineos Refining since 
2006. In addition to this role, Stephen had acted 
as Chief Financial Officer of INEOS Upstream 
Limited, a start-up oil and gas exploration 
business, and of INEOS Olefins and Polymers 
South and INEOS Phenol. He joined Coopers 
& Lybrand in 1986 and is a qualified chartered 
accountant. He was at Full Circle Industries plc 
as company secretary and group controller 
before moving to PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP (PwC) in 1997 as a Director in transaction 
services. At PwC, he specialised in public and 
private equity transactions across a variety of 
sectors including chemicals.

64

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

C G MacLean
Chief Executive Officer

Nationality: British

Position and date of appointment: Chief 
Executive Officer since January 2015; member 
of the Disclosure Committee.

Key appointments: Calum was appointed 
as a Non-Executive Director of Saudi Basic 
Industries (SABIC) headquartered in Riyadh 
in October 2017 and of Clariant Limited, an 
associated company of SABIC, in October 2018.

Skills and experience: Calum was previously 
a senior board executive of INEOS and was 
a founder member of the business in 1998. 
At INEOS he was executive chairman of INEOS 
Olefins and Polymers Europe and chairman 
of Styrolution, INEOS’s joint venture with 
BASF, and Petroineos Refining, INEOS’s joint 
venture with PetroChina. Calum had been 
Chief Executive of a number of its principal 
business units and actively involved in merger 
and acquisitions strategy and implementation. 
Prior to INEOS, he spent six years at Inspec 
(International Speciality Chemicals), a 
publicly listed company on the London Stock 
Exchange that was originally formed through a 
management buyout of BP Chemicals.

The Hon. A G Catto
Non-Executive Director

Nationality: British

Position and date of appointment: 
Non-executive director since 1981. 
Designated Non-Executive Director to lead 
workforce engagement.

Key appointments: Alex is managing director 
of CairnSea Investments Limited, a private 
investment company, and a Non-Executive 
Director of several early stage companies that 
have been backed by CairnSea. 

Skills and experience: Prior to the 
establishment of CairnSea, Alex was a Director 
of Morgan Grenfell & Co and then Lazard 
Brothers & Co Ltd.

B W D Connolly
Senior Independent Director

Nationality: British

Position and date of appointment: 
Independent Non-Executive Director since 
January 2014; Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee; member of the Audit, 
Disclosure and Nomination Committees. 
Senior Independent Director since April 2015. 

Key appointments: Brendan is a 
non-executive director of Victrex PLC and two 
private equity backed companies, one of which 
he chairs.

Skills and experience: Brendan has over 
30 years’ experience in the oil and gas industry. 
Until June 2013 Brendan was a senior executive 
at Intertek Group plc and had previously been 
chief executive officer of Moody International 
(which was acquired by Intertek in 2011). Prior to 
Moody, he was managing director of Atos Origin 
UK, and spent more than 25 years of his career 
with Schlumberger in senior international roles 
over three continents. Brendan has previous 
experience as chairman of the remuneration 
committee of a UK listed company.

C A Johnstone 
Independent Non-Executive Director

Nationality: British

Position and date of appointment: 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
since March 2015; Chair of the Audit 
Committee; member of the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees.

Key appointments: Caroline is a Non-
Executive Director and Chair of the Employee 
Engagement Committee of Spirax-Sarco 
Engineering plc, Chair of Reece Group Limited 
and is a Non-Executive Director and Chair of 
the Audit Committee of Shepherd Building 
Group Limited, a private company which owns 
Porakabin Limited. 

Skills and experience: Caroline has nearly 
40 years’ experience of working with large 
global organisations on turnaround, culture 
change, delivering value from mergers and 
acquisitions and cost optimisation programmes. 
She sat on the board of the Assurance 
practice of PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) 
as people partner. Caroline is a chartered 
accountant and a member of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants of Scotland. She also 
provides consulting services to a range of 
international clients.

H A Van Deursen
Independent Non-Executive Director

Nationality: American

Position and date of appointment: 
Independent Non-Executive Director since 
September 2018; member of the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees since 1 March 2019. 

Key appointments: Holly is a Non-Executive 
Director of Kimball Electronics Inc and 
Albermarle Corporation and Chair of Capstone 
Turbine Corporation.

Skills and experience: Until 2005, Holly was 
Group Vice President, Petrochemicals, at BP. 
She has worked in the global chemical industry 
for over 25 years and held senior positions 
across North America, Europe and Asia. 
In addition, Holly has 13 years’ experience as a 
Non-Executive Director in the USA.

Dr J J C Jansz
Independent Non-Executive Director

Nationality: Dutch

Position and date of appointment: 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
since April 2012; member of the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees.

Key appointments: Just is founder and 
Managing Director of Expertise Beyond Borders 
BV, an independent business and technology 
management consultancy providing services 
to the global chemical industry. He is Chairman 
of Econic Technologies Limited and a senior 
advisor at Natrium Capital Limited.

Skills and experience: Just has over 30 years 
chemical industry experience at Shell, Basell 
and LyondellBasell. Until July 2010 Just was 
president, Technology Business, and a member 
of the management team of LyondellBasell, 
overseeing process technology licensing, 
polyolefin catalysts and new ventures. Just has 
extensive experience in the polyolefin industry 
and related value chains, in commercialising 
innovation and in monetising IP. Just has previous 
experience as a Non-Executive Director in the 
USA and as an advisor in Saudi Arabia.

Dato’ Lee Hau Hian
Non-Executive Director

Nationality: Malaysian

Position and date of appointment:  
Non-Executive Director since 2002; first joined 
the Board in 1993 and stood down in 2000 to 
become an Alternate Director.

Key appointments: Hau Hian is a Director of 
Kuala Lumpur Kepong Bhd and is the president 
of the Perak Chinese Maternity Association. 
He also serves as a Director of Yayasan De 
La Salle.

Skills and experience: Hau Hian is the 
Managing Director of Batu Kawan Bhd, 
a listed Malaysian investments holding 
company, with interests in plantations and 
chemicals manufacturing. He has experience 
in organisational transformations, acquisitions, 
chemical and manufacturing operations.

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

R Atkinson
Chief Counsel & Company Secretary

Nationality: British

Position and date of appointment: Company 
Secretary since 1998; Group Chief Counsel.

Key appointments: No external appointments.

Skills and experience: Richard qualified as a 
solicitor in 1988 practising as a corporate lawyer 
before moving into industry.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Introduction to corporate governance

Neil Johnson 
Chairman

STRENGTHENING 
GOVERNANCE

Highlights
— Commitment to achieve 

one third female 
Board membership

— Active “employee voice” 

programme

— Policies and practices 

implemented to comply 
in full with the 2018 
Governance Code

Dear Shareholders,
Our proactive focus on the corporate governance 
agenda has enabled me to report that we were in full 
compliance with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance 
Code throughout 2019, being the first year that it 
applied to the Company.

Thanks to the practices and policies we had in 
place from the start of 2019 your Board was able to 
benefit from new governance mechanisms and gain 
a deeper insight into the Company. In turn we have 
taken the opportunity to use the new governance 
reporting requirements to take what I hope is a more 
informative approach to reporting how governance 
supports our strategy and to be more transparent in 
explaining our decision making during the year.

Consultations with our shareholders were a 
major feature of the activities of the Board and its 
Committees during 2019. As we prepared a new 
Directors’ remuneration policy to be brought to 
the 2020 AGM for approval, the Remuneration 
Committee Chair led an extensive consultation 
exercise. The feedback and guidance this provided 
has helped to shape and develop the proposed new 
policy that will be put forward. 

The engagement exercise with a number of our 
major shareholders led by our Senior Independent 
Director following the significant minority vote against 

my own re-election at the 2019 AGM resulted in 
our update statement issued in October 2019. 
The Board’s conclusion that it does not have any 
concerns over my availability to devote sufficient time 
to my role at the Company is explained on page 71 
of this Governance report. With regard to attaining 
one third female representation on our Board, the 
Nomination Committee now has a search process 
underway for an additional female Non-Executive 
Director to be appointed during 2020.

The internal performance evaluation of the Board 
and its Committees carried out at the end of 2019 
highlighted further areas of improvement to be made 
to our processes and procedures, and otherwise 
showed the Board to be functioning well with 
effective Committees. We are committed to carrying 
out an externally facilitated evaluation in 2020.

Looking forward, the Board will continue to support 
the Company’s diversity strategies in 2020 and 
the work of Alex Catto as he undertakes a second 
year as the Non-Executive Director responsible 
for representing the ‘employee voice’. We will 
also review our ‘Purpose’ statement and ensure 
alignment with our culture, values and strategy.

I do hope the information provided in the following 
pages of this Governance report will enable you to 
support all the resolutions to be proposed at our 
2020 AGM.

Neil Johnson 
Chairman 
5 March 2020

66

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

“  We were in full compliance with 2018 Corporate 
Governance Code throughout 2019.”

  Neil Johnson
  Chairman

Compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code
The Board considers that it has complied throughout 
the financial year ended 31 December 2019 with 
the provisions set out in the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the Code)*.

Application of the Code
The main principles of the Code were applied 
as follows:

Board leadership and 
Company purpose 
An effective board
The activities of the Company are controlled by 
the Board which, during 2019, comprised two 
Executive Directors and seven Non-Executive 
Directors. The roles of Chairman and Chief 
Executive Officer are clearly divided between Neil 
Johnson, who heads the Board in his capacity as 
non-executive Chairman and Calum MacLean, 
who has responsibility for the running of the 
Company’s business as Chief Executive Officer. 
The Non-Executive Directors all have wide business 
and boardroom experience gained in a broad range 
of business sectors, details of which are given 
on pages 64 and 65.

The Board has reserved to itself a schedule of 
matters which includes setting long-term objectives 
for the Group and the strategies to be employed 
in achieving them.

Note: 
*  A full version of the Code can be found on the Financial Reporting 

Council’s website: www.frc.org.uk

Governance  
snapshot

Board diversity – nationality

1

1

1

British  
Dutch  
Malaysian  
American  

6

6
1
1
1

Board diversity – gender

2

7

Male  
Female  

7
2

Board tenure

2

3

0-5 years 
5-10 years 
>10 years  

4

4
3
2

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Corporate governance

Board activity in 2019 – 
Framework focused on 
strategy 

Board activity in 2019

Safety, health and environment

Investing in organic growth

Growth through acquisition

Financial performance

Leadership and people

Governance and stakeholder relations

Internal control and risk management

Innovation

Safety, health and environment (SHE)
SHE performance and initiatives are reviewed at 
every meeting supported by a written report and 
presentation by the President for Operations.

Investing in organic growth
Material capital expenditure projects are subject 
to Board review and approval. During the year, 
investment in further NBR capacity expansion 
at Pasir Gudang (Malaysia) and projects at two 
sites in the UK, were approved. Investment in 
digitalisation and process standardisation under the 
Pathway Programme was approved and monitored 
throughout the year. Progress on the major capacity 
expansion projects approved in 2017 and 2018 
at sites in Germany and the USA respectively 
were monitored throughout the year until they 
came online.

Growth through acquisition
The proposed acquisition of OMNOVA and its 
associated financing was the dominant Board 
topic in 2019 during which the investment case, 
strategic logic, synergy benefits, due diligence 
findings and funding were subject to detailed review 
and approval and progress of the transaction was 
closely monitored.

Financial and commercial performance
Financial and commercial performance and strategic 
initiatives are reviewed at every meeting, supported 
by reports and presentations from the Executive 
Directors and Presidents. Detailed reviews of specific 
business areas were provided by the responsible 

president or functional head in conjunction with 
budget and strategy discussions and capital 
expenditure project reviews. 

Leadership and people
Succession planning processes and progress 
were reviewed with support from the Global HR 
Director. The Nomination Committee commenced 
a search process for an additional female 
Non-Executive Director.

Governance and stakeholder relations
Routine reports on governance and investor 
relations matters were given at each meeting. 
The appointment of a new joint broker was approved 
after a comprehensive tender process. The roll-out 
of new policies and practices under the Code were 
monitored. An internal evaluation of the Board and its 
Committees was carried out. 

Internal control and risk management
As well as receiving regular reports from the Audit 
Committee on the Company’s internal control and 
risk management processes, particular attention 
continued to be paid to Brexit contingency planning.

Strategy review
The Board dedicated a half day meeting to a 
review of the five-year strategic plan and key 
strategic initiatives. 

Site visits
The Board visited the Group’s acrylic dispersions 
plant at Worms (Germany). A visit was also made 
by Non-Executive Directors to the Group’s plant in 
Harlow (UK).

Purpose, culture and values
The Board has endorsed the Company’s ‘Purpose’ 
which is set out on the inside front cover. The Board 
first approved a formal set of ‘Values’ in 2014 with 
a ‘Core Values’ programme being implemented 
across the Group that year. A core values refresh 
project was completed in 2019 which included a 
survey of over one hundred employees. As a result, 
a revised set of values was agreed by the Executive 
Committee at the end of 2019 and received Board 
approval in early 2020 and will be launched across 
the Group in the first quarter of 2020. Details of the 
Company’s values are on page 54.

Our culture is described on the inside cover and the 
Board is conscious of its responsibility for setting the 
cultural tone. The Board and its Committees monitor 
and oversee the Group’s culture by receiving regular 
reports from management including on compliance 
with the Code of Conduct, use of the ethics 
hotline and attitudes to risk and risk assessments. 
The Board also engages with members of the wider 
workforce both formally during Board presentations 
and events and informally during site visits and most 
recently has received the outcome of an employee 
survey. The Board was satisfied that workforce 
policy, practices and behaviour across the Group 
were aligned with culture during 2019.

Stakeholder engagement 
Our process to identify key stakeholder groups 
was carried out at the end of 2017 followed by an 
initial assessment of engagement mechanisms 
and the topics that were materially significant to 
those stakeholders. In 2018 representatives from 
the stakeholder groups were surveyed to better 
understand their priorities and ensure alignment 
with our approach to, and focus of, engagement. 

68

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

This has allowed the development of six headline 
pillars which form the basis of the Group’s approach 
to engagement on sustainability in its widest 
sense, which is set out on page 48. Further details 
of the work carried out in 2017 and 2018 can be 
found in our Sustainability Report for those years 
at www.synthomer.com/company/corporate-
responsibility/sustainability. The information below 
supplements the details on stakeholder engagement 
on pages 44 and 45.

Relations with shareholders 
Dialogue with institutional investors is conducted 
on a regular basis by the Chief Executive Officer, 
Chief Financial Officer and the President – Corporate 
Development and meetings take place following the 
announcement of half and full year results and at 
other times according to circumstances. In addition 
to half and full year reporting, the Board has decided 
to continue with the practice of providing interim 
management statements notwithstanding that it is 
no longer a regulatory requirement to do so. 

The Board has adopted a set of shareholder 
communication principles in order to ensure that 
Board members develop an understanding of 
the views of the Group’s major shareholders. 
These principles require the Chairman to be 
present with the Chief Executive Officer and the 
Chief Financial Officer at sufficient shareholder 
presentations and meetings that he fully understands 
the issues and concerns of major shareholders. 
Alternatively, the Chairman is also available for 
meetings with major shareholders at their request.

The Chief Executive Officer reports on 
shareholder relations at each Board meeting. 
Communications with shareholders relating to 
corporate governance matters are conducted by the 
Chairman with the assistance of the Chairs of the 
Audit and Remuneration Committees. Reports on 
all meetings between Non-Executive Directors and 
institutional shareholders and their representative 
bodies are given to the Board at the first opportunity 
following such meetings, as is all correspondence 
with them.

The Senior Independent Director is available to 
shareholders if they have concerns and where 
contact through the normal channels of the 
Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer has failed to 
resolve or for which such contact is inappropriate.

The Senior Independent Director led an engagement 
exercise with a number of major shareholders 
following the significant minority vote against the 
Chairman’s re-election at the 2019 AGM. The impact 
of that feedback on the decisions of the Board are 
set out in the Chairman’s statement on page 7. 
The Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
consulted extensively with major shareholders on the 
proposed new Directors’ remuneration policy, which 
will be submitted to the 2020 AGM for approval 
by way of a binding vote. Further details of that 
consultation exercise and its outcome are contained 
in the Directors’ Remuneration report on page 83.

The Board seeks to encourage participation of all 
shareholders, and in particular private investors, at 
the Company’s AGM and endeavours to ensure all 
Board members are in attendance. In particular, the 
Chairs of the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration 
Committees are available to answer questions.

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

The Company makes use of its website 
www.synthomer.com to communicate with its 
shareholders and also publishes half and full year 
results, Company announcements, share price and 
corporate governance and other investor information 
can be found there.

Information on the Company’s major shareholdings 
and share capital is included in the Directors’ Report 
on pages 103 to 104.

Engagement with employees
The engagement with our employees is detailed 
on page 54 and includes: the appointment of Alex 
Catto as the designated Non-Executive Director for 
gathering the views of the workforce; social media 
and the Company intranet; the use of surveys; 
town hall meetings at sites and with specific groups 
such as members of the graduate development 
programme hosted by the Chief Executive Officer 
and other members of the Executive Committee; 
the externally hosted ethics hotline which 
provides a way of raising concerns in confidence; 
appraisal processes and structured career and 
competency reviews.

In addition the Board and its Committees routinely 
invite members of management to attend meetings 
to present on the matters being discussed. 
Board members take the opportunity to engage 
more widely with employees during site visits and 
in 2019 received informal presentations and had 
discussions with members of the European graduate 
development programme.

Stakeholders and our decision-making
Based on our engagement with and feedback from 
stakeholders, we factor their views into the decision 
making of the Board. Our statement describing how 
the Board has had regard to the matters set out in 
section 172 (1) (a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2006 
when performing its duty under section 172 is set 
out on page 44 and how this works in practice is 
shown in the case studies below: 

1. Capital investment in the business 
transformation ‘Pathway’ programme
The Board approved a capital investment proposal to 
invest in core systems and process standardisation 
across our global business. The Board took account 
of a number of stakeholder factors in reaching this 
decision including the benefits to the efficiency and 
effectiveness of our global employee workforce 
and our relationships with customers and suppliers, 
the ability of the investment to deliver compliance 
in taxation and the benefit to the scalability of our 
business to support our strategy of inorganic growth. 
The Board also took account of the financial returns 
in the project and considered it was in the best 
interests of the Company to approve the investment.

2. OMNOVA acquisition
The Board approved the proposed acquisition 
of OMNOVA Solutions Inc having considered a 
broad range of stakeholder factors. These included 
the benefits to shareholders from the financial 
investment case, the benefits to customers of 
improving our global distribution, innovation and 
manufacturing network and the benefits to our 
employees of strengthening our market position 
and deploying their extensive experience to grow 
through acquisition.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Corporate governance continued

3. Dividend policy and payments
The Board approved the consistent use of our 
dividend policy through the year having considered a 
broad range of stakeholder factors. The importance 
of meeting the stated dividend policy and therefore 
shareholder expectations; the need for transparency 
amongst our shareholders and employees who own 
shares in the Company; the need for the Company 
to deliver on its capital allocation and leverage 
policy in order to build credibility and enhance 
the reputation of the Company; together with the 
Company’s commitment to reducing the UK pension 
fund deficit, were all taken into account.

4. Introduction of updated Company values
The Board approved the proposal to update 
Synthomer’s Values. Our Values support our 
culture and our employees who drive our business. 
They also make a public statement and unify our 
business, which supports our reputation in the 
communities in which we work, the authorities we 
interact with and the customers and suppliers we 
deal with.

5. Approval of the annual budget and strategic 
plan
This year’s budget and rolling strategic plan were 
approved following a comprehensive review of our 
strategic priorities and risks and opportunities for our 
business. The Board considered the long-term plans 
for capital allocation, investment in our employees 
and skills required to successfully deliver the plan. 
It also considered our product development plans, 
expected market and regulatory changes, and 
key changes impacting our customers and our 
supply chain. 

Division of responsibilities 
The Board has delegated to the Chief Executive 
Officer responsibility for the development and 
preparation of the business plan and the annual 
budget for recommendation to the Board. As the 
Senior Executive Director, the Chief Executive 
Officer is responsible for all aspects of day-to-day 
operational control of the Group and execution of 
the Group strategy. The Chief Executive Officer has 
established and chairs an Executive Committee 
(whose other members are the Chief Financial 
Officer, the Chief Counsel and Company Secretary, 
and the operational and functional presidents for the 
Group) to assist him in the performance of his duties 
and which meets once a month. 

The Chairman has available to him the minutes of 
the Executive Committee and all Directors receive a 
monthly management report comprising business, 
financial and safety, health and environmental 
reviews from the Chief Financial Officer.

The Board has established Audit, Nomination, 
Remuneration and Disclosure Committees which are 
discussed on page 72.

Chairman

 — primarily responsible for the working and 

effectiveness of the Board

 — facilitating an effective contribution from the 
Non-Executive Directors and a constructive 
relationship with the Executive Directors

 — ensuring the balance of membership of the Board 

is appropriate

 — ensuring that the Board is in full control of the 

Group’s affairs and has an effective dialogue with 
its shareholders

 — leading on all aspects of corporate governance

Chief Executive 
Officer

 — senior executive responsible for operational 

management of the Group 

 — development, preparation and implementation of 
the Group’s strategy as approved by the Board

 — communication of the Group’s culture and values

 — communicating the Group’s financial performance 

to investors in conjunction with the Chief 
Financial Officer

 — keeping the Board fully informed of all 

material issues

 — to be available to shareholders when concerns 

have not been resolved through normal channels

 — to lead the annual appraisal of the Chairman

 — to develop a balanced understanding of the 
issues and concerns of major shareholders

 — to provide a sounding board for the Chairman

Senior  
Independent 
Director

Non-Executive 
Directors

 — to bring an independent and objective judgement 
to bear on issues of strategy, performance and 
resources of the Group 

Board reserved 
matters

 — to challenge constructively and scrutinise 

management performance

 — setting of long-term objectives and strategies to 
be employed in achieving them, including the 
approval of annual budgets

 — policy setting for safety, health and environmental 

matters, business conduct, diversity and 
human rights, recruitment and employment, risk 
management and treasury

 — material decisions on capital raising, financial 

commitments, capital expenditure, acquisitions 
and disposals and the prosecution, defence and 
settlement of litigation 

 — approval of information contained in 
communications to shareholders

 — the review and monitoring of performance

70

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Board structure

Board

Audit 
Committee

Disclosure  
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination  
Committee

Company Secretary

 − provides advice and services to the Board and its Committees

 − supports the Chairman in all governance matters

CEO  
Executive Committee

Chief 
Financial 
Officer

Company 
Secretary & 
Chief Counsel

President:  
Performance 
Elastomers

President:  
Functional 
Solutions 

President: 
Industrial 
Specialities, M&A 
and Global HR

President: 
Corporate 
Development

President: 
Operations

During 2019 the Board held 13 meetings with an 
additional half day dedicated to a review of the 
five-year strategic plan and key strategic initiatives. 
The Directors receive in advance full information 
on all matters to be discussed at Board meetings 
as well as a detailed review of performance. 
The Non-Executive Directors met once without the 
Chairman to appraise his performance. The Board 
met once without the executive directors to appraise 
their performance.

In addition, arrangements are made each year for the 
Board to visit up to two of the Group’s operational 
sites and meet local management. Ad hoc site visits 
are facilitated for individual Non-Executive Directors 
on request. Details of sites visited in 2019 are set out 
on page 68.

The table below sets out the number of meetings 
of the Board, Audit, Remuneration, Nomination 
and Disclosure Committees held during the year 
and the number of meetings attended by each 
Director. Where a Director is unable to attend a 
Board or Committee meeting, his or her views on 
agenda items are canvassed in advance of the 
meeting and incorporated into the discussions. 
The Non-Executive Directors disclose to the 

Board their other significant commitments prior 
to appointment and any proposed new significant 
commitments require prior Board approval.

The Non-Executive Directors, led by the Senior 
Independent Director, carefully considered the 
‘over boarding’ concerns relating to the Chairman 
which were understood to have led, in part, to the 
significant minority vote against his re-election 
as a Director at the 2019 AGM. In concluding 
that there were no concerns over the Chairman’s 
availability to devote significant time to his role 
at Synthomer, the Non-Executive Directors took 
account of the fact that whilst he had one other 
significant role as Chairman of QinetiQ Group plc 
his position as chairman of Electra Private Equity 
plc should not count as an additional significant 
commitment. In this connection, regard was had to 
the size of Electra, and the fact that it is undergoing 
a managed wind-down of its portfolio and 
therefore the applicability of proxy voting advisory 
body guidelines.

Holly A. Van Deursen received prior Board approval 
before accepting board positions at Kimball 
Electronics Inc and Albermarle Corporation during 
the year. 

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Number of meetings held

Number of meetings attended

Stephen Bennett

Alex Catto

Brendan Connolly

Holly A. Van Deursen

Just Jansz

Neil Johnson

Caroline Johnstone

Lee Hau Hian

Calum MacLean

Board

Committees

Scheduled

Audit Remuneration

Nomination

Disclosure

13

13

13

13

12

13

13

13

13

13

5

N/A

N/A

5

31

5

N/A

5

N/A

N/A

6

N/A

N/A

6

41

6

N/A

6

N/A

N/A

1

N/A

N/A

1

N/A

N/A

1

1

N/A

N/A

5

5

N/A

5

N/A

N/A

5

N/A

N/A

5

Note:
1.   Holly A. Van Deursen was appointed to the Audit Committee and the Remuneration Committee on 1 March 2019 and attended all meetings 

for which she was eligible to attend as a member of those Committees. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Corporate governance continued

Board composition, succession 
and evaluation 
The Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief 
Financial Officer and Senior Independent Director 
together with Chairs and members of the Audit, 
Nomination, Remuneration and Disclosure 
Committees are identified on pages 64 and 65. 
The Board considers that Holly A. Van Deursen, 
Caroline Johnstone, Just Jansz and Brendan 
Connolly are independent in accordance with the 
provisions of the Code. The Board composition 
remained unchanged throughout 2019 and was 
balanced between the number of independent and 
non-independent Directors. 

A balanced Board during 2019

Chairman

Independent  
Non-Executive  
Directors  

Executive and  
Non-Independent  
Non-Executive 
Directors 

Caroline Johnstone

Calum MacLean

Just Jansz

Holly A. Van 
Deursen

Brendan Connolly

Stephen Bennett

Alex Catto

Lee Hau Hian

Non-Executive Directors are appointed for one-year 
terms. All directors submit themselves for annual 
election at each AGM. 

Induction and training
Induction arrangements are in place in order to 
ensure new Directors receive a full formal and 
tailored induction on appointment. As no new 
Directors were appointed in 2019, no induction 
arrangements were conducted during the year 
other than completing the induction requirements 
for Holly A. Van Deursen, who was appointed in 
September 2018 and details of which were set out 
in the 2018 Annual Report. The Chairman reviews 
and agrees the training and development needs of 
the Directors and the skills and knowledge of the 
Board as a whole are updated by briefings provided 
by the Company’s internal resources and materials, 
workshops and seminars offered by external 
advisers. During 2019 briefings were delivered to the 
Board on developments in corporate governance 
reporting and to the Remuneration Committee on 
governance and best practice in remuneration. 
The Audit Committee was provided with updates on 
governance and corporate reporting by PwC and 
in addition considered a presentation on ongoing 
reviews and potential reforms of the audit profession 
and practices, and the future of internal audit. 

Performance evaluation
Following the externally facilitated evaluation of the 
performance of the Board, its Committees and 
Directors carried out in 2017, the 2019 performance 
evaluation involved the following internal processes:

 — the performance of the Executive Directors 

was reviewed against their personal objectives 
for 2019 by the Non-Executive Directors and 
the Chairman; 

 — a meeting of the Non-Executive Directors (in the 
absence of the Chairman) chaired by the Senior 
Independent Director was held to evaluate the 
performance of the Chairman, taking into account 
the views of the Executive Directors;

 — the effectiveness of the Board and its Committees 

(Audit, Nomination, Remuneration) was 
evaluated by way of an internal self-assessment 
questionnaire process; and

 — an assessment of the performance of individual 
Non-Executive Directors was carried out by 
the Chairman through a programme of one-to-
one discussions.

Board and Committee evaluation process 
The effectiveness of the Board and its Committees 
was assessed internally in 2019 using questionnaires 
developed and produced by the Company Secretary 
in conjunction with the Chairman of the Board 
and the Chair of each of the Audit, Remuneration 
and Nomination Committees. The questionnaires 
comprised open questions on the workings and 
effectiveness of the Board and its Committees. 
All Directors were requested to complete 
questionnaires relating to the Board and each of 
the Committees. In addition regular attendees from 
management at the Audit Committee meetings 
were also requested to complete the questionnaire 
relating to that Committee. A report was prepared 
by the Company Secretary for the Chairman of the 
Board and the Committee Chairs and the results 
of the evaluations were reviewed and discussed 
at the Committee and Board meetings held in 
February 2020. The outcome of that process is 
reviewed in the Chairman’s letter on page 66. 
An externally facilitated evaluation of the Board and 
its Committees will be carried out in 2020.

Board Committees
The Board has formally established Audit, 
Nomination, Remuneration and Disclosure 
Committees, each with their own terms of 
reference which set out their respective roles and 
the authority delegated to them by the Board. 
Copies of the terms of reference are available upon 
request from the Company Secretary and can 
also be downloaded from the Company’s website. 
All Non-Executive Directors have a standing 
invitation to attend Committee meetings unless they 
are notified otherwise.

The Audit, Nomination and Remuneration 
Committees’ reports are set out at the end of this 
Governance report.

Succession
All matters relating to succession are dealt with in 
the Nomination Committee report on page 82.

72

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

The processes which are used by the Board either 
directly or, where appropriate, through the Audit 
Committee to review the effectiveness of the 
internal control and risk management systems in 
relation to the financial reporting process and the 
process for preparing consolidated accounts include 
the following:

 — a review of the external and internal audit 

work plans;

 — consideration of reports from management and 

external parties, including the internal and external 
auditors, on the system of internal financial control 
and any material control weaknesses; and

 — discussion with management of the actions taken 
on any possible problem areas for the business 
that are identified.

In addition, the Board:

 — receives copies of minutes from all Audit 

Committee meetings; and

 — receives regular written and oral reports 
from management on all aspects of 
production, operations, financial and risk 
management matters.

Safety, health and environmental matters
The maintenance of high standards of environmental 
(together with health and safety) protection is central 
to the Group’s business. A separate statement on 
safety, health and environmental (SHE) matters has 
been a feature of the Annual Report for a number 
of years and is contained in the ESG section of the 
Strategic Report on pages 46 to 63.

Risk and internal control 
Accountability
An explanation of the Directors’ responsibilities 
for preparing the financial statements, their 
report that the business is a going concern, a 
viability statement, a responsibility statement and 
their statement as to disclosure of information 
to the auditor are set out on pages 103 to 105. 
Statements by the auditors about their reporting 
responsibilities are set out on pages 106 to 110. 

A report on the approach to internal control is set 
out on page 73. The Directors endeavour to make 
the Annual Report and financial statements as 
informative and understandable as possible.

Risk management and internal control 
The Board of Directors has ultimate responsibility 
for the Group’s systems of risk management and 
internal control and for reviewing their effectiveness 
and sets appropriate policies to ensure that the 
Code requirements are met. The systems of risk 
management and internal control deployed within 
the Group are designed to reduce the risks of 
failure to meet business objectives, but these risks 
cannot be eliminated. The risk management and 
internal control systems adopted can therefore 
only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance 
about meeting such business objectives or against 
material misstatement or loss. The Group risk 
management framework is set out on pages 30 
to 31. Risks associated with safety, health and 
the environment are, by the nature of the Group’s 
business, always of the utmost concern and the 
ESG report on pages 46 to 63 reviews the Group’s 
performance in this regard in 2019. The Board 
confirms that a robust assessment of the emerging 
and principal risks facing the Group has been carried 
out and that it has monitored and reviewed the 
effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and 
internal control systems in 2019.

The Group’s internal controls over the financial 
reporting and consolidation processes are designed 
under the supervision of the Chief Financial Officer 
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation 
and fair presentation of the Group’s published 
financial statements for external reporting purposes 
in accordance with IFRS.

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Audit Committee report

This was another important year for Synthomer, with 
a busy agenda for the Audit Committee, both in our 
business as usual and in the Committee’s areas of 
focus. In addition, the OMNOVA acquisition was a 
significant event and focus for the Board, including 
Audit Committee members, as we worked through 
the acquisition and financing of the transaction. 

The feedback from the self-assessment of the 
Committee (undertaken in December 2019) confirms 
my view that the Committee is working well and 
we regularly have all members of the Board in 
attendance. We welcomed Holly, who joined the 
Committee in March 2019 and brings an additional 
perspective to our discussions. We have extended 
Audit Committee meetings in 2019 (we decided 
this was more productive than having additional 
meetings) and used that time primarily to have a 
wider range of deep dive risk reviews across the 
business, discussed on page 30. 

Alongside our formal meetings, members of the 
Committee visited our facility in Worms with the 
rest of the Board. We also visited the Harlow site, 
discussed their business plans, controls and 
approach to risk management as well as business 
opportunities and challenges. I visited Marl as 
part of an ongoing programme of engagement 
with the business. Feedback on these visits is 
discussed by the Committee and the Board and we 
ask management to consider or address matters 
raised during our visits. In 2019, topics raised 
included optimising the number of alarms in site 
control rooms.

Caroline Johnstone
Audit Committee Chair

Audit Committee membership
Since 1 January 2019

Number 
of 
meetings 
attended Attendance1 

5

5

100%

100%

Appointment 
date

April 2015

May 2012

March 2014

5

100%

March 2019

3

100%

Position

Chair

Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director

Senior 
Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director

Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director

Company Secretary (secretary to the Committee)

Group Operational Review Manager

External Auditors

Caroline 
Johnstone

Dr Just  
Jansz 

Brendan 
Connolly

Holly A. Van 
Deursen

Other 
attendees:

Chief 
Executive 
Officer

Chief 
Financial 
Officer

Director 
of Group 
Finance

Note:
1.  Based on number of meetings eligible to attend.

74

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Key areas of focus
We delivered our core remit as set out in the detail below and have no major issues to report to shareholders. 
In last year’s Annual Report, we set out our priorities for 2019 and this is how we addressed these:

Key area of focus

Committee activity in 2019

Internal control and 
risk management 
processes

Recent acquisitions 
and capital 
investments, 
with a focus on 
payback from these 
investments

Key accounting 
controls across the 
business and site 
reporting, particularly 
around costs

Since my appointment as Audit Committee Chair, we have 
developed a programme of risk reviews, bringing people from 
across the business to discuss their division or function, the 
application of our approach to risk management and how they 
are addressing the changing risk landscape. This year we had 
ten sessions covering these topics – see page 77.

The Internal Audit function undertook a review of JOB5, the 
£45m investment in adding 90ktes tonnes of productive 
capacity to our Pasir Gudang plant and of our £3m reactor 
development project in Sant’Albano. 

The Committee undertook a review of the delivery of synergies 
for the Hexion PAC acquisition to ensure they were delivered 
in line with the expectation set at acquisition.

In April, we reviewed with management site-by-site reporting 
and overall cost structure of the business. The Group 
commenced a programme of cost review called ‘Project 
Mindset’, undertaken by managers within the business and 
aimed at providing a better understanding and improved 
ownership. The Committee oversaw the process and 
reviewed the results.

We undertook a review of the effectiveness of the finance 
function in July, with input from across the Group. This was 
particularly opportune, as it coincided with the start of 
planning for integration of the OMNOVA business. 

Actions

Ongoing

Ongoing

Will develop 
across other 
sites in 2020

Implementation 
of changes 
during 2020

In November 2019 the Group was informed that 
the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) had reviewed 
the 2018 Annual Report*. The FRC asked for 
clarification regarding certain disclosures within 
that Report and provided us with a list of disclosure 
recommendations. Management worked with the 
external auditors, PwC, under the supervision of the 
Audit Committee and the Chairman of the Board 
to provide responses to the clarification requests 
and to give appropriate commitments to adopt the 
disclosure recommendations. I am pleased to report 
that in February 2020 the FRC wrote to us and 
confirmed that it was satisfied with our responses. 
We have prepared this Annual Report considering its 
disclosure recommendations. 

*  The FRC’s review is based on the Annual Reports and Accounts 
and does not benefit from detailed knowledge of the business 
or an understanding of the underlying transactions entered 
into. It is, however, conducted by staff of the FRC who have an 
understanding of the relevant legal and accounting framework. 
Correspondence received from the FRC provides no assurance 
that the Annual Report and Accounts are correct in all material 
respects; the FRC’s role is not to verify the information provided 
but to consider compliance with reporting requirements. 
The correspondence from the FRC is written on the basis that the 
FRC (which includes the FRC’s officers, employees and agents) 
accepts no liability for reliance on them by the Company or any 
third party, including but not limited to investors and shareholders.

In 2020, in addition to our core remit, the 
Committee will:

 — Monitor the work of Internal Audit in confirming 
that the control processes in the new ways 
of working developed as part of the Pathway 
programme comply with the control standards 
of the Group. The programme has been through 
a period of robust review throughout 2019 by 
the Board. 

 — Monitor completion and integration of the 

OMNOVA acquisition, with particular focus on 
internal controls.

 — Complete the design of the appropriate Internal 

Audit function for the enlarged Group and oversee 
the implementation of these arrangements.

Caroline Johnstone
Audit Committee Chair
5 March 2020

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Audit Committee report continued

Audit Committee role
Our role is to assist the Board’s oversight of our 
financial systems and reporting, and the adequacy 
and effectiveness of our internal controls and 
risk management. We also lead the oversight of 
both external and internal audit. The full terms 
of reference, reviewed and updated during the 
year, are available on the Company’s website 
www.synthomer.com.

Committee members
The Committee comprises four members: 
myself, as Chair, and all of the other independent 
Non-Executive Directors – our experience is set out 
on pages 64 to 65. The Board considers that each of 
us is independent within the definition of the Code. 
I have recent and relevant financial experience for 
the purposes of Provision 24 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code as a Chartered Accountant, 
my roles chairing and as a member of other Audit 
Committees and my previous position as a partner 
at PwC. Together, the Committee members have a 
wide range of financial, operational and commercial 
experience across the chemicals and engineering 
sectors and the Board has agreed that the 
Committee as a whole has competence relevant to 
the chemical industry. 

Committee meetings and operation
Other members of the Board have a standing 
invitation to attend meetings unless notified 
otherwise and we regularly have the full Board in 
attendance. In order to address our remit effectively, 
I believe it is important to have those working in the 
business attend our meetings and I am pleased that 
the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial 
Officer both attend our Committee meetings and 
other senior managers have regularly attended 
Committee meetings in 2019, at our request. 
Our programme of risk reviews and updates has 
allowed us to invite other high potential diverse 
members of the management team to attend the 
Committee – for example, two of our senior female 
functional leaders, Group Head of Tax, and Group 
Pensions and Rewards Manager have presented 
to the Committee on a regular basis and we had a 
local team from Pasir Gudang report back to us on 
business continuity planning.

Senior members of the Group finance team and the 
Group Operational Review Manager (who leads the 
Internal Audit function) attend our meetings as well 
as PwC, led by audit partner Matthew Mullins. 

The Committee meets on a regular basis with PwC 
and with the Group Operational Review Manager 
without management present. The Committee meets 
privately as required to discuss our views on matters 
such as Pathway, development of the Company 
culture and the forthcoming agenda.

Outside of the formal meetings, I meet regularly on 
a one-to-one basis with the Chief Executive Officer, 
the Chief Financial Officer, other senior members 
of the Group finance team and PwC to develop 
the Committee’s programme of work as well as 
review progress in addressing actions agreed by 
the Committee. It also enables me to explore and 
understand key issues as they arise and focus 
on ensuring that we have appropriate information 
prepared for and sufficient time to address key 
issues in Committee meetings.

As set out in my introductory comments, members 
of the Committee undertake a number of activities 
outside of the formal Committee meetings and we 
regularly visit sites and meet with head office staff.

How we addressed our core remit 
in 2019
The Committee met formally five times during 2019 
and addressed our responsibilities as follows:

Integrity of financial reporting

 — Monitored the Group’s annual and interim 

financial statements and results announcements 
and reviewed significant accounting policies, 
estimates and judgements and alternative 
performance measures reported. 

 — In conjunction with the Board, reviewed and 

challenged the assumptions and sensitivities used 
to support preparing the accounts on a going 
concern basis and in assessing the longer-term 
viability of the Group. 

 — Assessed the processes for assuring the 
Board that the 2019 Annual Report and 
Accounts, when taken together, is fair, balanced 
and understandable. 

 — Received updates of new accounting standards 

(including IFRS 16 Leases and IFRIC 23 
Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments) 
throughout the year and assessed the rigour of 
the Group’s approach to implementation.

 — Undertook regular reviews of the Group’s 

material litigation. We consider the Group’s 
provisions appropriate. 

 — Supervised and reviewed the Group’s response 

to the FRC review of the Company’s 2018 Annual 
Report and Accounts. 

 — Reviewed the UK payment practices report, 

discussed the underlying data and challenged 
management on aspects of the report. 

 — Reviewed the accounting for and disclosure of the 
financial derivatives entered into during the year 
to manage the foreign exchange exposure of the 
rights issue and the acquisition of OMNOVA as 
well as the floating to fixed swap for the €440m 
revolving credit facility which was entered into 
in 2018.

External audit 
 — Approved after discussion and challenge the 

external audit plan for 2019, including assessment 
of significant audit risks, business risk profile, 
scope of the audit, materiality level and the de 
minimis reporting threshold. We also focused 
on the experience and expertise of the key 
members of the engagement team. The audit 
fee was approved, again after some challenge 
and discussion.

 — Detailed review of auditor’s reports, 

including accounting judgements and the 
control environment. 

 — Reviewed compliance with the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard for auditors and the restrictions 
on auditors to provide non-audit services. 
Approved the provision of certain permissible 
non-audit services by PwC (page 80).

76

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 — Considered and confirmed the independence of 

PwC (page 80). 

 — Reviewed and assessed the performance of 

PwC and our lead audit partner and agreed to 
recommend the re-appointment of PwC. We also 
reflected on the Future of Audit debate and 
discussed the various reviews of the profession.

Internal audit and risk management
 — The Committee reviewed the reliance placed by 

management on the risk mitigating controls of the 
Group’s highest risks and analysed the types of 
assurance, both internal and external, that applied 
to these controls.

Governance 
 — Reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s anti-

bribery and anti-fraud procedures, including those 
for whistleblowing, and had oversight of the roll-out 
of our new Code of Conduct and Ethics hotline 
across the Group. 

 — Received reports on the independent investigations 
that had been conducted in response to concerns 
raised under the whistleblowing policy and 
reported to the Board that we were satisfied with 
the outcome, including follow-up actions. 

 — Met with internal audit and external audit without 

management on a number of occasions. 

 — Received a report from the Group Operational 

 — Undertook an effectiveness review, reviewing the 

Review Manager at each meeting on the status of 
ongoing and completed internal audits. We also 
assessed the 2019 risk assurance activity carried 
out by internal audit in relation to the Group’s 
principal risks, which included reviews of our 
major sites and a thematic review of our capital 
approval process. 

 — Considered the results of the 2019 controls 
assurance internal audits and the IT audits, 
the self-assessment process, the adequacy 
of management’s response to matters raised 
and the time taken to resolve such matters. 
Where appropriate, we invited management 
to the Committee to discuss its response and 
action plan to address findings of the internal 
audit review.

 — Reviewed and approved the 2020 internal audit 
plan and ensured there is sufficient resource to 
deliver the plans.

 — We invited managers across the Group to 

provide a deeper insight into the controls and risk 
management of business units and functions, 
including:

Divisional

Function or thematic

Performance 
Elastomers

Pensions

Functional Solutions

Tax

Industrial Specialities

Insurance

IT and cyber security 
reviews, including distributed 
control systems security

R&D and regulatory affairs

Strategic sourcing 
operations

Business continuity planning

 — Undertook an assessment of strengths of 
the Internal Audit function. We reflected on 
the draft Internal Auditors Code and how that 
might influence our approach to developing the 
Internal Audit function in the enlarged Group, 
when the acquisition of OMNOVA is completed. 
We are in the process of reviewing the Internal 
Audit arrangements for the future as indicated 
on page 75.

results of an internal questionnaire, and concluded 
that the Committee was operating effectively. 

 — Reviewed our terms of reference to reflect the role 
and responsibilities of the Committee are aligned 
with the new UK Corporate Governance Code. 

 — Completed our annual review of the Group’s tax 
strategy and risks (which can be found on our 
website: www.synthomer.com). 

Significant areas of judgement and estimate 
As part of our monitoring of the integrity of the 
financial statements, the Committee assesses 
whether suitable accounting policies have been 
adopted and it considers particular areas where 
management has had to exercise judgement or make 
estimates. The main areas which we reviewed during 
the year ended 31 December 2019, together with a 
summary of our work, are set out below: 

 — Taxation: with operations across 18 countries, 
significant judgement has to be exercised by 
management, with advice from appropriate tax 
advisers, to arrive at tax provisions, given that the 
final tax outcome is uncertain and may not be 
known for several years. 

The Group Head of Tax presented to the 
Committee on the basis for calculating the effective 
tax rate and provided regular updates on any local 
tax audits. She also set out the detailed rationale 
and judgement for each of the current tax liabilities. 
The Committee reflected on the liabilities in the light 
of our Group tax strategy and also the work done 
by PwC, which reviewed the judgements that had 
been made, using tax specialists as required, and 
provided the Committee with its assessment of 
the appropriateness of management judgements. 
The Committee concluded that the estimates and 
disclosures were appropriate.

 — Pensions: the Group operates a number of 

defined benefit schemes (particularly in the UK 
and Germany) which have significant liabilities, 
as outlined in note 26 to the Group financial 
statements. Although the UK scheme is closed to 
future accrual, both the UK and German schemes 
are sensitive to changes in actuarial assumptions. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Audit Committee report continued

 — Assessing the Group’s current and forecast 
activities and those factors considered 
likely to affect its future performance and 
financial position.

The Committee discussed the going concern 
statement at a meeting in February 2020 and, having 
done so, recommended that the Board provide it in 
the form set out on page 104.

The Board has chosen to consider the prospects 
of the Group over a five-year period ending 
31 December 2024, consistent with the five-year 
Strategic Plan of the Group, as it considers it to 
be a period over which the Group actively focuses 
on its long-term product development and capital 
expenditure investments.

The Committee’s robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Group included a review of the 
potential impact of severe but plausible scenarios 
that could threaten the viability of the Group 
and the potential mitigations that management 
believes would be available. The scenarios included 
trading volatility, increased competition, disruption 
as a result of Brexit, delays in project delivery, 
failure of new products, the temporary loss of a 
manufacturing site, a fine by a regulating body and 
a situation where the OMNOVA acquisition does not 
complete. The scenarios also included risks such 
as significant foreign exchange rate movements, 
which are deemed to be outside the control of 
the Group. The Group considered the scenarios 
independently and then modelled the unlikely event 
of all downside scenarios. 

The Committee discussed the viability statement at 
a meeting in February 2020, debated and challenged 
the scenarios modelled and, having done so, 
recommended that the Board confirm the statement 
in the form set out on page 37.

Systems of risk management and internal 
controls effectiveness 
Each year, the Board is required to conduct a review 
of the effectiveness of the Group’s systems of risk 
management and internal control. The Board’s 
statement about this review is set out on page 73. 
At a meeting in February 2020, the Committee 
reviewed management’s assessment of the key 
elements of these systems and confirmed their 
overall effectiveness. In forming its conclusion, 
the Committee reflected on matters including 
the following:

 — The internal audit programme completed during 
2019 and the progress in implementing actions 
arising therefrom. 

 — Our own programme of risk reviews and 

discussions with senior managers and other 
staff across the Group throughout the year. 
We reviewed a re-mapping of existing risks to 
the new global business structure in February 
2019 and all further reviews were based on the 
new structure. 

The Group uses appropriately qualified external 
actuarial advisers to help establish the actuarial 
assumptions used in the valuation of the Group’s 
pension liabilities. PwC evaluated the assumptions 
and methodologies used by the Group’s actuarial 
advisers and management and assessed whether 
the assumptions made were appropriate and not 
materially different from external benchmarks 
for similar types of schemes. PwC reported to 
us that it was satisfied with the assumptions 
used and with the way that the schemes had 
been accounted for. The Committee reviewed 
the assumptions and methodology used by 
management, including comparisons to those 
used by other companies, and concurred with 
the conclusions.

Fair, balanced and understandable
The work undertaken by management (and reviewed 
by the Committee) to support the Board’s statement 
included the following:

 — Establishing a working group of key individuals, 
who are appropriately qualified, within the Group 
to oversee the drafting of the Annual Report.

 — The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer confirming that, in their opinion, the 
drafting of the Annual Report was ‘fair, balanced 
and understandable’.

 — Requesting that certain key contributors to 
sections of the Annual Report (for example, 
Presidents and Finance Directors of divisions) 
sign a declaration confirming the accuracy of the 
information provided.

 — Arranging for Deloitte LLP, the Company’s 

remuneration consultants, to review the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and having our design 
agency, Luminous, proofread drafts of the 
Annual Report.

 — An audit trail being completed by the Director of 
Group Finance for material data underpinning 
non-financial information in the Annual Report.

 — Circulating drafts of the Annual Report to PwC, 

the Committee and the Board for review.

 — Discussing material disclosure items at a meeting 

of the Committee held in February 2020.

The Committee discussed the ‘fair, balanced and 
understandable’ statement at a meeting in March 
2020 in the light of the above and, having done so, 
recommended that the Board provide it in the form 
set out on page 105.

Going concern and viability statements
The process conducted by management, and 
reviewed by the Committee to support the Board’s 
statement, included the following:

 — Reviewing the Group’s available sources of 

funding and, in particular, testing the covenant 
and assessing the available headroom using a 
range of sensitivities.

 — Reviewing the short, medium and long-term 
cash flow forecasts in various severe but 
plausible scenarios.

 — Assessing the level of available facilities, which 

are considered necessary to support the Group’s 
ability to trade and deliver future growth.

78

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Pensions
Our Group Pensions and Rewards Manager regularly 
attended the Committee in 2019 to update the 
Committee on our UK pensions scheme and also 
to update us on a global review of all of the Group’s 
pension arrangements. The Committee was pleased 
with progress, particularly in the overseas pensions, 
where the Group has a much better assessment of 
risks, having taken steps to mitigate and develop 
robust plans to monitor the schemes. In the UK, we 
reviewed the annual financial statements of the Yule 
Catto Retirement Benefits Scheme and noted that all 
governance matters had been addressed.

Internal audit
The Group Operational Review Manager (who leads 
the internal audit function) was appointed in 2016. 
We have a dedicated and focused in-house internal 
audit function, which draws on specialist resources 
as required. At each meeting, the Committee 
reviewed progress against the internal audit annual 
plan and explored areas identified for action. 
The Committee also reviewed completed audit 
reports, focusing on recurring themes, which might 
require Group actions, and areas where there was 
divergence from self-assessments prepared. 

The proposed acquisition of OMNOVA provides 
the Group with an opportunity to reflect on the 
appropriate form and nature of our Internal Audit 
arrangements which we discuss on page 77.

The internal audit plan for 2020 was reviewed 
at our meeting in November 2019 and includes 
auditing areas which account for more than 82% 
of net assets as well as certain thematic audits 
e.g. IT security, IT environment and procurement. 
Specialists will be included in a number of audits 
as appropriate. We mapped the plan to our key 
risks and also viewed a potential three-year 
audit plan of Synthomer in concluding that the 
plan was appropriate, ahead of completing the 
OMNOVA acquisition.

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 — Assurance (via Committee papers, Board and 

Committee presentations and discussions) that 
management continued to review the Group’s key 
financial controls to ensure that they supported 
the Group’s continued growth.

 — The key controls questionnaire, which is 

completed and signed by each operating unit 
across the Group on a quarterly basis.

 — Representations from financial and commercial 

management in the business to the Chief 
Financial Officer, made twice each year.

Code of Conduct and ethics (whistleblowing)
The updated Code of Conduct and a new external 
ethics (whistleblowing) helpline was implemented in 
December 2018 and the Committee has overseen 
the roll-out, communication and embedding of this, 
which has been very positively received across 
the business. The Code is available online and is 
available in 13 languages, and the Committee was 
impressed with the simple language and examples 
used to help employees identify with an issue and 
support them in its resolution. At each Committee 
meeting during the year, the Committee was 
provided with details of the issues reported during 
the period and how management had investigated 
them, together with any update on ongoing 
investigations. No material issues were reported 
during the year.

Cyber-security and GDPR
The Committee kept a watching brief as the Group 
completed its work to become GDPR compliant. 
It is a regular agenda item for the Committee and we 
have had no reportable breaches in 2019.

The risk reviews set out earlier included regular 
updates on the Group’s cyber-security, across both 
our operational and support areas. There were no 
serious attacks in 2019 but, like all businesses, 
we are faced with attacks on our systems on a 
daily basis – the Group has implemented a range 
of training, education and live testing to help 
everyone in the business to protect themselves 
and the business. We will continue to focus on this 
and particularly on the programme to protect our 
operational control systems at our production sites.

Business continuity planning
The Group developed an updated Business 
Continuity Planning Framework and our largest 
site, Pasir Gudang, was selected to be the first site 
to implement and test the Framework. Using our 
Project Excellence methodology, a dedicated team, 
with involvement across the site, identified seven 
predefined scenarios and developed business 
impact analyses and recovery strategies for each 
– this was a detailed but vital exercise and by year 
end, the team had developed a comprehensive 
plan for each scenario. In 2020, the plans will be 
finalised, validated and stress-tested followed by 
roll-out of training and communications to ensure 
that those responsible react instinctively when 
required. This important work will be shared across 
the business with other sites. We will continue to 
oversee this work. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Audit Committee report continued

External audit
At its meetings in November 2019 and February 
2020, the Committee discussed the 2019 
audit process:

November 2019

Outcome/action taken by the Committee

PwC’s audit plan  Challenged and agreed by the 
Committee

PwC’s audit risk 
assessment 
(discussed with 
key function and 
group managers)

Materiality level for 
the audit

PwC’s resources

Audit fee 
and terms of 
engagement 

Discussed with PwC (including 
the approach to identified risks) 

Agreed with PwC (at a similar 
level to 2018), after reviewing 
local materiality, local statutory 
accounts required and site visits 
by PwC group team

Reviewed and discussed 
with PwC, in particular, the 
experience of PwC audit 
partners in our key territories

Reviewed, challenged and 
approved by the Committee

February 2020

Outcome/action taken by the Committee

Confirmation of 
PwC’s audit plan 

PwC confirmed no material 
changes made to agreed plan

Audit findings, 
significant 
issues and other 
accounting 
judgements

Management 
representation 
letter

PwC’s 
independence 
and objectivity 
and quality control 
procedures

Discussed with PwC and 
management

Reviewed and approved by the 
Committee

Independence and objectivity 
confirmed; quality control 
procedures reviewed

The Chair of the Committee was in regular 
discussion with PwC’s lead audit partner to discuss 
the progress of the audit. Ahead of and following 
the conclusion of the February 2020 meeting, the 
Committee met PwC without management being 
present: no significant issues were raised.

Auditor objectivity and independence and 
non-audit services provided by the auditor 
The Committee has a clear policy on the provision of 
non–audit services by the external auditor. We have 
defined the very limited non-audit services which can 
be provided by the external auditors. Services can 
only be provided if approved by the Committee 
and subject to a cap of 70% of the average of audit 
fees for the preceding three years – with discretion 
to exceed this until 1 January 2020. The policy is 
in compliance with the FRC Ethical Standard for 
Auditors effective from April 2017 and a full copy 
of our policy on the provision of non-audit services 
by the external auditor is available on the Company 
website, www.synthomer.com

Details of audit and non-audit fees paid to the auditor 
in 2019 are set out in note 7 on page 125. Non-audit 
fees principally relate to reporting accounting work 
for the Prospectus and Circular required for the 
acquisition of OMNOVA and to the interim review at 
the half year. The Committee concluded that PwC’s 
independence and objectivity was not compromised 
by providing these services and that, as a result of its 
knowledge of the Group and its financial statements, 
it was in the Group’s interests to engage PwC to 
do so. 

As part of the 2019 audit, PwC confirmed that it 
was independent within the meaning of applicable 
regulatory and professional requirements. Taking this 
into account and having considered the steps 
taken by PwC to preserve its independence and 
the approach to non-audit services set out above, 
the Committee concluded that PwC continues 
to demonstrate appropriate independence 
and objectivity.

PwC provides internal audit services and tax 
compliance and advice to OMNOVA. The Committee 
will monitor that PwC’s independence is not 
impaired by ensuring that PwC cease all prohibited 
services immediately on acquisition of OMNOVA.

During the year, the Committee established a policy 
whereby all engagements for non-audit services 
with any audit firm must be pre-approved by the 
Committee. This is to ensure that as many firms as 
possible would be independent for the purpose of 
any audit tender.

How we reviewed PwC’s performance
During the year, the Committee evaluated the 
performance and effectiveness of the external 
auditor, PwC and Matthew Mullins, our audit partner. 
Feedback was obtained from people across the 
business who were involved with the external audit 
and the Committee reflected on the effectiveness 
of Matthew Mullins and team members, both in 
Committee meetings and in discussions with the 
Audit Committee Chair.

The Committee assessed the robustness of the 
audit, the quality of delivery of the audit against the 
agreed plan and the competence with which the 
auditors handled key accounting estimates and 
judgements. We also reviewed the FRC’s report, 
highlighting its conclusions from a review of a 
selection of PwC audits. 

Having considered all of these factors, the 
Committee concluded that the external auditors 
were effective. 

Re-appointment of the auditor
PwC was re-appointed external auditor in 2016, 
following a full re-tender process, having been the 
Group’s auditor since 2012. Having assessed the 
effectiveness of the external audit referred to above 
and the independence of PwC, the Committee 
recommends the re-appointment of PwC at the 
2020 AGM. 

80

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Statement of compliance
The Committee confirms that, during the year ended 
31 December 2019, the Company complied with 
the applicable provisions of the Competition and 
Markets Authority’s Statutory Audit Services for 
Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory 
Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit 
Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014. 

Committee evaluation
In 2019, we undertook a thorough internal evaluation 
of the Committee’s performance using an internal 
questionnaire process, with input from regular 
attendees as well as the Committee members. 
We covered all aspects of the Committee’s agenda 
and approach, including composition, remit and 
culture of the Committee. 

There was positive feedback on our training in 
2019 as we used technical accounting updates 
from two accounting firms and held a working 
session with Committee members and other 
Non-Executive Directors. 

Areas for focus for the Committee reflect our 
priorities for 2020 set out above, and include: 

 — Integration and control environment of OMNOVA; 

 — Controls in new ways of working with the 

deployment of the Pathway programme; and 

 — Redefining our Internal Audit requirements. 

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
Activities in 2019
The Nomination Committee held one formal meeting 
during 2019 as well as meetings in combination 
with other formal meetings of the Board where it 
was appropriate to do so. In addition, a number of 
informal meetings and telephone calls have taken 
place in connection with succession planning. 

The Committee reviewed progress against 
the 2019 management succession action plan 
presented to the Board at the start of the year and 
also reviewed the Board succession plan. The Board 
succession plan in place takes account of the Code 
provisions regarding the maximum tenure of board 
chairs and independent Non-Executive Directors. 

In connection with the Board’s commitment to 
recruit an additional female Non-Executive Director 
in 2020 the Committee is leading the process and 
will appoint an independent recruitment consultancy 
(with which the Company has no other connection), 
to assist with the search process.

Diversity
The Board adopted its current policy on diversity in 
2014 in recognition of the importance of diversity in 
strengthening decision making and competitiveness. 
This policy (available at www.synthomer.com) seeks 
to ensure that diversity in its broadest sense is taken 
into account in the process of making appointments 
on merit against objective selection criteria.

Our diversity and inclusion initiatives for 2020 and 
reporting are set out on page 55 and will lead to the 
setting of measurable objectives when actions have 
been implemented. In the short term we are mindful 
of the need to make progress on gender diversity 
at a senior level given that our Executive Committee 
is all male and as reported to the Hampton-
Alexander annual survey in 2019 women make up 
less than 10% of the Executive Committee and its 
direct reports.

Evaluation of the Board and its Committees 
and Director contribution
The processes deployed in connection with the 
evaluation of the Board and its Committees are 
set out on page 72. Details of individual Director 
contribution to the long-term success of the 
Company will be contained in the 2020 Notice of 
Annual General Meeting in support of the resolutions 
for Director re-appointment.

Neil Johnson
Chair
5 March 2020

Governance

Nomination Committee report

Neil Johnson
Nomination Committee 
Chair

Nomination Committee Membership
Since 1 January 2019

Position

Appointment 
date

Number of 
meetings 
attended Attendance

Neil Johnson Chair

May 2012

March 2014

1

1

100%

100%

Brendan 
Connolly

Caroline 
Johnstone

Senior 
independent 
Non-Executive 
Director

Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director

April 2015

1

100%

Role
The Committee’s remit includes responsibility for: 

 — The regular review of the structure, size and 
composition (including the skills, knowledge, 
experience and diversity) of the Board and the 
making of recommendations with regard to 
any changes; 

 — Leading the process for Board appointments 
and nominating candidates for non-executive 
positions; and 

 — Considering succession planning for Directors 

and senior executives and reviewing the 
succession plans put forward for ensuring the 
executive leadership needs of the Company 
are met.

82

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ Remuneration report

Brendan Connolly 
Remuneration Committee 
Chair

Remuneration Committee membership
Since 1 January 2019

Brendan 
Connolly

Just Jansz

Caroline 
Johnstone

Position

Chair

Appointment 
date

March 2014

May 2012

Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director

April 2015

Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director

Holly A. Van 
Deursen

March 2019

Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director

Number 
of 
meetings 
attended Attendance1

6

6

6

4

100%

100%

100%

100%

Other 
attendees:

Chief Executive 
Officer

President 
Global HR

Group HR 
Director

Company 
Secretary

Deloitte LLP

Note:
1.  Based on number of meetings eligible to attend.

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Dear Shareholders,
I would like to thank our stakeholders for 
their continued support in 2019 whereby the 
Remuneration report (reflecting our existing policy 
which was originally approved at the 2017 AGM) 
was approved by 99% of voting shareholders at the 
2019 AGM. 

This year, alongside our normal duties, we have been 
preparing and discussing a new remuneration policy 
and we have consulted extensively with our major 
shareholders on our proposed policy which will be 
presented for approval at the 2020 AGM. I would like 
to thank those shareholders who have participated in 
this process for their feedback and guidance, which 
resulted in changes to the original proposal.

2020 Directors’ Remuneration Policy
Since our 2017 Policy was implemented, Synthomer 
has grown significantly in terms of size, geographic 
reach and complexity doubling in size since the last 
review. In 2015 there were 2,038 employees and 
19 manufacturing sites and following the completion 
of the OMNOVA acquisition, we will be a business of 
over 4,750 employees with an additional 19 sites.

Over the last three years, the Group has expanded 
through acquisition as well as organic growth. 
Hexion PAC was acquired in 2016, adding seven 
sites and 760 employees, followed by an additional 
site from Perstorp OXO in Belgium and a BASF site 
in Austria. And finally, we announced the acquisition 
of OMNOVA Solutions Inc on 3 July 2019 (approved 
by shareholders on 31 July 2019) which we expect 
to complete by the end of March 2020 following 
Phase 1 European Commission merger clearance 
on 15 January 2020. This is a very exciting stage in 
Synthomer’s development, with OMNOVA adding 
$736 million of revenue2, $70 million of EBITDA2, 
an additional 13 manufacturing sites and 1,850 
employees to our footprint.

Notwithstanding the current challenging economic 
circumstances which have impacted short-term 
performance, the management team has continued 
to make positive steps in driving the Group forwards. 
Growth has accelerated through disciplined M&A 
activity and impressive organic growth of the 
Group assets, where over £140 million of capital 
expenditure has been invested during 2018/19 
in large-scale manufacturing assets. During this 
transformation Synthomer will have (post OMNOVA 
acquisition) increased EBITDA more than two times 
since the last remuneration review and improved 
and maintained employee safety statistics in legacy 
Synthomer by circa 70% over 2014 rates.

Synthomer in 2020 is a larger, far more complex 
global speciality company than it was in 2015 when 
the new management team were appointed and the 
Company continues to follow an ambitious strategy 
but in a disciplined manner. The next three years are 
critical to the Group and include the integration of 
OMNOVA which has targeted over $29.6 million of 
cost synergies. The Board considers that it is now of 
the utmost importance that we maintain momentum 
and deliver on this highly challenging agenda to 
ensure we continue to grow the value of the business 
and deliver returns to shareholders. 

Note:
2.  OMNOVA results for the year ended 30 November 2019.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

same time, we continue our journey to create an 
increasingly performance-based package as well as 
improving shareholder alignment through deferrals 
and shareholding requirements. We have also made 
other changes to remuneration arrangements to 
reflect the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code. 

I have set out a summary of the changes to 
remuneration policy below. The Committee believes 
that the remuneration package offers a strong 
link between the Company’s strategy and values 
incorporating targets that support innovation, 
excellence and growth.

Given the significant change in the size and scope 
of Group’s operations the Committee undertook 
a detailed review of remuneration arrangements 
including considering how arrangements 
compared to external and internal comparators. 
When reviewing external market levels the 
Committee considered practice within the following 
comparator groups: (i) companies in the FTSE 151 
– 350 group; (ii) companies with a similar market 
capitalisation of Synthomer (c£1bn to £2bn); (iii) 
companies of a similar size and complexity taking 
into account financial size, headcount, complexity 
and geographical locations; and (iv) other FTSE All 
Share Chemical companies. In all cases, each of 
the Executive Directors’ total remuneration level was 
close to or at the lower quartile.

In the context of the development of the business 
and the significant increase in our size and 
organisational complexity, described above the 
Committee has made a number of changes to 
the remuneration framework to better reflect the 
Company’s current size and complexity. At the 

Increase in annual and 
long-term incentive 
opportunities to better 
reflect the current size 
and complexity of the 
organisations

Clawback and malus 
provision expanded

Pension for new hires 
reduced to match wider 
workforce and CEO’s 
pension frozen at the 
current value

Increased shareholding 
guidelines to further 
align executives with 
shareholders. Post-
employment shareholding 
guideline introduced

Annual bonus
 — The annual bonus opportunity has been increased to 150% of base salary (previously 125% of salary for 

the CEO and 115% of salary for the CFO).

 — In light of the change in opportunity, the portion of the bonus deferred has been increased to one third 
of the total bonus (previously 20% deferral for the CEO and 13% deferral for the CFO). This increase 
in deferral means that the cash bonus opportunity remains broadly the same as in previous years. 
Deferred shares will continue to be required to be held for two years.

 — On target financial performance will result in 50% of the maximum bonus being paid (previously 60% paid 

for on-target performance) to align with shareholders’ expectations.

PSP
 — The maximum PSP award under our policy has been increased to 200% of salary for the CEO (currently 
150% of salary) and 150% of salary for the CFO (currently 120% of salary). Taking into account feedback 
from shareholders, the increase in award levels will be phased over the next two years with awards for 
2020 being limited to 175% of base salary for the CEO and 135% of base salary for the CFO. Awards for 
2021 will be 200% of base salary for the CEO and 150% of base salary for the CFO).

 — PSP awards will continue to be subject to performance over a three-year period plus a two-year post 

vesting holding period.

 — The potential to grant an exceptional award of 300% of salary will be removed. 

 — The Committee considers that the revised incentive opportunities are a more appropriate reflection of the 

size and complexity of Synthomer today.

 — The circumstances in which clawback and malus may apply have been expanded to include serious 

misconduct or corporate failure to align with best practice. Clawback and malus could already be applied 
in the event of a material misstatement of results, error in the calculation of performance conditions which 
results in overpayment or material reputational damage to the Group.

 — The pension arrangements for any new Executive Director hire to the Board will be aligned with the rate 

available for the majority of the workforce.

 — The current pension allowance for the CEO has been frozen at current cash value of £137,891 (or 20% of 

salary if higher). 

 — The CFO’s pension allowance will continue to be 20% of base salary.

 — We have noted the current guidance and aside from existing contractual conditions have committed to 

align the pensions to the workforce average in the next policy.

 — Shareholding guidelines will be increased to 220% of base salary for the CEO (currently 200% of salary) 

and 175% of salary for the CFO (currently 150% of salary).

 — A post-employment shareholding guideline will be introduced with effect from 25 April 2021 (being the 
anticipated first anniversary of the approval of the new policy) requiring Executive Directors to maintain 
their shareholding guideline (or actual shareholding if lower) for 1 year following stepping down as an 
Executive Director, and 50% of their guideline for a further year.

84

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Implementation of policy for 2020
Base salaries
Salaries for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer were increased at the start of 2020 
in line with the average pay increase for the Group’s 
UK workforce of 2.7% plus an additional 2.5% giving 
a total increase of 5.2%. This increase was made 
to reflect the significant increase in the size and 
complexity of the Company as described above. 
Following this increase, salaries will continue to be 
positioned at or below the median when compared 
with a range of peer groups which the Committee 
considers to be appropriate.

Performance measures
For 2020 the annual bonus will continue to be based 
80% on Underlying PBT performance, 10% on SHE 
objectives and 10% on personal strategic objectives.

For PSP awards granted in 2020, an additional 
measure will be introduced to incentivise and 
reward the successful integration of the OMNOVA 
acquisition and the achievement of cost synergy 
targets. Awards will be based 30% on TSR relative 
to the FTSE 250 excluding investment trusts 
and financial services companies, 30% on EPS, 
30% on OMNOVA cost synergies and 10% on 
strategic measures. 

Shareholder consultation outcome
We consulted with our largest 22 shareholders 
and leading proxy advisory bodies and had 
conversations, email exchanges or meetings with 
18. There was a high level of support from our 
shareholders for the modified policy as presented 
opposite from those with whom we spoke. 

Remuneration outcomes in 2019
During 2019 the Company has made significant 
progress against strategic objectives and has 
continued to expand with the announced acquisition 
of OMNOVA. Financial performance, however, has 
been impacted by economic and sector headwinds 
which has been reflected in the variable pay 
outcomes for 2019.

Bonus plan: 20% of maximum 
opportunity achieved

For 2019 the bonus plan consisted of three 
parts: Financial (80% on Underlying PBT), SHE 
(10%) and strategic personal goals (10%).

 — Financial: 0% achieved. Due to trade headwinds, 
political uncertainty and specifically weakness in 
the European SBR markets, the threshold target 
was not met and as such the financial element will 
not be paid.

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 — SHE: 10% achieved: the continued journey 

to improve and sustain safety performance at 
the chemical industry upper-quartile levels has 
been demonstrated with an improved outcome 
in process safety and a third consecutive year 
of a stable outcome in the reportable injury 
rate. The Committee has decided that it was 
appropriate to award the full amount of the bonus 
based on SHE performance to recognise this 
strong progress notwithstanding the financial 
out-turn. 

 — Personal strategic goals: 10% achieved. 

The CEO and CFO have delivered fully against 
their strategic personal goals. A focus on M&A 
has led to the acquisition of OMNOVA after 
thorough due diligence, whilst the Pathway 
Programme is broadly within budgeted time and 
cost parameters. The leadership organisation 
has been strengthened in both the operational 
and finance function, and open and frequent 
communications with our shareholders have 
been maintained. 

PSP: 10% achieved

The 2017 PSP award was based on EPS growth 
(40%), relative TSR (40%) and strategic goals (20%).

 — EPS growth: 0% achieved. The threshold (4.5% 
compound annual growth) target from 2016 was 
not met, primarily due to the challenges in respect 
of 2019 performance. 

 — Relative TSR: 0% achieved. The Group 

performance against the FTSE 250 (excluding 
investment and financial services) was below 
median against the comparator group and 
therefore no portion of this award will pay out. 

 — Strategic targets: new product development 
(Vitality Index) of between 15% and 20% of total 
product sales (excluding Monomers) has been 
met at 22%. Cumulative PBT added through 
acquisitions of between £43.3m and £86.5m, has 
not been met. Half of the portion of the award 
linked to strategic targets will vest.

Activities during the year
As well as focusing on the policy review, the 
Remuneration Committee also considered, reviewed 
and debated all the required topics set out it in 
its terms of reference (which can be found at 
www.synthomer.com) to ensure that best practice 
is followed. All new guidance has been considered 
during the year and adopted in a manner felt to be 
most applicable to the Company. Our tendency is to 
try and balance the ‘new guidance’ with the ‘existing’ 
in a manner that does not alienate the executive 
teams but rather keeps them focused on what will 
be a challenging next three years in the chemical 
industry. As examples, tailored policies on post-
employment shareholdings and pension contribution 
alignment with the workforce have all been included 
in our proposed remuneration policy.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

UK Corporate Governance Code and other 
regulations
All new regulatory requirements, including those 
relating to the Chief Executive Officer’s pay ratio 
and the impact of share price performance on 
remuneration, have been complied with in full in the 
Directors’ Remuneration report.

The remuneration package of the Executive Directors 
remains structurally the same assuring clarity, 
simplicity, predictability and continuity. The rationale 
for each of the components of the remuneration 
structure was discussed with the shareholders 
during the consultation process. We aim to have a 
consistent and explainable approach which is fair, 
taking into account both external and internal ratios 
while supporting the execution of our strategy and 
being aligned with our culture. 

The outcomes for 2019 reflect the overall 
performance of the Group in a challenging year, 
and therefore the structure seems appropriate and 
aligned. As a Committee we retain our ability to 
mitigate outcomes through discretion, though in 
2019 none was applied as the outcomes reflected 
performance. The workforce engagement process 
has now started and though at an early stage, the 
Committee will discuss any feedback received 
on remuneration policy going forward. Pay ratios 
and pay gaps will continue to be reviewed when 
setting policy. 

Remuneration report
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy will require a 
binding vote at the 2020 AGM, with the Directors’ 
Remuneration report being subject to an 
advisory vote. 

I ask that you consider the changes to the policy and 
its implementation for 2020 outlined in the light of a 
Group that: will be over twice the size it was in 2015; 
has double the number of sites; has a significant 
increase in employees; is spread over an increased 
geography; and is much more complex. 

I would like to thank all our stakeholders and 
shareholders and the Remuneration Committee 
for their time, input and guidance in forming and 
supporting this policy.

Brendan Connolly
Remuneration Committee
Chair
5 March 2020

86

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

At a glance
2019 outcomes: 

Base salaries were increased for the Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer by 5.2% from 
1 January 2020. 

 — Annual bonus plan – 20% of maximum 

opportunity achieved. 

 — 2017 PSP award vested at 10% of 

maximum opportunity.

Directors’ remuneration – policy 
principles
The key principles for Executive Directors’ 
remuneration at Synthomer are as follows:

 — Remuneration should be clear and simple with 
maximum award levels being clearly defined.

 — Sufficient to attract and retain Executive Directors 
of the ability and expertise necessary to achieve 
the strategic goals of the Company.

 — Incentivise Executive Directors by rewarding 
performance and driving the right behaviours 
while ensuring appropriate safeguards are in 
place to mitigate risk.

 — Align Executive Director reward with the 

experience of shareholders. 

In setting Executive Directors’ remuneration, the 
Committee takes account of pay and conditions 
throughout the Group to ensure that the 
arrangements are appropriate in the context of 
internal pay ratios. The Committee also considers 
corporate governance requirements and best 
practice in terms of remuneration structures and the 
process of setting executive remuneration. 

The Committee reviews performance targets 
regularly to ensure that they do not encourage or 
motivate inappropriate risk taking. Furthermore, 
the Committee, when necessary, will take into 
account any environmental, social and governance 
(ESG) events and the Audit Committee’s reviews 
of the effectiveness of internal controls and risk 
management when assessing performance.

The following diagram provides an overview of the 
key elements of reward for Executive Directors and 
the performance measures used.

Directors’ remuneration policy 
The following sections set out our proposed new 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the ‘Policy’). 
The new Policy, which is intended to replace the 
policy approved by shareholders at the 2017 AGM, 
is subject to a binding vote by shareholders at the 
AGM on 29 April 2020 and, if approved, will come 
into effect from that date. The background to and 
explanation of the key changes from the current 
policy are given in the letter from the Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee starting on page 83. 

In determining the new Remuneration Policy the 
Committee followed a robust process which 
included discussions on the content of the Policy 
at Remuneration Committee meetings during the 
year. The Committee considered the input from 
Management and our independent advisers, as 
well as considering best practice and guidance 
from major shareholders. We have consulted 
extensively with our major shareholders on our 
proposed policy. There was a high level of support 
for the modified policy. We also considered the 
approach to remuneration though-out the group to 
ensure it was appropriate. While we did not consult 
directly with employees on executive remuneration 
we considered general feedback provided via the 
designated employee Non-Executive Director.

The proposed Policy includes a number of changes 
from the previous policy approved by shareholders 
at the 2017 AGM:

 — The maximum bonus opportunity will be 

increased from 125% to 150% of salary. The CEO 
and CFO bonus opportunities will be increased to 
150% of salary.

 — The bonus award for target performance will be 

reduced from 60% to 50% of maximum.

 — Bonus deferral will be increased to one third of the 
bonus received by the Executive Directors and the 
deferred shares must be retained for two years.

 — The annual PSP awards will be increased. 
The Chief Executive Officer’s award will be 
increased from 150% to 200% of salary and the 
Chief Financial Officer’s award will be increased 
from 120% to 150% of salary. The increases 
will be phased over two years, with the Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer 
receiving an award of 175% and 135% of salary 
respectively in 2020.

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Key elements of reward

Base  
salary

Pension  
& benefits

Annual  
bonus

Performance 
Share Plan

At least 70%
Profit before tax 

Up to 30%

Strategic and operational 

measures, including  
personal objectives

At least 80%

Based on  

financial measures

Up to 20% 

Strategic  

measures 

2020 awards:

2020 awards:

80% Profit before tax

30% relative TSR

10% SHE

30% OMNOVA cost synergies

10% Individual strategic  

30% EPS growth

and operational goals

10% Strategic measures

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

 — The potential under the PSP to grant an 
exceptional award of 300% of salary will 
be removed.

leaving for one year post cessation and reducing 
to 50% of that holding in the second year 
post cessation. 

 — The current CEO’s pension allowance will be 

 — Shareholding guidelines will be increased. 

frozen at its current cash value (or 20% of salary 
if higher). Pension allowances for new Executive 
Director hires will be aligned to the pension 
contribution rate available for the majority of 
the workforce.

 — Post-employment shareholding guidelines will be 
introduced from April 2021, requiring Executive 
Directors to retain their shareholding at the date of 

The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer will be required to build an interest in 
shares of at least 220% and 175% of salary 
respectively within five years of appointment.

 — The malus and clawback policy for bonuses and 
PSP awards will be extended to include serious 
misconduct and corporate failure.

Future Policy table

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Base salary

Supports the 
recruitment and 
retention of Executive 
Directors.

Reflects the 
individual’s skills, 
experience, 
performance and role 
within the Company.

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Salary levels are generally reviewed 
annually by the Committee.

When reviewing salary levels the 
Committee takes into account:

 — the individual’s skills, experience 

and performance; 

 — the size and scope of the 

individual’s responsibilities; 

 — pay and conditions elsewhere in 

the Group;

There is no overall maximum for 
salary opportunity or increases. 
Salary increases will normally be in-line 
with the increases awarded to other 
employees within the Group.

None, although individual 
and Company performance 
are factors taken into 
account when considering 
salary increases.

Larger increases may be made under 
certain circumstances, including but not 
limited to:

 — an increase in the scope and/or 

responsibility of the individual’s role; 

 — the development of the individual 

 — pay at companies of similar size; and

within the role;

 — the complexity and international 

 — alignment to market levels; and 

 — corporate events such as a 

significant acquisition or Group 
restructuring which impacts the 
scope of the role.

For 2020, Executive Director salaries 
are as follows:

 — C G MacLean: £580,246 (increase of 
5.2% on 2019 salary of £551,565)

 — S G Bennett: £368,831 (increase of 
5.2% on 2019 salary of £350,600)

None.

There is no overall maximum for 
benefits, as the cost of insurance 
benefits may vary from year-to-
year depending on the individual 
circumstance and the level of any 
relocation benefits, allowances 
and expenses will depend on the 
specific circumstances.

Benefits

Provided to support 
the retention and 
recruitment of 
Executive Directors.

scope of the Group.

Benefits to Executive Directors may 
include private health insurance, 
life insurance and a car allowance. 
From time to time the Committee 
may review the benefits provided. 
The Committee may remove benefits 
that Executive Directors receive or 
introduce other benefits if it considers 
it is appropriate to do so. Any other 
benefits will be proportionate with the 
current benefits provided and will be 
set taking into account the benefits 
provided to other employees in 
the Group.

Where Executive Directors are required 
to relocate or complete an international 
assignment, the Committee may offer 
additional benefits (either on a one-
off or on-going basis) or vary benefits 
according to local practice.

Executive Directors may participate in 
any all-employee share schemes or 
other benefit arrangements on the same 
basis as other employees.

88

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Pension

Provide a competitive 
level of retirement 
benefits to support 
both retention and 
recruitment of 
Executive Directors.

Annual bonus

Incentivises the 
delivery of financial, 
strategic and 
operational objectives 
selected to support 
our business strategy 
within the year.

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

For new Executive Director hires, a 
maximum percentage of base salary 
aligned to the pension contribution 
rate available for the majority of 
the workforce.

Allowances for current Executive 
Directors are:

 — C G MacLean: frozen at its current 
cost value of £137,891 (or 20% of 
salary if higher)

 — S G Bennett: 20% of salary 

The maximum opportunity is up to 
150% of salary. 

Opportunities for current Executive 
Directors are as follows:

 — C G MacLean: 150% of salary

 — S G Bennett: 150% of salary

None.

At least 70% of awards are 
subject to Underlying profit 
before tax (or other relevant 
financial measure) targets.

Up to 30% of awards are 
subject to strategic and 
operational measures, 
including personal objectives.

For 2020 awards, 
performance measures will be 
80% Underlying profit before 
tax, 10% SHE objectives, and 
10% personal strategic and 
operational objectives. 

The award for threshold 
performance is normally 0% 
of maximum.

The award for target 
performance is normally 50% 
of maximum.

Executive Directors are eligible to 
participate in the Group personal 
pension plan.

Executive Directors may receive 
payments as a cash allowance which 
they may use either in conjunction with 
that plan and/or to enable them to make 
their own arrangements.

Performance targets will be determined 
by the Committee at the beginning of 
the annual performance period. 

The Committee will assess performance 
against these targets following the end 
of the performance period.

The Committee may in its discretion, 
adjust annual bonus payments, if it 
considers that the outcome does not 
reflect the underlying financial or non-
financial performance of the participant 
or the group over the relevant period or 
that such payout level is not appropriate 
in the context of circumstances that 
were unexpected or unforeseen when 
the targets were set. When making this 
judgement the Committee may take into 
account such factors as the Committee 
considers relevant. 

The Committee may reduce or defer 
the level of payment of an award 
to take into account exceptional 
business circumstances, if there are 
circumstances giving rise to material 
reputational damage to the Group, if 
an Executive Director has committed 
an act of serious misconduct or in the 
event of corporate failure.

A proportion of any bonus earned is 
deferred for two years. For current 
Executive Directors this is as follows:

 — C G MacLean: one third of any bonus 

 — S G Bennett: one third of any bonus

The Committee may claw back awards 
up to three years after payment if 
the Group’s accounts have been 
materially misstated, there has been 
an error in the calculation of any 
performance conditions which results in 
overpayment, if there are circumstances 
giving rise to material reputational 
damage to the Group, if an Executive 
Director has committed an act of 
serious misconduct or in the event of 
corporate failure.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

2011 Performance Share Plan (PSP)

Approved by shareholders at the 2011 EGM

Under the plan rules approved by 
shareholders, the value of shares 
awarded to an individual in respect of 
any one year may not normally exceed 
300% of salary.

For 2020 annual awards to current 
Executive Directors are:

 — C G MacLean: 175% of salary

 — S G Bennett: 135% of salary 

From 2021 annual awards to current 
Executive Directors are:

 — C G MacLean: 200% of salary

 — S G Bennett: 150% of salary

 — At least 80% based 

on financial measures. 
This may include 
TSR, EPS, Return on 
Invested Capital (ROIC) 
or any other measure 
considered appropriate 
by the Committee. 
Any change to the 
financial measures used 
would be subject to prior 
shareholder consultation.

 — Up to 20% based on 

performance measures 
linked to the delivery of the 
business strategy. 

 — No single measure will 

constitute more than 50% 
of an annual award.

For 2020 awards, 
performance measures  
will be  30% relative TSR, 
30% EPS, 30% cost synergies 
related to the OMNOVA 
acquisition and 10% 
strategic measures.

A maximum of 25% of 
each element will vest for 
threshold performance.

Incentivises 
Executive Directors 
to deliver sustained 
performance and 
sustainable returns for 
shareholders over the 
longer term.

The vesting of awards is conditional on 
the Group’s performance against long-
term targets over a performance period 
of at least three years.

The Committee may in its discretion, 
adjust the level of vesting of an award, if 
it considers that the outcome does not 
reflect the underlying financial or non-
financial performance of the participant 
or the Group over the relevant period or 
that such payout level is not appropriate 
in the context of circumstances that 
were unexpected or unforeseen when 
the targets were set. When making this 
judgement the Committee may take into 
account such factors as the Committee 
considers relevant.

The Committee may reduce or defer the 
level of vesting of an award where an 
event has occurred, such as a material 
SHE incident or which otherwise gives 
rise to material reputational damage 
to the Group (for awards from 2020 
onwards) or if an Executive Director has 
committed an act of serious misconduct 
or in the event of corporate failure.

The Committee may claw back 
awards up to three years after vesting 
if the Group’s accounts have been 
materially misstated, there has been 
an error in the calculation of any 
performance conditions which results in 
overpayment, if there are circumstances 
giving rise to material reputational 
damage to the Group, or (for awards 
from 2020 onwards) if an Executive 
Director has committed an act of 
serious misconduct or in the event of 
corporate failure. 

Vested awards relating to grants made 
from 2017 onwards are subject to 
a holding period post vesting of an 
additional two years.

Shareholding guidelines during and post employment

The Company operates shareholding guidelines for Executive Directors to strengthen the alignment between the interests of the Executive 
Directors and the shareholders. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer will be expected to build interests in shares of at 
least 220% and 175% of salary respectively within five years of appointment. 

Executive Directors that step down from their role from April 2021, will normally be expected to maintain their minimum shareholding (or 
actual shareholding if lower) for the first 12 months following departure from the Board and 50% of their minimum shareholding (or actual 
shareholding if lower) for the subsequent 12 months. The Committee retains discretion to waive this guideline if it is not considered to be 
appropriate in the specific circumstances.

90

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Provisions to withhold or recover sums paid under incentives are as 
detailed in the table above. No other elements of remuneration are 
subject to recovery provisions.

The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration 
payments and/or payments for loss of office (including exercising 
any discretions available to it in connection with such payments) 
notwithstanding that they are not in line with the Policy set out above 
where the terms of the payment were agreed (i) before the policy set 
out above came into effect, provided that the terms of the payment 
were consistent with any applicable shareholder-approved Directors’ 
remuneration policy in force at the time they were agreed or where 
otherwise approved by shareholders; or (ii) at a time when the relevant 
individual was not a Director of the Company (or other persons to 
whom the Policy set out above applies) and, in the opinion of the 
Committee, the payment was not in consideration for the individual 
becoming a Director of the Company or such other person. For these 
purposes ‘payments’ includes the Committee satisfying awards of 
variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over shares, the 
terms of the payment are ‘agreed’ no later than the time the award is 
granted. This policy applies equally to any individual who is required 
to be treated as a Director under the applicable regulations.

The Committee may make minor adjustments to the Policy (for 
regulatory, exchange control, tax or administrative purposes or to 
take account of a change in legislation) without obtaining shareholder 
approval for that amendment.

Awards granted under the PSP may:

a)   be granted as conditional share awards or nil-cost options or in 
such other form that the Committee determines has the same 
economic effect; 

b)   have any performance conditions applicable to them amended or 
substituted by the Committee if an event occurs which causes the 
Committee to determine an amended or substituted performance 
condition would be fair, reasonable and not be materially less 
difficult to satisfy;

c)   incorporate the right to receive an amount equal to the value of 
dividends which would have been paid on the shares under an 
award that vest up to the time of vesting (or where the award 
is subject to a holding period, release). This amount may be 
calculated assuming that the dividends have been reinvested in 
the Company’s shares on a cumulative basis;

d)   be settled in cash at the Committee’s discretion. For Executive 

Directors, this provision will only be used in exceptional 
circumstances such as where for regulatory reasons it is not 
possible to settle awards in shares; and

e)   be adjusted in the event of any variation of the Company’s share 
capital or any demerger, delisting, special dividend or other event 
that may materially affect the Company’s share price.

Deferred bonus shares may be structured as conditional share 
awards, nil-cost option or the delivery of shares subject to sale 
restrictions. In each case, the parameters of the PSP set out above 
will apply where applicable, save that shares subject to sales 
restrictions will receive dividends rather than dividend equivalents.

Performance measures and targets
Annual bonus
The annual bonus performance measures are chosen to provide an 
appropriate balance between incentivising Executive Directors to 
meet financial targets for the year and to deliver specific strategic and 
operational goals. The balance allows the Committee to effectively 
reward performance against key elements of our strategy.

The bonus targets are set by the Committee each year to ensure that 
Executive Directors are appropriately focused on the key objectives 
for the next 12 months. Targets are set by reference to the Company’s 
business plan.

Performance Share Plan
The performance measures under the PSP are set to align the 
long-term strategy of the Company and long-term value creation for 
shareholders. Measures for 2020 awards include the following:

 — EPS growth – reflects the financial performance of the Company. 
The Committee sets targets to be appropriately stretching, with 
regard to a number of internal and external reference points.

 — Relative TSR – Total Shareholder Return (TSR) reflects 

the Company’s ultimate delivery of value to shareholders. 
The Committee considers that this promotes alignment 
between the interests of Executive Directors and the 
shareholder experience. 

 — Cost synergies – reflects a key financial rationale for the acquisition 
of OMNOVA. The Committee has set targets to drive additional 
synergy benefits.

 — Strategic measures – this element directly incentivises 

management to deliver the Company’s key strategic priorities.

The Committee considers that this performance framework 
represents an appropriate and balanced basis on which to measure 
the performance of the Company.

Difference in policy for Executive Directors and other 
employees 
The remuneration policy for our Executive Directors is designed in 
accordance with the same principles that underpin remuneration 
for the wider employee population. The wider employee group 
also participates in performance-based incentives. Throughout the 
Group, base salary and benefits levels are set in accordance with 
the prevailing market conditions. Differences between Executive 
Director pay policy and other employee pay reflects the seniority of 
the individuals, the prevailing market conditions and the corporate 
governance practices for Executive Director remuneration. The key 
difference in policy is that for Executive Directors a greater proportion 
of total remuneration is based on incentives.

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Non-Executive Director fees

Non-Executive 
Director fees

The Board reviews Non-Executive Director fees annually. When reviewing fee levels, the Board may consider the 
scope and time commitment of the role, the skills and experience of the individual, and fee levels at other companies. 
Non-Executive Directors do not participate in the determination of their own fees.

Non-executives are paid differential fee levels based on their membership of Board committees, chairmanship 
of Board committees or role as Senior Independent Director and the time commitment required from them. 
Additional fees may be paid to reflect additional Board or Committee responsibilities as appropriate.

Expenses incurred in the performance of Non-Executive Director duties for the Company may be reimbursed or paid 
for directly by the Company, as appropriate, including any tax due on the expenses. 

Non-Executive Directors do not participate in incentive arrangements or receive pension or benefits. Non-significant 
additional benefits may be introduced if considered appropriate.

Chairman fees

The Committee reviews Chairman fees annually. When reviewing fee levels, they may consider the scope and time 
commitment of the role, the skills experience of the individual, and the fee levels at other companies. The Chairman 
does not participate in the determination of the fee level.

Expenses incurred in the performance of duties for the Company may be reimbursed or paid for directly by the 
Company, as appropriate, including any tax due on the expenses.

The Chairman does not participate in incentive arrangements or receive pension or benefits. Non-significant additional 
benefits may be introduced if considered appropriate

Total fees to Non-Executive Directors, including the Chairman, operate within the cap defined in the Articles of Association, currently £750,000 
per annum.

Recruitment policy
Executive directors
The Committee would have regard to the following principles when 
agreeing the components of a remuneration package upon the 
recruitment of a new Executive Director:

 — Base salary will be set taking into account the principles set out in 
the policy table and may be set at a higher or lower level than the 
previous incumbent.

 — The Committee may, on appointing an Executive Director, need 
to ‘buy out’ remuneration arrangements forfeited on leaving a 
previous employer. Any buy out would take into account the terms 
of the arrangements (e.g. form of award, performance conditions, 
time frame) being forfeited in the previous package. The form of 
any award would be determined at the time and the Committee 
may, if necessary, make use of LR 9.4.2 of the Listing Rules (for 
the purpose of buy-out awards only). The overriding principle will 
be that any replacement buy-out awards will, in the opinion of the 
Committee, be no more valuable than the entitlement which has 
been forfeited.

 — Annual bonus opportunity will be no more than the maximum set 
out in the policy table. The Committee may determine that for the 
first year of appointment the annual bonus award will be subject to 
such conditions as it may determine.

 — PSP opportunity will be no more than the plan rules maximum set 

out in the policy table. 

 — The maximum variable pay opportunity on recruitment (excluding 
buy-outs) is 350% of salary, consistent with the maximums in the 
policy table above.

Other
For interim positions, a cash supplement may be paid rather than 
salary (for example a Non-Executive Director taking on an executive 
function on a short-term basis).

Where an executive is appointed from within the Company, the 
normal policy of the Company is that any legacy arrangements 
would be honoured in line with the original terms and conditions and 
that they would be appointed on a new service contract. Similarly, 
if an Executive Director is appointed following the acquisition or 
merger with another company, legacy terms and conditions would 
be honoured.

Non-Executive Directors and Chairman
In the event of the appointment of a new Non-Executive Director 
or Chairperson, remuneration arrangements will be in line with the 
principles detailed in the relevant table above.

Service contracts
The current contracts in place for Executive Directors are as follows:

Director

Date of contract

C G MacLean

17 November 2014

S G Bennett

31 March 2015

There is no unexpired term as each of the Executive Directors’ 
contracts is on a rolling basis. Save in circumstances justifying 
summary termination, the notice period for each of the above 
contracts is one year. Service contracts for new executive directors 
will be limited to 12 months’ notice. The Company may at the 
Committee’s discretion make a payment in lieu of notice equal to the 
salary, pension contributions and contractual benefits that would have 
been paid during the notice period. This payment may be made at the 
Committee’s discretion as a lump sum or monthly instalments and 
may be subject to mitigation if the Director finds an alternative position 
during the notice period.

The Executive Directors are also entitled to 25 working days’ holiday 
plus public holidays per calendar year.

All Non-Executive Directors are appointed in writing. Letters of 
appointment do not include entitlement to participate in the 
Company’s share incentive plans or any other of its employee benefits 
and do not currently have a notice period. The Company may add 
a notice period of no more than three months. The Non-Executive 
Directors are subject to annual re-election. There is no right to 
compensation for loss of office if they are not re-elected or if the 
Company terminates the appointment because the non-executive 
has accepted a position with another company without prior Board 
approval and which the Board reasonably considers likely to give rise 
to a material conflict. The period of appointment and the requirements 
for re-election of Non-Executive Directors are provided within the 
‘Composition, Succession and Evaluation’ section of the Governance 
report on page 72.

Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment are available 
for inspection at the Company’s registered office during normal 
business hours and will be available at the AGM.

92

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Policy on payment for loss of office
The Committee takes a number of factors into account when 
determining leaving arrangements for an Executive Director:

 — Where either party gives notice of the termination of an Executive 
Director’s employment, the Committee may make a payment 
in lieu of notice for the outstanding period as described above. 
Other than this provision, the obligation to pay accrued but 
untaken holiday and as outlined below regarding bonus and 
the PSP, service contracts make no provision for pre-defined 
compensation on termination.

 — The Committee reserves the right to make any other payments 

in connection with a Director’s cessation of office or employment 
where the payments are made in good faith in discharge of an 
existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such 
an obligation) or by way of a compromise or settlement of any 
claim arising in connection with the cessation of the Director’s 
office or employment. Any such payment may include but is not 
limited to paying any fees for outplacement assistance and/or the 
Director’s legal or professional advice fees in connection with his or 
her cessation of office or employment.

 — The Committee may award an annual bonus for leavers taking 
into account the circumstances of departure. Any bonus would 
normally be subject to performance and time pro-rating and would 
not be made in circumstances of poor performance. Any such 
bonus would be in such proportions of cash and shares and 
subject to such deferral arrangements as the Committee considers 
appropriate in the circumstances. 

 — On cessation of employment, the Executive Director will retain 

any deferred bonus shares and the deferred period will normally 
continue to the original release date.

 — The treatment of outstanding PSP awards is governed by the 
2011 PSP rules under which Executive Directors may currently 
hold awards in the form of share options or conditional rights to 
receive shares.

Plan

2011 Performance 
Share Plan

‘Good leaver’ categories
 — Death

Treatment for ‘good leaver’
 — Awards will vest subject to the 

Treatment for ‘other leavers’
 — Unvested awards lapse in full

 — Injury, ill-health or disability

 — Transfer of employing 

company or business outside 
the Group

achievement of performance conditions 
and (unless the Committee determines 
otherwise) will be time pro-rated to reflect 
the proportion of the vesting period that 
has passed at the time of leaving.

 — Retirement with agreement of 

 — The vesting date for such awards 

the Committee

 — Redundancy

 — Any other reason as 

determined by the Committee

will normally be the original vesting 
date, although the Committee may 
determine that awards can vest upon the 
cessation of employment (subject to the 
assessment of any performance condition). 
Where unvested awards are subject to an 
additional holding period, the Committee 
will determine the extent to which the 
holding period applies following cessation.

 — Awards in the form of options that vest 
early due to cessation of employment 
may be exercisable until the earlier of (i) 
12 months from the date of vesting, and (ii) 
the normal expiry of the exercise period. 
Following this date, unexercised awards 
will lapse.

 — If the participant ceases employment after 
the normal vesting date, options may be 
exercisable until the earlier of (i) 12 months 
from the date of cessation, or (ii) the normal 
expiry of the exercise period. Following this 
date, unexercised awards will lapse.

If an individual leaves holding vested PSP awards which are still subject to a holding period, the underlying shares will either be released at the 
end of the original holding period, or at an earlier date determined by the Committee.

Where an award is made for the purpose of recruitment (for example a buy-out award) then the leaver provisions would be determined at the 
time of award having regard to the circumstances of the recruitment, the terms of awards being bought out and the principles for leavers in 
the current policy.

In the event of a change of control of the Company, unvested PSP awards will normally vest early and deferred bonus shares will normally 
be released. The extent to which unvested PSP awards vest will be subject to achievement of the performance conditions (as determined 
by the Committee) at the time of the change of control and, unless the Committee determines otherwise, will be time pro-rated to reflect the 
proportion of the vesting period that has elapsed at that time. In the event of an internal reorganisation, the Committee may determine that 
awards are automatically surrendered for a new award which the Committee determines is equivalent to the surrendered award (including 
as to any performance condition) except that it shall be over shares in the acquiring company or some other company.

In the event of a demerger, special dividend or other similar event which, in the opinion of the Committee, would materially affect the market 
price of shares, the Committee may allow PSP awards to vest or deferred bonus shares to be released on the same basis as for a change 
of control.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Illustrations of application of remuneration policy
The following charts illustrate the different elements of the Executive Directors’ remuneration under three different performance scenarios: 
‘Minimum, ‘Target’ and ‘Maximum’. The assumptions used are provided below the charts. The illustrations are based on annual bonus awards 
for 2020 and PSP awards to be made in 2020.

C G MacLean 

S G Bennett

3,500,000

3,000,000

2,500,000

2,000,000

1,500,000

1,000,000

500,000

0

£3.1m

16%

33%

£2.6m

39%

£1.5m 
17%
35%

33%

28%

£0.7m

100%

48%

28%

23%

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Max 
+50% share 
price growth

2,000,000

1,600,000

1,200,000

800,000

400,000

0

£1.8m
14%

28%

£1.5m

33%

37%

32%

£0.9m 
14%
36%

£0.4m

100%

50%

30%

26%

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Max 
+50% share 
price growth

 Fixed Pay     Annual Bonus     
Performance Share Plan

50% share price growth

 Fixed Pay     Annual Bonus     
Performance Share Plan

50% share price growth

Component

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Maximum + 50% share price 
growth

Fixed

Base salary

Base salary for 2020

Pension

Benefits

(C G MacLean: £580,246, S G Bennett: £368,831)

Value of cash supplement for 2020

(C G MacLean: £137,891, S G Bennett: £73,767)

Taxable value of annual benefits provided in 2019

(C G MacLean: £13,200, S G Bennett: £17,820)

Variable

Annual bonus

0% of maximum

60% of maximum

C G MacLean: 150% of salary

Same as maximum

2011 PSP1

0% vesting

25% vesting

C G MacLean: 175% of salary

S G Bennett: 150% of salary

S G Bennett: 135% of salary

Maximum plus 50% 
share price growth

Note:
1.  The value for the PSP is based on the face value of annual awards under the Policy and base salaries for 2020. The calculation excludes share price growth or dividends during the 

performance period other than where stated.

94

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 
S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Annual Report on Remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2019
Operation of the Executive Director Remuneration Policy for 2020
The current Policy has been in force since 27 April 2017. Subject to approval of the new policy by shareholders at the AGM on 29 April 2020, 
the specific remuneration arrangements for 2020 are described below.

Base salary

Pension 
and benefits

Annual bonus

Performance 
Share Plan

Shareholding 
guidelines 
during employment

In order to reflect the substantial size and complexity differences of the Group from when the previous policy was 
set, increases were awarded with effect from 1 January 2020 of 2.5% for the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer on top of an increase in line with that for the average of the UK workforce, giving a total increase of 
5.2% and 2020 salaries as follows:
 — C G MacLean: £580,246
 — S G Bennett: £368,831
Executives receive a cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions, car allowance and private health insurance.

The Committee reviewed pension provision for Executive Directors in light of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
and shareholder expectations. The Chief Executive Officer’s pension allowance has been frozen at its 2019 value (or 
20% of salary if higher). In making this decision the Committee took into consideration the views of our shareholders 
as well as the existing contractual commitments and considered that this approach struck an appropriate balance 
between the two.

We have committed to align the pensions to the workforce average in the next policy aside from existing 
contractual conditions.

2020 cash allowances in lieu of pension contributions are:
 — C G MacLean: £137,891
 — S G Bennett: 20% of salary
For 2020, performance under the annual bonus will be measured on the following basis:
 — 80% subject to performance against Underlying profit before tax targets.
 — 10% subject to performance measures against key SHE targets.
 — 10% subject to performance against individual strategic and operational goals.
 — Targets and objectives for 2020 are, by their financial and commercial nature, considered by the Board to 
be unsuitable for disclosure in advance. However, the Committee will provide information on targets and 
objectives retrospectively.

2020 maximum award opportunity:
 — C G MacLean: 150% of salary
 — S G Bennett: 150% of salary
For awards to be made in 2020, performance will be measured as follows:
 — 30% based on relative TSR performance versus FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts and financial 

services companies):
 − 25% of this element will vest for median performance.
 − 100% vesting for upper-quartile performance.
 − Vesting on a straight-line basis between these points.

 — 30% based on Underlying EPS growth:

 − 25% of this element will vest for EPS growth of 4.5% per annum.
 − 100% vesting for EPS growth of 10% per annum. 
 − Vesting on a straight-line basis between these points.
 − This target range was set following consideration of the long-term strategy and the outlook for the markets in 

which we operate.

 — 30% based on cost synergies related to the acquisition of OMNOVA1
 — 10% based on reduction of carbon dioxide equivalent1

2020 maximum award opportunity:
 — C G MacLean: 175% of salary 
 — S G Bennett: 135% of salary
The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer are expected to build interests in shares of at least 220% 
and 175% of salary respectively within 5 years of appointment. 

Chairman and Non-
Executive Directors

The fees to be paid in 2020 to the Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors were reviewed in November 2019 and 
as a result:

 — the Chairman’s fee was increased from £180,000 p.a. to £184,860 p.a. with effect from 1 January 2020;
 — the fees for the Non-Executive Directors were increased by 2.7% with effect from 1 January 2020.

Note:
1.  The targets for these measures, and the level achieved, will be disclosed following the end of the performance. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

The following information is audited:

Single figure of remuneration for Executive Directors

Executive Directors

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

Base 
salary
£

551,565

535,500

350,600

334,560

Year

2019

2018

2019

2018

Benefits1
£

13,200

13,200

17,820

Annual
bonus
£

Long-term 
incentives2
£

Pension
£

Total
£

137,891

58,998

137,891

899,545

512,072

612,304

133,875 1,806,951

80,638 

29,485

70,120

548,663

22,730

294,329 

306,033

66,912 1,024,564

Notes:
1.  This is the total taxable value of benefits received by each Executive Director during the year. The table below provides details of the main component of the relevant benefits paid to 

Executive Directors.

2.  For 2019 the values relate to awards granted under the 2011 PSP and made in 2017 and which vest in May 2020. Further information about the level of vesting is provided in this report. 

As these awards have not yet vested they have been valued based on the average share price for the period 1 October 2019 to 31 December 2019 of 306p, along with accrued dividends 
from the date of grant. There was no share price appreciation that impacted the value of the award and the Remuneration Committee did not exercise discretion in respect of the share 
price changes.

3.  2016 PSP awards vested on 8 April 2019. For the purpose of the 2018 single figure these awards were valued based on the average share price for the period 1 October 2018 to 

31 December 2018 of 399.7p. These awards have been re-valued based on the share price on the date of vesting of 389.4p. The values disclosed in the 2018 single figure were: C G 
MacLean, £728,581 and S G Bennett, £364,149. The share price used to value the awards on the date of grant of 11 April was 366.9p. The share price used to value the PSP for single 
figure purpose of 389.4p represents an increase of 22.8p per share. The proportion of the PSP value disclosed in the single figure attributable to share price growth was therefore 6.2%. 
The Remuneration Committee did not exercise discretion in respect of the share price changes.

Additional information for single figure remuneration 
Benefits

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

Car
expenses/benefit
£

13,200

16,700

Others
£

–

1,120

Total
£

13,200

17,820

Annual bonus
2019 award
For 2019 the Company operated a cash bonus plan for the Executive Directors related to the achievement of Underlying profit before tax 
targets, SHE targets and individual strategic and operational goals. 

The achievement of the Underlying profit before tax target represented up to 80% of the maximum bonus opportunity achievable of 125% and 
115% of annual basic salary for C G MacLean and S G Bennett, respectively.

The SHE targets were given a 10% weighting of the maximum achievable, with the balance of 10% relating to individual strategic and 
operational goals.

Overall bonuses for the year ended 31 December 2019.

Executive Directors

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

Maximum bonus 
as a % of salary

Total bonus as a 
% of maximum

125

115

20

20

Total bonus
£

137,891

80,638

During 2019 the Company has made significant progress against strategic objectives and has continued to expand with the announced 
acquisition of OMNOVA. Financial performance, however, has been impacted by economic headwinds which has been reflected in the annual 
bonus outcomes for 2019. The Committee considered that the overall level of bonus was appropriate to reflect the strong progress on our 
critical safety and strategic objectives during the year. No discretion was exercised in relation to the annual bonus outcome.

96

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Further information of the three elements of the bonus are as follows: 

1. Underlying profit before tax (80%)
The Underlying profit before tax targets set and achievement are set out below:

Level of award (% of element)

Underlying profit before tax1

Threshold

0%

Target

60%

Maximum

Achieved2

100%

0%

£140.2m

£147.6m

£162.4m

£113.4m

Notes:
1.  Targets are set by reference to the Board approved internal budget for the Group and measured on a constant currency basis.
2.  For the purposes of calculating achieved Underlying profit before tax, adjustments were made for currency. 

2. SHE (10%)
Targets with an aggregate weighting of 10% related to improvements in recordable injury and process safety.

Target

Level of award

Rate achieved

Award outcome

Recordable injury
(measured as 
injury rate)

Process safety 
(measured as 
process 
safety event rate)

0.21 or less

0.16 or less

0% for a rate 
greater than 
0.21; 
5% for a rate 
less than 0.21

0% for a rate 
greater than 
0.16;
 5% for a rate 
less than 0.16

0.20

5%

0.11

5%

Further details of the definition and measurement of the recordable injury rate and the process safety incident rate are given on page 59.

3. Individual strategic and operational goals (10%)
Individual goals and achievements against them considered by the Remuneration Committee with an aggregate weighting of 10% included:

Target

1.  Identification and where appropriate execution of 

1. Management of M&A processes.

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

acquisition opportunities.

2. Management of the Pathway Programme. 

3.  Strengthening of leadership and 

organisational capability. 

2. Management of the Pathway Programme. 

3. Management of investor relationships. 

Level of award

Up to 10%

Up to 10%

Performance against targets

1.  OMNOVA acquisition delivered after a thorough 

1.  OMNOVA acquisition delivered after a thorough 

due diligence process and conservatively financed. 

due diligence process and conservatively financed. 

2.  Pathway Programme continues to progress on time 

2.  Pathway Programme continues to progress broadly 

and within budget.

on time and within budget.

3.  Leadership organisation strengthened in the 

3.  Delivery of investor relationship objectives for the 

Award outcome

10%

operational and finance functions.

year in full. 

10%

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Additional information for single figure remuneration 
Long-term incentives
2011 Performance Share Plan
The awards made on 4 May 2017 for C G MacLean and for S G Bennett under the 2011 PSP were subject to a relative total shareholder return 
performance condition, an absolute Underlying earnings per share performance condition and a strategic measures condition as follows:

Relative TSR condition

EPS condition1

EPS for the 2019 financial year

Percentage of award that vests

Performance achieved

Company relative TSR 
performance against the FTSE 250 
Index (excluding investment trusts 
and financial services companies) 
over three-year period ended 
31 December 2019

Upper quartile

Between median and 
upper quartile

Median

Below median

35.2 pence or more 

40%

Between 30.2 pence and 
35.2 pence

On a straight-line basis between 
10% and 40%

30.2 pence

Less than 30.2 pence

10%

0%

EPS of 25.3 pence gives nil 
vesting for that condition. 

TSR performance at the 70th 
percentile gives vesting of 0% for 
that condition.

1.  The targets have been adjusted to take account of the bonus factor of 1.0713 for the rights issue in 2019. 

A further 20% of the award was subject to two equally weighted strategic measures:
 — Percentage of Group sales (by volume) in the 2019 financial year derived from new products launched in the five years ended 

31 December 2019.

New product percentage1

< 15%

15% – 20%

> 20%

Percentage of award that vests

Percentage achieved

0%

2.5% – 10%

10%

22% gives vesting of 10% of award.

Note:
1.  Excluding volume attributable to Monomers, where there is no scope for new product development.

 — Cumulative Underlying Profit before tax (PBT) added through acquisitions for the three years ended 31 December 2019.

Cumulative PBT added through acquisitions

Percentage of award that vests

Percentage achieved

< £43.3m

£43.3m – £86.5m

> £86.5m

0%

2.5% – 10%

10%

<£43.3m gives vesting of 0% of the award.

In aggregate, 10% of the 2017 award vested. The Committee considered that this level of vesting is appropriate to reflect the strategic 
progress delivered over the last three years while recognising the financial returns in 2019 which have been impacted by economic headwinds. 
No discretion was exercised.

The 2017 award will vest for C G MacLean and S G Bennett in April 2020 as follows:

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

No. of shares 
in original 
award1

No. of shares 
that lapse

No. of shares 
that vest

173,162

155,846

86,548

77,894

17,316

8,654

Note:
1.  Number of shares in original award were adjusted to take account of the bonus factor of 1.0713 for the rights issue in July 2019. 

Overall, the Committee considers that the Remuneration Policy has operated as it intended during 2019 and that the pay outcomes are aligned 
with the experience of shareholders and other stakeholders.

Pension entitlements 
Both Executive Directors receive a cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions as outlined above. No additional benefit is receivable in the 
event of a Director retiring early.

98

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Single figure of remuneration for Non-Executive Directors

Non-Executive Directors

N A Johnson

The Hon. A G Catto

B W D Connolly1

Dr J J C Jansz

C A Johnstone

Dato’ Lee Hau Hian

H A Van Deursen2

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

Base fee

180,000

170,000

41,200

40,000 

45,000

45,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

41,200

40,000

40,000

11,000

Committee
 membership
fee

Committee
chair fee

–

–

–

–

15,000

10,000

15,000

10,000

15,000

10,000

–

–

15,000

–

–

–

–

–

5,000

5,000

–

–

5,000

5,000

–

–

–

–

Total

180,000

170,000

41,200

40,000

65,000

60,000

55,000

50,000

60,000

55,000

41,200

40,000

55,000

11,000

Notes:
1.  Base fee includes an amount of £5,000 per annum for role as Senior Independent Director.
2.  Appointed to the Board on 21 September 2018.

Directors’ shareholding and share interests 

Vested
 unexercised 
performance 
related options 
31 December 
2019

–

–

Total
unfettered 
interests in 
shares and 
vested 
options
 31 December
2019

606,504

153,662

Unvested 
performance 
related options 
31 December 
20191

584,430

294,150

Share
options
 exercised
 during
2019

157,243

78,591

Share
ownership
 requirements
(% of salary)2

200%

150%

Interests
in shares at 
31 December
 2019 
(% of salary)

389

155

Directors

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

The Hon. A G Catto

B W D Connolly

Dato’ Lee Hau Hian

Dr J J C Jansz

N A Johnson

C A Johnstone

H A Van Deursen

Interests in
 Company
 shares 
 31 December
2019

606,504

153,662

1,614,239

7,072,441*

4,000

55,953

12,500

125,000

–

6,250

Notes:
*  Non-beneficial interest.
1.  Unvested performance related options comprise the awards made under the 2011 PSP in 2017, 2018 and 2019 and have been adjusted to take account of the bonus factor of 1.0713 for 

the rights issue in 2019. Details of the performance conditions attaching to the 2017 awards are set out on page 98; 2018 and 2019 awards are set out below.

2.  Until this requirement is met, no sales of shares that vest under long-term incentive plans are permitted other than to satisfy tax liabilities that arise on the exercise of share awards under 
such plans. The Committee considers that unfettered unexercised vested nil-cost awards are economically equivalent to shares and as such that they should count (on a net of tax basis) 
toward compliance with the share ownership guidelines. The share ownership requirements will increase to 220% for the Chief Executive Officer and 175% for the Chief Financial Officer 
with effect from the approval of the new remuneration policy.

2018 awards
The performance conditions attaching to the PSP awards granted in 2018 are as follows:

Relative TSR condition

EPS condition1

Company relative TSR performance against the FTSE 
250 Index (excluding investment trusts and financial 
services companies) over three-year period ending 
31 December 2020

EPS for the 2020 financial year

Percentage of award that vests

Upper quartile

40.7 pence or more

40%

Between median and upper quartile

Between 34.9 pence and 40.7 pence

On a straight-line basis 
between 10% and 40%

Median

Below median

34.9 pence

Less than 34.9 pence

10%

0%

Note:
1.  The targets have been adjusted to take account of the rights issue in 2019. 

A further 20% of the award is subject to strategic measures including ROIC, the targets for which will be disclosed following the end of the 
performance period.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

2019 award
The awards made on 11 March 2019 to C G MacLean and S G Bennett were as follows:

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

2011 PSP – nil–cost options 150% of salary

2011 PSP – nil–cost options 120% of salary 

235,069

119,536

£886,304

£450,699

Scheme

Basis of award Number of shares1

Face value

Note:
1.  Number of shares in original award were adjusted to take account of the bonus factor of 1.0713 for the rights issue in 2019. 

Percentage 
vesting at 
 threshold
performance

25%

25%

Performance
period 
 end date

31/12/2021

31/12/2021

The face value of the awards was calculated using a share price of 377.04 pence per share, the average share price on the five dealing days 
prior to the date of grant.

The awards made on 11 March 2019 under the PSP are subject to the following performance conditions:

Relative TSR condition

EPS condition1

Company relative TSR performance against the 
FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts and 
financial services companies) over three-year 
period ending 31 December 2021

EPS for the 2021 financial year

Percentage of award that will vest

Upper quartile

40.7 pence or more

40%

Between median and upper quartile

Between 34.9 pence and 40.7 pence On a straight-line basis  
between 10% and 40%

Median

Below median

34.9 pence

Less than 34.9 pence

10%

0%

Note:
1.  The targets have been adjusted to take account of the rights issue in 2019. 

A further 20% of the award is subject to strategic measures including ROIC, the targets for which will be disclosed following the end of the 
performance period:

Payments to past Directors
No payments were made to past directors.

Payments for loss of office
No payments for loss of office were made during the year.

The following information is unaudited:

Performance graph and table
The graph and the table below allow comparison of the TSR of the Company and the Chief Executive Officer remuneration outcomes over the 
last ten years.

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

 Synthomer plc         FTSE 250 (excluding investment and financial services companies)

The graph above compares the TSR performance of the Company with that of the FTSE 250 (excluding investment and financial services 
companies) which is considered to be the most appropriate index against which to make a comparison and was chosen because it represents 
a broad equity market index of which the Company is a constituent.

CEO total single figure of remuneration (£000)

1,484

3,934

1,487

Bonus (% of maximum awarded)

PSP (% of maximum vesting)

100

100

100

100

27

100

2010

2011

2012

2013

923

0

50

2014

967

57.3

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

1,246

1,218

2,516

1,923

96.7

n/a

100

n/a

100

96.3

76.5

86.2

2019

900

20.0

10.0

The Chief Executive Officer total single figure of remuneration includes salary, benefits and pension contributions paid in the year together with 
bonuses and long-term incentive awards which vested based on performance in the year.

100

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

CEO to all employee pay ratio
The following table provides pay ratio data in respect of the CEO’s total remuneration compared to the 25th, median and 75th 
percentile employee.

Financial year

2019

Method

Option B

25th percentile 
pay ratio

28:1

Median 
pay ratio

23:1

75th percentile 
pay ratio

16:1

The employees used for the purposes of compiling the table above were identified on a full-time equivalent basis as at the pay period during 
which 5 April 2019 fell. Option B, which involves identifying the employees at the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile from our gender pay gap 
report, was chosen as the calculation methodology. 

Option B was considered to be the most simple and accurate way of identifying the relevant employees. Using this methodology we were able 
to identify specific employees to make the required comparisons.

The definition of pay used included:

 — Annual salary

 — Overtime and extra pay

 — Car allowances

 — All other cash allowances

 — All bonuses and incentive scheme payments

 — Private medical insurance value

The value of company cars has been excluded from the data. The UK car scheme is closed to new entrants and very few employees are now 
provided with a car, the scheme will close completely within the next 12 months as remaining leases expire. The CEO is not provided with a 
company funded car.

The following table provides salary and total remuneration information in respect of the employees at each quartile.

Financial year

Element of pay

Salary

2019

Total remuneration

25th percentile 
employee

£33,387.36

£36,069.57

Median 
employee

£40,893.24

£45,012.30

75th percentile 
employee

£57,656.19

£62,918.72

In future years we will provide context to any changes in the ratios by setting out a table showing changes over time and narrative 
explaining them.

Our CEO pay is made up of a higher proportion of incentive pay than that of the majority of our employees. This is likely to introduce more 
variability in the CEO total compensation.

The Board have confirmed that the ratios is consistent with the Company’s wider policies on employee pay, reward and progression.

Percentage change in remuneration of Director undertaking the role of Chief Executive Officer compared with UK Group 
employees
The table below sets out the increase in total remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer and that of the employees of the Group’s main UK 
trading subsidiary. Total employee pay is based on the total salary, benefits and bonuses for employees of that company, comprising some 
390 employees. The Directors consider that this employee population is the most relevant for comparison purposes, taking into account 
geographical location and remuneration structure.

C G MacLean

Total employee pay, benefits and bonuses

Salary
% increase

Taxable benefits
% increase/
(decrease)

Annual bonus 
% decrease

3

4

–

9

(73)

(80)

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the relative importance of the Group’s all employee remuneration expense compared with returns to shareholders by 
way of dividends.

Dividends

Total employee remuneration

2019
£m

47.9

115.5

2018
£m

42.5

123.1

% change

12.7%

(6.2)%

Dividends are the dividends paid in the year. Total employment remuneration is the consolidated salary cost for all Group employees.

Emoluments1

The total amounts for Directors’ remuneration and other benefits were:

Emoluments

Note:
1.  Emoluments are recognised on a pro-rata basis for the period that Directors held their posts. 

2019
£000

2018
£000

1,649

2,138

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

External appointments
Executive Directors are permitted to accept external appointments with the prior approval of the Board, provided that there is no adverse 
impact to their role and duties to the Company. Any fees arising from such appointments may be retained by the Executive Directors where 
the appointment is unrelated to the Group’s business. S G Bennett does not currently hold any external appointments. C G MacLean was 
appointed as a Non-Executive Director of Saudi Basic Industries (SABIC), headquartered in Riyadh, in October 2017 and receives a board 
membership fee of $157,500 per annum and a committee fee of SAR 259,000 per annum. Mr MacLean was appointed as a Non-Executive 
Director of Clariant Ltd on 16 October 2018 following his nomination by SABIC under the terms of the governance agreement between Clariant 
and SABIC, and receives a fee of CHF 280,000 per annum in aggregate for board and committee roles in relation to Clariant Limited.

Remuneration Committee
Remuneration Committee membership since 1 January 2019:

B W D Connolly

J J C Jansz

C A Johnstone

H A Van Deursen

Chair

Attendance at Committee meetings is set out on page 83.

Key duties of the Committee
During 2019 the Committee was responsible for determining, in agreement with the Board, the Company’s policy on executive remuneration 
and the specific remuneration for the Chairman and each of the Executive Directors, including pension rights, within the terms of the agreed 
policy. The Committee was also responsible for the specific remuneration of all senior management and reviewing remuneration elsewhere in 
the Group. 

Advisers
The Chief Executive Officer, Company Secretary, President – Global HR and Group HR Director are invited to attend Committee meetings to 
contribute to the Committee in its deliberations. However, no individual is involved in discussions, or is part of any decisions, relating to their 
own remuneration.

The Committee received independent advice from Deloitte LLP (Deloitte) which was appointed as the Committee’s independent remuneration 
adviser in April 2013. 

During the year, Deloitte provided advice on governance and market trends and other remuneration matters that materially assisted the 
Committee. The fees paid to Deloitte in respect of this work were charged on a time and expenses basis and totalled £22,100 for advice in 
2019. The Committee is comfortable that the Deloitte engagement team that provides remuneration advice to the Committee do not have 
connections with the Company or its Directors that may impair their independence. The Committee reviewed the potential for conflicts of 
interest and judged that there were appropriate safeguards against such conflicts. Deloitte also provided tax services to part of the Group in the 
year. The Committee was satisfied that this did not compromise the independence of the advice received. 

Deloitte is a founding member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and adheres to its code of conduct. Deloitte was appointed directly by 
the Committee, and the Committee is satisfied that the advice received was objective and independent.

Statement of voting at the AGM
The table below sets out the results of the votes on the Directors’ remuneration at the 2019 AGM (Annual Report) and the 2017 AGM (Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy). 

Votes for

Votes against

Votes withheld

Number

% of vote

Number

% of vote

260,223,551

265,001,288

99

99

3,789,718

1,980,697

1

1

Number

32,481

1,657,331

2019 Annual Report on Remuneration

2017 Directors’ Remuneration Policy

By order of the Board

R Atkinson
Company Secretary 
5 March 2020

102

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Report of the Directors

The Directors submit their Annual Report and the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019. None of 
the matters required to be disclosed by Listing Rule 9.8.4R apply to the Company other than the amount of capitalised interest (see Financial 
Statements note 2), details of long-term incentive schemes (see Directors’ Remuneration report (pages 83 to 102) and shareholder waiver 
of dividends (see Financial Statements note 31). The Directors’ Report comprises pages 103 to 104 and the following sections of the Annual 
Report which are incorporated by reference:

Item

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Financial risk management

Present membership of the Board

Corporate Governance report 

Strategic report (including principal activities)

Management risk and Viability statement

Employee engagement

Directors’ Remuneration report

Share capital

Greenhouse gas emissions

ESG report

Location in Annual Report

Page 105

Financial statements – note 22

Pages 64 to 65

Pages 66 to 73

IFC to 63

Pages 30 to 37

Pages 53 to 55

Pages 83 to 102

Financial statements – note 27

Pages 60 to 63

Pages 46 to 63

Results and dividends
The profit attributable to shareholders for the year was £84.6m. The interim dividend of 4.0 pence per share was paid on 5 November 2019. 
The Directors recommend a final ordinary dividend of 6.9 pence per share payable on 7 July 2020 to those shareholders registered at the 
close of business on 5 June 2020. A dividend reinvestment plan is available to shareholders and this alternative will continue to be offered until 
further notice.

Acquisitions and Disposals 
On 3 July 2019 the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries Spirit USA Holdings Inc and Synthomer USA LLC signed an agreement and 
plan of merger with OMNOVA Solutions Inc (OMNOVA) on the terms of a recommended acquisition of the entire issued and to-be-issued share 
capital of OMNOVA at a price of $10.15 per OMNOVA share. 

Directors
All the Directors will retire and will be seeking election or re-election at the forthcoming AGM. 

None of the Directors seeking re-election has a service contract other than C G MacLean and S G Bennett, who each have a service contract 
which contains a twelve month notice period. 

Director indemnity provisions
Under the Company’s Articles of Association, the Directors of the Company have the benefit of a qualifying third-party indemnity provision 
which provides that they shall be indemnified by the Company against certain liabilities as permitted by Sections 232 and 234 of the 
Companies Act 2006 and against costs incurred by them in relation to any liability for which they are indemnified. The Company has purchased 
and maintains insurance against Directors’ and officers’ liabilities in relation to the Company.

Share capital and control
On 30 July 2019 the Company issued 84,970,192 new ordinary shares of 10p each in accordance with the terms of a rights issue on a 1 for 4 
basis at a price of 240 pence per new share. During 2019 no shares were repurchased. A total of 73,812 shares were purchased on the open 
market on behalf of the shareholders who elected to participate in the dividend reinvestment plan.

The rights and obligations attaching to the Company’s ordinary shares, being the only class of issued share capital, as well as the powers of 
the Company’s Directors, are set out in the Company’s Articles of Association, copies of which can be obtained from Companies House or can 
be downloaded from the Company’s website www.synthomer.com. There are no restrictions on the voting rights attaching to the Company’s 
ordinary shares or on the transfer of securities in the Company. No person holds securities in the Company carrying special rights with regard 
to the control of the Company. The Company is not aware of any agreements between holders of securities that may result in restrictions 
on the transfer of securities or on voting rights. Unless expressly specified to the contrary in the Articles of Association of the Company, the 
Company’s Articles of Association may be amended by special resolution of the Company’s shareholders.

Other than in relation to its borrowings which, unless certain conditions are satisfied, become repayable on a takeover, the Company is not 
party to any significant agreements that would take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control following a takeover bid. The Company 
does not have agreements with any Director or employee that would provide compensation for loss of office or employment resulting from 
a takeover.

All of the Company’s share schemes contain provisions relating to a change of control. Outstanding options and awards would normally vest 
and become exercisable on a change of control, subject to the satisfaction of any performance conditions at that time.

Major shareholdings
Other than the shareholdings disclosed as Directors’ interests in the Directors’ Remuneration report as at 21 February 2020, the Company had 
been notified under Section 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the UK Listing Authority of the following significant holdings of voting 
rights in its ordinary shares:

Kuala Lumpur Kepong Berhad Group

Standard Life Aberdeen plc

Merian Global Investors (UK) Limited

Kames Capital Plc

Ordinary 
shares (number)

85,424,250

26,390,337

25,096,134

14,117,612 

Percentage of ordinary 
shares in issue

20.11

6.21

5.91

3.32

Nature of holding

Direct interest

Indirect interest

Indirect interest

Direct and indirect interest

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Report of the Directors continued

Employment policies and employee involvement
The Group gives every consideration to applications for employment from disabled persons. Employees who become disabled are given every 
opportunity to continue employment under normal terms and conditions with appropriate training, career development and promotion wherever 
possible. The Group seeks to achieve equal opportunities in employment through recruitment and training policies.

The Group encourages employee involvement in its affairs. Dialogue takes place regularly with employees to make them aware of the financial 
and economic factors affecting the performance of the Group. Performance related bonus schemes are in operation throughout the Group. 
Alex Catto has been designated as the Non-Executive Director responsible for gathering the views of the workforce and further information on 
the Board’s workforce engagement methods are on page 54. The Group’s approach to diversity and inclusion is on page 55. 

Authority to purchase own shares
The Company has a general authority, which expires at the conclusion of the 2020 AGM, to make market purchases of not more than 
33,988,076 of the Company’s ordinary shares in accordance with the terms of the special resolution passed at the 2019 AGM. A resolution will 
be tabled at the 2020 AGM to renew this authority for an amount representing approximately 10% of the Company’s issued share capital as at 
4 March 2020.

Political donations
No political donations were made in the year.

UK pension funds
The trustees have reviewed the independent investment management of the assets of the Company pension schemes in the UK and assured 
themselves of the security and controls in place. In particular, it is the trustees’ policy not to invest in Synthomer plc shares nor lend money to 
the Company.

Subsidiaries
All the Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and related undertakings are listed on pages 152 to 153.

Statement as to disclosure of information to auditor
Each Director of the Company confirms that, so far as he or she is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor 
is unaware and that he or she has taken all the steps that he or she ought to have taken as a Director in order to make himself or herself aware 
of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. For these purposes, relevant audit 
information means information needed by the Company’s auditor in connection with preparing its report on pages 106 to 110.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Going concern
The Directors have acknowledged the latest guidance on going concern and in reaching their conclusions have taken into account factors 
which include (i) the refinancing in July 2018 of the Group’s main borrowing facilities described on page 134, comprising a committed 
unsecured four-year revolving credit facility of €440 million and (ii) the putting in place of new financing facilities conditional on the completion 
of the acquisition of OMNOVA and comprising a $260 million term loan on €460 million RCF with five year terms ending on 3 July 2024 and 
a €520 million acquisition financing bridging facility. The bridging facility is available for 75 months from July 2019 and may be extended for 
two periods of six months. After making enquiries and taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading performance, the Directors 
are satisfied that, at the time of approving the financial statements, it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial 
statements of both the Group and the Company.

Cautionary statement
The purpose of this report is to provide information to the members of the Company. It contains certain forward-looking statements with 
respect to the operations, performance and financial condition of the Group. By their nature, these statements involve uncertainty since future 
events and circumstances can cause results and developments to differ materially from those anticipated. The forward-looking statements 
reflect knowledge and information available at the date of preparation of this report and the Company undertakes no obligation to update these 
forward-looking statements. Nothing in this report should be construed as a profit forecast.

Independent auditors
A resolution to appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company’s auditor will be proposed at the AGM.

Annual General Meeting
The AGM will be held at the offices of the Company at 45 Pall Mall, London SW1Y 5JG on 29 April 2020 at 11.00 am.

By order of the Board

R Atkinson
Company Secretary
5 March 2020

104

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the 
Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and 
Company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, comprising FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework, and applicable law). Under company law the Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit 
or loss of the Group and Company for that period. In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are required to:

 — select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

 — state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European Union have been followed for the Group financial statements and United 

Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, have been followed for the Company financial statements, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

 — make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and

 — prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company will continue 

in business.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
The Directors consider that the annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in the Report of the Directors confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

 — the Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice 
(United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework, and applicable law), give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Company;

 — the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, give a true and fair 

view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group; and

 — the Report of the Directors includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group and 

Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces. 

By order of the Board

C G MacLean 
Chief Executive Officer  

S G Bennett
Chief Financial Officer

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Independent auditors’ report
to the members of Synthomer plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements 
Opinion
In our opinion:

 — Synthomer plc’s group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and fair view of the 

state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at 31 December 2019 and of the group’s profit and cash flows for the year then ended;

 — the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 

adopted by the European Union;

 — the company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law); and

 — the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the group 

financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report, which comprise: the consolidated and company balance sheet 
as at 31 December 2019; the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated cash 
flow statement, and the consolidated and company statements of changes in equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial 
statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the 
group or the company.

Other than those disclosed in note 7 to the financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the group or the company in the 
period from 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2019.

Our audit approach
Overview

 — Overall group materiality: £5,810,000 (2018: £6,750,000), based on 5% of underlying profit 

before taxation.

Materiality

 — Overall company materiality: £3,500,000 (2018: £5,500,000), based on 2% of total assets.

 — Audit procedures provide coverage of 89% of revenue, 94% of operating profit and 95% of underlying 

Audit
scope

operating profit.

 — Audit scope covers eight countries, performing procedures over 14 entities.

 — Financially significant components in the UK, Germany and Malaysia.

Key audit
matters

 — Valuation of defined benefit pension liabilities.

 — Provisions for uncertain tax positions.

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. 

106

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Capability of the audit in detecting irregularities, including fraud
Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations 
related to breaches of environmental, health and safety and competition regulations, tax legislation and equivalent local laws and regulations 
applicable to significant component teams, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect on the 
financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the preparation of the financial statements 
such as the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial 
statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal 
entries to increase revenue and management bias in accounting estimates. The group engagement team shared this risk assessment with 
the component auditors so that they could include appropriate audit procedures in response to such risks in their work. Audit procedures 
performed by the group engagement team and/or component auditors included:

 — Discussions with management and internal audit, including consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and 

regulation and fraud;

 — Evaluation of management’s controls designed to prevent and detect irregularities;

 — Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates, in particular in relation to 
provisions for uncertain tax positions and the valuation of defined benefit pension liabilities (see related key audit matters below);

 — Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries posted with unusual account combinations or posted by 

senior management.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations 
is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we would become aware of it. Also, the risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate 
concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of Defined Benefit Pension Liabilities
As set out in Note 26, the Group has significant defined benefit 
pension schemes. These primarily represent the Yule Catto Group 
retirement benefits scheme in the UK and an unfunded scheme 
in Germany, which account for £55.7 million and £73.4 million, 
respectively, of the net pension deficit of £140.0 million recorded 
on the Group balance sheet at the year end. We focused on 
the pension liabilities as the amounts reflected in the financial 
statements for defined benefit scheme liabilities are sensitive 
to relatively small changes in a few key assumptions such as 
the inflation rate, mortality tables and the discount rate applied. 
The Group uses third-party actuaries to calculate the amounts 
to reflect in the financial statements in respect of these schemes’ 
liabilities and accordingly it is important for us to assess the work 
they perform and their competency to undertake the work in order 
to conclude on the results of their work.

We obtained external actuarial reports of the UK and German schemes 
which set out the calculations and assumptions underpinning the year 
end pension scheme liabilities valuation. We read these reports and 
held discussions with the external actuaries and were satisfied that the 
scope of their work was such that we could use this work to provide 
evidence for the purpose of our audit. We assessed the competency 
and objectivity of the external actuaries commissioned by the Group 
to perform the year end calculations by considering their technical 
expertise and independence from the Group. We identified no concerns 
over their competency or objectivity. We used our own specialist 
actuarial knowledge to evaluate all the key assumptions used in each of 
the two schemes by comparing these assumptions to our expectations 
for similar schemes as at the year end. We found management’s 
assumptions to be within an acceptable range.

Provisions for Uncertain Tax Positions
The Group has a wide geographic footprint and is subject to a range 
of tax laws in a number of different tax jurisdictions. In determining 
the amount to record at the year-end for tax liabilities there is an 
element of judgement as to what amounts will ultimately be payable 
for assessed tax exposures. As set out in Note 10 at 31 December 
2019, the Group has recorded current tax liabilities totalling 
£38.7 million. A significant element of this tax liability relates to 
uncertain tax positions. We focused on this area due to the size of 
the amounts involved and level of judgement needed to determine 
the estimated provisions.

We used our tax specialists to assess the level of provisions held 
against various tax exposures and to consider the appropriateness 
of any provisions. In our assessment we had regard to the nature of 
the individual exposures, including their origin, and any developments 
in the year to assess the rationale for their continued validity at the 
current year end. As part of this work we inspected correspondence 
with tax authorities and the Group’s tax advisors. We challenged 
the judgements made by assessing individual provisions against our 
expectations of potential exposures, having regard to the facts of each 
case. No significant issues arose from this work to suggest that the 
judgements made and amounts recorded were inappropriate.

We determined that there were no key audit matters applicable to the company to communicate in our report.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a 
whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which 
they operate.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Independent auditors’ report continued
to the members of Synthomer plc

As set out on the inside front cover the Group reports its results as three segments: ‘Performance Elastomers’, ‘Functional Solutions’, and 
‘Industrial Specialities’. The Group financial statements are a consolidation of reporting units, being holding companies, intermediate holding 
companies and operating companies, across 21 countries. Three countries, being the UK, Germany and Malaysia, account for the majority for 
the Group’s results. We accordingly focused our work on three of the reporting units in these countries, which were subject to audits of their 
complete financial information. In addition, to increase our coverage of the Group’s revenues and underlying profit before tax we performed 
audit procedures at an additional 10 reporting units located in the UK, Italy, Belgium, Germany, Malaysia, Finland, the Netherlands and the 
Czech Republic. These components accounted for 89% of the Group’s revenue, 94% of the Group’s operating profit and 95% of the Group’s 
underlying operating profit.

Where work was performed by component auditors, we determined the level of involvement we needed to have in the audit work at those 
reporting units to be able to conclude whether sufficient appropriate audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the Group 
financial statements as a whole. During the audit, senior members of the Group team held a number of meetings with the audit teams at the key 
reporting units in the UK, Germany and Malaysia and reviewed the work performed by these teams over those areas of higher audit risk.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the 
financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

How we determined it

Rationale for benchmark applied

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

£5,810,000 (2018: £6,750,000).

£3,500,000 (2018: £5,500,000).

5% of underlying profit before taxation.

2% of total assets.

We believe that underlying profit before 
taxation, being profit before tax adjusted for 
special items, is a key metric against which the 
Group’s financial performance is measured in 
the Chairman’s and CEO’s statements within 
the Annual Report. It is also a key metric 
for investors.

We believe that total assets is the primary 
measure used by the shareholders in assessing 
the performance of the company, and is a 
generally accepted benchmark. This has 
been capped at a level below that of the 
group materiality.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of 
materiality allocated across components was between £300,000 and £3,500,000. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit 
materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £290,000 (Group audit) 
(2018: £337,000) and £290,000 (Company audit) (2018: £337,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted 
reporting for qualitative reasons.

Going concern
In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows:

Reporting obligation
We are required to report if we have anything material to add or 
draw attention to in respect of the Directors’ statement in the 
financial statements about whether the Directors considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the financial statements and the Directors’ identification of 
any material uncertainties to the group’s and the company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern over a period of at least twelve 
months from the date of approval of the financial statements.

We are required to report if the Directors’ statement relating 
to Going Concern in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is 
materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

Outcome
We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, 
this statement is not a guarantee as to the group’s and company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern. For example, the terms of the 
United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union are not clear, 
and it is difficult to evaluate all of the potential implications on the 
group’s trade, customers, suppliers and the wider economy. 

We have nothing to report.

108

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 
Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. 
The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to 
conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on 
the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 
2006 have been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 (CA06), ISAs 
(UK) and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) require us also to report certain opinions and matters as described below 
(required by ISAs (UK) unless otherwise stated).

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 
for the year ended 31 December 2019 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements. (CA06)

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not 
identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. (CA06)

The Directors’ assessment of the prospects of the group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency  
or liquidity of the group
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to regarding:

 — The Directors’ confirmation on page 73 of the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the 

group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

 — The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated.

 — The Directors’ explanation on page 37 of the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the group, over what period they 
have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation 
that the group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any 
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing to report having performed a review of the Directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the group and statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the group. Our review was substantially less in scope than an 
audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the Directors’ process supporting their statements; checking that the statements 
are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”); and considering whether the statements 
are consistent with the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit. 
(Listing Rules)

Other Code Provisions
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when: 

 — The statement given by the Directors, on page 105, that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and 

understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the group’s and company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the group and company obtained in the course of performing 
our audit.

 — The section of the Annual Report on pages 74 to 81 describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters 

communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

 — The Directors’ statement relating to the company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant 

provision of the Code specified, under the Listing Rules, for review by the auditors.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 
2006. (CA06)

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

109

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Independent auditors’ report continued
to the members of Synthomer plc

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. 
The Directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors 
either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected 
to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior 
consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

 — we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

 — adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches 

not visited by us; or

 — certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

 — the company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Appointment
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the Directors on 12 July 2012 to audit the financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2012 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is 8 years, covering the 
years ended 31 December 2012 to 31 December 2019.

Matthew Mullins (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
5 March 2020

110

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Underlying 
performance 
£m

 Note

2019

Special 
Items
£m

IFRS 
£m

Underlying 
performance 
£m

2018

Special 
Items 
£m

Revenue

Company and subsidiaries before Special Items

1,459.1 

124.9 

1,459.1 

1,618.9 

124.9 

141.7 

Acquisition costs

Restructuring and site closure

Foreign exchange gain on rights issue

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Sale of business

Sale of land

Aborted bond costs

UK Guaranteed Minimum Pension equalisation

Company and subsidiaries

Share of joint ventures

Operating profit/(loss)

Interest payable

Interest receivable

Fair value loss on unhedged interest derivatives

Net interest expense on defined benefit obligation

Interest element of lease payments

Finance costs

Profit/(loss) before taxation

Taxation 

Profit/(loss) for the year

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

Profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent

Earnings/(loss) per share 

 – Basic

 – Diluted

4 

4 

4

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

18 

6 

9 

9 

4 

9 

9 

10 

–  

–

–

–  

–

–  

–

–

124.9 

0.9 

125.8 

(6.7)

0.9 

–  

(5.8)

(2.7)

(1.1)

(9.6)

116.2 

(16.3)

99.9 

0.4 

99.5 

99.9 

–  

–  

(9.2)

(0.8)

3.5

(8.7)

–  

–  

–  

–

(9.2)

(0.8)

3.5

(8.7)

–  

–  

–  

–  

(15.2)

109.7 

–  

0.9 

(15.2)

110.6 

–

–  

(0.5)

(0.5)

–  

–  

(0.5)

(15.7)

1.4 

(14.3)

0.6 

(14.9)

(14.3)

(6.7)

0.9 

(0.5)

(6.3)

(2.7)

(1.1)

(10.1)

100.5 

(14.9)

85.6 

1.0 

84.6 

85.6 

–  

–  

(0.5)

(12.2)

– 

(16.4)

3.8 

16.4 

(1.7)

(2.8)

(13.4)

–  

(13.4)

–

–  

(1.4)

(1.4)

–  

–  

(1.4)

(14.8)

6.0 

(8.8)

3.0 

(11.8)

(8.8)

–  

–  

– 

–  

–  

–  

– 

– 

141.7 

0.4 

142.1 

(4.9)

1.1 

–  

(3.8)

(3.2)

–  

(7.0)

135.1 

(23.0)

112.1 

0.5 

111.6 

112.1 

13 

13 

25.3p 

25.2p 

(3.8)p

(3.8)p

21.5p 

21.4p 

30.7p 

30.5p 

(3.3)p

(3.2)p

IFRS 
£m

1,618.9 

141.7 

(0.5)

(12.2)

– 

(16.4)

3.8 

16.4 

(1.7)

(2.8)

128.3 

0.4 

128.7 

(4.9)

1.1 

(1.4)

(5.2)

(3.2)

–  

(8.4)

120.3 

(17.0)

103.3 

3.5 

99.8 

103.3 

27.4p 

27.3p 

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Profit for the year

Actuarial (losses)/gains

Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Total items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Exchange differences recycled on sale of business 

Fair value loss on hedged interest derivatives

Losses on net investment hedges taken to equity

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently 
to profit or loss

Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

 Note

26 

10 

27

27 

2019

Equity 
holders of 
the parent 
£m

Non-
controlling 
interests 
£m

84.6 

(27.2)

4.7 

(22.5)

(15.3)

–

(8.7)

(1.9)

(25.9)

(48.4)

36.2 

1.0 

–  

–  

–  

(0.4)

–

–  

–

(0.4)

(0.4)

0.6 

Total 
£m

85.6 

(27.2)

4.7 

(22.5)

(15.7)

–  

(8.7)

(1.9)

(26.3)

(48.8)

36.8 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2019 

Equity 
holders of 
the parent 
£m

2018

Non-
controlling 
interests 
£m

Total 
£m

3.5 

103.3 

99.8 

15.5 

(2.3)

13.2 

16.9 

(0.4)

(3.9)

(3.2)

9.4 

22.6 

122.4 

–  

–

–

0.8 

–  

–

–  

0.8 

0.8 

4.3 

15.5 

(2.3)

13.2 

17.7 

(0.4)

(3.9)

(3.2)

10.2 

23.4 

126.7 

Total 
equity 
£m

485.0

85.6

(48.8)

36.8

(48.5)

199.1

(1.9)

Share 
premium 
£m

230.5

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

0.9

Share 
capital 
£m

34.0

–

–

–

–

8.5

–

42.5

–

–

–

–

190.6

–

421.1

Hedging 
and 
translation 
reserve 
£m

6.4

–

(25.9)

(25.9)

–

–

–

Retained 
earnings 
£m

192.1

84.6

(22.5)

62.1

(47.9)

–

(1.9)

Non-
controlling 
interests
£m

21.1

1.0

(0.4)

0.6

(0.6)

–

–

Total 
£m

463.9

84.6

(48.4)

36.2

(47.9)

199.1

(1.9)

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.9

(19.5)

204.4

649.4

21.1

670.5

Share 
capital 
£m

34.0

Share 
premium 
£m

230.5

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

Hedging 
and 
translation 
reserve 
£m

0.9

(3.0)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

34.0

230.5

0.9

–

9.4

9.4

–

–

6.4

Retained 
earnings 
£m

125.5

99.8

13.2

113.0

(42.5)

(3.9)

192.1

Non-
controlling 
interests
£m

18.3

3.5

0.8

4.3

(1.5)

–

21.1

Total 
£m

387.9

99.8

22.6

122.4

(42.5)

(3.9)

463.9

Total 
equity 
£m

406.2

103.3

23.4

126.7

(44.0)

(3.9)

485.0

Note

At 1 January 2019

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive expense for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Dividends

Issue of shares

Share-based payments

At 31 December 2019

At 1 January 2018

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends

Share-based payments

At 31 December 2018

12 

27 

Note

12

112

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet
as at 31 December 2019

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Acquired intangible assets
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets
Investment in joint ventures
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Derivative financial instruments
Total current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Current tax liabilities
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
Derivative financial instruments
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Retirement benefit obligations
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity 
Share capital
Share premium
Capital redemption reserve
Hedging and translation reserve
Retained earnings
Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent
Non-controlling interests
Total equity

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Note

2019
£m

2018 
£m

14 
15 
16 
17 
11 
18 

19 
20 
21  
22

21 
24 
23 
10 
25 
22 

21 
24 
23 
11 
26 
25 

27 
27

27
27

324.4
56.8
22.0
404.9
22.8
7.5
838.4

121.9
190.6
103.6
4.9
421.0
1,259.4

– 
(232.9)
(7.5)
(38.7)
(4.9)
(14.3)
(298.3)

(82.9)
(0.5)
(34.4)
(30.8)
(140.0)
(2.0)
(290.6)
(588.9)
670.5

42.5
421.1
0.9
(19.5)
204.4
649.4
21.1
670.5

336.5
69.1
5.1
370.0
23.4
8.6
812.7

141.9
232.9
96.9
–
471.7
1,284.4

(70.1)
(263.2)
–
(38.3)
(9.4)
(5.3)
(386.3)

(240.8)
(0.7)
–
(34.3)
(132.5)
(4.8)
(413.1)
(799.4)
485.0

34.0
230.5
0.9
6.4
192.1
463.9
21.1
485.0

The financial statements on pages 111 to 147 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 5 March 2020. They are 
signed on its behalf by:

C G MacLean 
Director 

S G Bennett
Director

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Consolidated cash flow statement
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Operating

Cash generated from operations

Interest received
Interest paid
Interest element of lease payments

Net interest paid

UK corporation tax paid
Overseas corporate tax paid

Total tax paid
Net cash inflow from operating activities
Investing 
Dividends received from joint ventures

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Sale of property, plant and equipment

Net capital expenditure
Purchase of business
Proceeds from sale of business

Net cash outflow from investing activities
Financing
Dividends paid
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Proceeds on issue of shares
Settlement of equity-settled share-based payments
Repayment of principal portion of lease liabilities
Repayment of borrowings
Proceeds of borrowings
Net cash outflow from financing activities
Increase in cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts during the year
Comprising increase in:

Cash and cash equivalents
Bank overdrafts

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at 1 January
Foreign exchange and other movements
Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at 31 December 

2019

£m

0.9 
(7.0)
(1.1)

–  
(11.1)

(69.1)
0.3 

4.1 
20.6 

Note

28 

18 

12 

21 
21 

21 
21 

21 
21 

Reconciliation of net cash flow from operating activities to movement in net debt

Net cash inflow from operating activities
Add back: dividends received from joint ventures
Less: net capital expenditure
Less: net purchase of business

Ordinary dividends paid
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Proceeds on issue of shares
Settlement of equity-settled share-based payments
Repayment for principal portion of lease liabilities
Foreign exchange and other movements
Decrease/(increase) in net debt

Note

18 

12 

21 

£m

170.2 

(7.2)

(11.1)
151.9 

1.6 

(68.8)
–  
–
(67.2)

(47.9)
(0.6)
199.1 
(2.5)
(6.8)
(216.3)
15.0 
(60.0)
24.7

24.7 
76.2
2.7 
103.6 

2019 
£m
151.9 
1.6 
(68.8)
–  
84.7 
(47.9)
(0.6)
199.1 
(2.5)
(6.8)
8.7 
234.7 

2018

£m

1.1
(5.6)
–

–
(23.0)

(75.7)
17.5

5.6
3.6

£m

124.9

(4.5)

(23.0)
97.4

1.1

(58.2)
(25.8)
3.7
(79.2)

(42.5)
(1.5)
–
(5.4)
–
(63.5)
103.9
(9.0)
9.2

9.2
65.4
1.6
76.2

2018 
£m
97.4
1.1
(58.2)
(22.1)
18.2
(42.5)
(1.5)
–
(5.4)
–
(2.3)
(33.5)

114

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
31 December 2019

1  General information
Synthomer plc (the ‘Company’) is a public limited company 
incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom under the 
Companies Act. The address of the registered office is given on 
page 156. The Company is listed on the London Stock Exchange.

The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries (the 
‘Group’) and the nature of the Group’s operations are set out in the 
Strategic report.

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in pounds 
sterling, the functional currency of the Company. Foreign operations 
are included in accordance with the policies set out in note 2.

New and amended standards adopted by the Group 
The Group has applied IFRS 16 Leases for the first time for the 
reporting period commencing 1 January 2019 and the impact is 
disclosed in note 3.

Synthomer has also adopted IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income 
Tax Treatments. The interpretation clarifies the application of the 
recognition and measurement requirements in IAS 12 Income 
Taxes when there is uncertainty over income tax treatment. 
Synthomer applies judgement in quantifying uncertainties over 
income tax treatments and has considered whether it should 
adjust its uncertain tax provisions in line with this new criteria. 
Adoption of IFRIC 23 has not had a material impact on the Group’s 
financial statements.

There are no other standards or interpretations that are not yet 
effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the 
entity in the current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable 
future transactions.

2  Significant accounting policies 
Basis of accounting
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted 
by the European Union (IFRS), IFRS Interpretations Committee 
interpretations and the Companies Act 2006.

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical 
cost basis, except for the revaluation of financial instruments that 
are measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period, as 
explained in the accounting policies below.

The principal accounting policies adopted are set out below.

Going concern
The Directors have, at the time of approving the financial statements, 
a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. Thus, they continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial 
statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company 
(its subsidiaries) made up to 31 December each year. Control is 
achieved when the Company:

 — has the power over the investee;

 — is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement 

with the investee; and 

 — has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins from the date the Company 
obtains control and ceases from the date the Company loses control. 
Where necessary on obtaining control, adjustments are made to the 
financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies 
into line with those used by the Group.

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

The results of joint ventures are accounted for using 
equity accounting.

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries are identified separately 
from the Group’s equity therein. Subsequent to the date on which 
the Company obtains control, the carrying amount of non-controlling 
interests is the amount of those interests at initial recognition plus the 
non-controlling interests’ share of subsequent changes in equity. 

All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and 
cash flows relating to transactions between members of the Group 
are eliminated on consolidation. 

Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using 
the acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a business 
combination is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum 
of the acquisition-date fair values of assets transferred by the Group, 
liabilities incurred by the Group to former owners of the acquiree and 
the equity interest issued by the Group in exchange for control of the 
acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in profit or loss 
as incurred.

At acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities 
assumed are recognised at their fair value, except that:

 — deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognised and measured in 

accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes;

 —  liabilities or assets related to employee benefit arrangements are 
recognised and measured in accordance with IAS 19 Employee 
Benefits; and

 —  assets (or disposal groups) that are classified as held for sale 
in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-Current Assets Held for Sale 
and Discontinued Operations are measured in accordance with 
that standard.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by 
the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, 
the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the 
accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted 
during a measurement period (see below), or additional assets or 
liabilities are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about 
facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if 
known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date.

A measurement period is the period from the date of acquisition to 
the date the Group obtains complete information about facts and 
circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date and is subject to 
a maximum of one year.

If a business combination is achieved in stages, the Group’s 
previously held interest in the acquired entity is remeasured to its 
acquisition-date fair value and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is 
recognised in profit or loss.

Goodwill
Goodwill is measured as the excess of the consideration transferred 
over the Group’s interest in acquisition-date identifiable assets 
acquired less liabilities assumed.

Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment at least 
annually. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated 
to each of the Group’s cash generating units expected to benefit from 
the synergies of the combination. Cash generating units to which 
goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or 
more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be 
impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is less 
than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated 
first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the 
unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of 
the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss for 
goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

2  Significant accounting policies continued 
On disposal of a subsidiary, associate or joint venture, the attributable 
amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or 
loss on disposal.

Goodwill arising on acquisitions before the date of transition to IFRS 
has been retained at the previous UK GAAP amounts subject to being 
tested for impairment at that date. Goodwill written off to reserves 
under UK GAAP prior to 1998 has not been reinstated and is not 
included in determining any subsequent profit or loss on disposal. 

Joint ventures
Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of 
accounting. Under the equity method, interests in joint ventures 
are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise 
the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses and 
movements in other comprehensive income.

Revenue 
General
Synthomer manufactures and sells water-based polymers 
across a diverse range of end use applications. Our products are 
predominantly sold in liquid form, in bulk containers.

Revenue is measured based on the consideration to which the 
Group expects to be entitled in a contract with a customer when 
performance obligations are satisfied. Revenue is recognised at 
the point in time when control of the product is transferred from 
Synthomer to the customer.

The customer is deemed to obtain control of the resultant asset in 
line with the Incoterms under which it is sold. The significant majority 
of Synthomer’s products are sold under Carriage Paid To (‘CPT’) and 
Carriage and Insurance Paid (‘CIP’) International Commercial Terms. 
Under these terms, control of the product is transferred when the 
goods reach their destination. At this point the risks of obsolescence 
and loss have been transferred and there is no unfulfilled obligation 
that could affect the customer’s acceptance of the product. 
A receivable is recognised at this point in time as consideration 
is unconditional and only the passage of time is required before 
payment is due.

Rebates
Synthomer may grant customers rebates if the goods purchased 
by the customer exceed a contractually defined threshold within the 
specified period. Rebates are usually deducted from the amounts 
payable by the customer. Depending on the terms of the underlying 
contract, Synthomer uses either the expected value or the most likely 
amount to estimate the variable consideration for expected future 
rebates. Historical, current and forecast information is considered 
when calculating rebates.

The majority of rebate programmes are aligned with the Group’s 
financial year end, providing certainty around how much should be 
recognised in the financial statements.

Other
The Group does not have any contracts where the period between 
the transfer of promised goods to the customer and payment by the 
customer exceeds one year. As a consequence, the Group applies 
the practical expedient in IFRS 15 and does not adjust any of the 
transaction prices for the time value of money.

Foreign currencies 
In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, 
transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency 
are recognised at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of 
the transactions. At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and 
liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at 
the rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets 
and liabilities carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign 
currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the 

fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in 
terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

Exchange differences are recognised in profit or loss in the period in 
which they arise except for:

 — exchange differences on transactions entered into to hedge certain 
foreign currency risks (see below under ‘hedge accounting’); and

 —  exchange differences on monetary items receivable or payable to a 
foreign operation for which settlement is neither planned nor likely 
to occur in the foreseeable future (therefore forming part of the net 
investment in the foreign operation), which are recognised initially in 
other comprehensive income and reclassified from equity to profit 
or loss on disposal of the net investment.

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s non-Sterling 
operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance 
sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average 
exchange rates for the period. Exchange differences arising, if any, 
are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a 
separate component of equity.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a 
foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity 
and translated at the closing rate. The Group elected to treat goodwill 
and fair value adjustments arising on acquisitions before the date of 
transition to IFRS as sterling-denominated assets and liabilities.

Operating profit
Operating profit represents profit from continuing activities before 
financing costs and taxation. 

Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and 
deferred tax.

Current tax
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. 
Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income 
statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are 
taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that 
are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax 
is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted by the balance sheet date.

A provision is recognised for those matters for which the tax 
determination is uncertain but it is considered probable that there 
will be a future outflow of funds to a tax authority. The provisions 
are measured at best estimate of the amount expected to become 
payable. The assessment is based on the judgement of tax 
professionals within the Company supported by previous experience 
in respect of such activities and in certain cases based on specialist 
independent tax advice.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on 
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in 
the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the 
computation of taxable profit and is accounted for using the balance 
sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised 
for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will 
be available against which deductible temporary differences can 
be utilised.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary 
differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, and 
interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control 
the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the 
temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each 
balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 

116

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or 
part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply 
in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. 
Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, 
except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to other 
comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt 
with in other comprehensive income.

The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax 
consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group 
expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the 
carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a 
legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current 
tax liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities 
relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on 
either the taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an 
intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

Leases
Finance leases and operating leases for the year ended 31 December 
2018 were recognised and measured in accordance with IAS 
17 Leases. 

The accounting policies set out below are those applied to the current 
period, in accordance with IFRS 16. 

The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at 
inception of the contract. The lease term is determined from the 
commencement date of the contract and covers the non-cancellable 
term. If considered reasonably certain, extension or termination 
options are included in the lease term.

At the commencement date, a lease liability is recognised, measured 
at the present value of the future lease payments and discounted 
using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Subsequently, the 
lease liability is adjusted by increasing the carrying amount to reflect 
interest on the lease liability, reducing the carrying amount to reflect 
the lease payments made and remeasuring the carrying amount to 
reflect any reassessment or lease modifications. 

At the commencement date, a right of use asset is recognised, 
measured at an amount equal to the lease liability plus any lease 
payments made before the commencement date and any initial direct 
costs, less any lease incentive payments. An estimate of costs to be 
incurred in restoring an asset, in accordance with the terms of the 
lease, is also included in the right of use asset at initial recognition. 
Subsequently, right of use assets are measured in accordance with 
the accounting policy for property, plant and equipment and are 
depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and the useful life 
of the underlying asset. Any adjustments to the corresponding lease 
liability are reflected in the corresponding right of use asset. 

Short-term leases and low value leases are not recognised as lease 
liabilities and right of use assets, but are recognised as an expense 
straight-line over the lease term.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated 
depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. Cost comprises 
original purchase price and the costs attributable to bringing the 
asset to its working condition for its intended use, including, where 
appropriate, capitalised finance costs. 

Freehold land is not depreciated.

Depreciation is recognised so as to write-off the cost of assets less 
their residual values over their useful lives, using the straight-line 
method, on the following bases:

Freehold buildings 
Leasehold land and buildings 
the period of the lease
Plant and equipment 

– 50 years
– the lesser of 50 years and 

– between 3 and 15 years

Assets in the course of construction are carried at cost, less any 
recognised impairment loss. Finance costs directly attributable to the 
acquisition or construction of qualifying assets are capitalised as part 
of the cost of those assets. Depreciation of these assets commences 
when the assets are ready for their intended use.

The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method 
are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of 
any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

Acquired intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are initially 
recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date, which is 
regarded as their cost. Where necessary the fair value of assets at 
acquisition and their estimated useful lives are based on independent 
valuation reports. 

Acquired intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation is 
recognised on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives, on the 
following bases:

Customer relationships 
Other intangibles 

– between 5 and 15 years
– up to 10 years

Assets with an indefinite life are not subject to amortisation.

Acquired intangible assets are derecognised upon reaching the end 
of their useful lives. 

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets that are not acquired through a business 
combination are initially measured at cost and amortised on a 
straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of up to ten years.

An internally generated intangible asset arising from development (or 
from the development phase of an internal project) is recognised only 
if all of the following conditions have been demonstrated:

 — the technical feasibility of completing the asset;

 — the intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;

 — the ability to use or sell the asset once development has 

been completed;

 — the probability that the asset created will generate future 

economic benefits;

 — the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources 

to complete the development; and

 — the asset created can be separately identified and the development 

cost can be measured reliably.

The amount initially recognised for internally generated intangible 
assets is the sum of the expenditure incurred from the date when 
the intangible asset first meets the recognition criteria listed above. 
Where no internally-generated intangible asset can be recognised, 
development expenditure is recognised as an expense in the period 
in which it is incurred. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

117

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

2  Significant accounting policies continued 
Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible 
assets excluding goodwill
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying 
amounts of its plant, property and equipment and intangible assets 
to determine whether there is any indication that those assets 
have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the 
recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine 
the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not 
generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the 
Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit 
to which the asset belongs.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of 
disposal and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-
tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the 
time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the 
estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash generating unit) is 
estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount 
of the asset (or cash generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable 
amount. An impairment loss is recognised in the income statement.

When an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount 
of the asset (or cash generating unit) is increased to the revised 
estimate of its recoverable amount to the extent that the increased 
carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would 
have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised 
in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised 
immediately in the income statement.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
Cost comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct labour 
costs and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the 
inventories to their present location and condition. Cost is calculated 
using the weighted average method. Net realisable value represents 
the estimated selling price less all estimated costs of completion and 
costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution. Provision is 
made for obsolete, slow-moving or defective items where appropriate.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when 
the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of 
the instrument.

The Group classifies its financial instruments in the 
following categories: 

 — financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost (‘AC’);

 — financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss 

(‘FVTPL’); and 

 — financial assets and liabilities at fair value through other 

comprehensive income (‘FVTOCI’).

Financial assets and liabilities are initially measured at fair value 
including, where permitted, any directly attributable transaction costs. 

All recognised financial assets are subsequently measured in 
their entirety at either amortised cost or fair value, depending on 
their classification.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost 
Financial assets measured at amortised cost include cash and 
cash equivalents and trade and other receivables. Cash and cash 
equivalents comprise cash held in bank accounts with no access 
restrictions, bank term deposits repayable on demand or maturing 
within three months of inception.

At each reporting date the Group recognises a loss allowance for 
expected credit losses on financial assets measured at amortised 

118

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

cost. In establishing the appropriate amount of loss allowance to be 
recognised, the Group applies either the general approach or the 
simplified approach, depending on the nature of the underlying class 
of financial assets:

 —  Under the general approach, the Group recognises a loss 

allowance for a financial asset at an amount equal to the 12-month 
expected credit losses, unless the credit risk on the financial asset 
has increased significantly since initial recognition, in which case 
a loss allowance is recognised at an amount equal to the lifetime 
expected credit losses.

 —  The simplified approach is applied to the impairment assessment 
of trade and other receivables. Under this approach, the Group 
recognises expected lifetime losses upon initial recognition.

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost include trade and 
other payables, lease liabilities and borrowings. Borrowings are 
measured at amortised cost unless they form part of a fair value 
hedge relationship. The difference between the initial carrying amount 
of borrowings and the redemption value is recognised in the income 
statement over the contractual terms using the effective interest 
rate method.

Financial assets and liabilities held at fair value
Financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value through 
profit or loss when they do not meet the criteria to be measured at 
amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income.

Financial assets and liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value 
at the end of each reporting period with fair value gains or losses 
recognised in profit or loss to the extent they are not part of a 
designated hedging relationship (see below).

Derivative financial instruments
The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to 
manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk, 
including foreign exchange forward contracts, interest rate swaps 
and foreign currency options. Further details of derivative financial 
instruments are set out in note 22.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date the 
derivative contracts are entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. 
The resulting gain or loss is recognised in the income statement 
immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a 
hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in the 
income statement depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. 

Hedge accounting
To mitigate foreign currency and interest rate risk, the Group 
designates certain derivatives as hedging instruments in fair value 
hedges, cash flow hedges, or hedges of net investments in foreign 
operations as appropriate. 

At the inception of the hedge relationship, the Group documents 
the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged 
item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for 
undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception 
of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether 
the hedging instrument is effective in offsetting changes in fair value 
or cash flows of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk.

On adoption of IFRS 9, the Group elected to continue to apply 
the hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39 as permitted by 
the standard.

Fair value hedges
The Group only applies fair value hedge accounting for foreign 
currency risk. 

The fair value change on qualifying hedging instruments is recognised 
in the income statement and is recognised in the same line as the 
hedged item. 

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Remeasurement comprising actuarial gains and losses and the return 
on scheme assets (excluding interest) are recognised immediately in 
the balance sheet with a charge or credit to the statement of other 
comprehensive income in the period in which they occur and are not 
subsequently recycled.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation 
(legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that 
the Group will be required to settle that obligation and a reliable 
estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are 
measured as the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle 
the obligation at the balance sheet date and are discounted to 
present value where the effect is material.

Provisions for restructuring costs are recognised when the Group 
has a detailed formal plan for the restructuring that has been 
communicated to affected parties.

Share-based payments
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain 
employees. These are measured at the fair value of the equity 
instruments at grant date. The fair value excludes the effect of 
non-market-based vesting conditions. The fair value determined 
at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is 
expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on 
the Group’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest. 
At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the 
number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the 
effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. The impact of the 
revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss 
such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with 
a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves. The Group will on 
occasion, at its own discretion, settle these share-based payments in 
cash rather than equity.

For cash-settled share-based payments, a liability is recognised for 
the goods or services acquired, measured initially at the fair value of 
the liability. At each balance sheet date until the liability is settled, and 
at the date of settlement, the fair value of the liability is remeasured, 
with any changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss for the year.

Alternative performance measures
The Group has consistently used two significant Alternative 
Performance Measures (‘APMs’) since its adoption of IFRS in 2005:

 — Underlying performance, which excludes Special Items from IFRS 

profit measures.

 — EBITDA, which excludes Special Items, amortisation and 

depreciation from IFRS operating profit.

The Board’s view is that Underlying performance provides additional 
clarity for the Group’s investors and so it is the primary focus of the 
Group’s narrative reporting. Further information and the reconciliation 
to the IFRS measures are included in note 5.

Cash flow hedges
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that 
are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in other 
comprehensive income and accumulated under the heading of cash 
flow hedging reserve, limited to the cumulative change in fair value of 
the hedged item from inception of the hedge. 

Gains or losses relating to an ineffective portion are recognised 
immediately in the income statement.

Amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income and 
accumulated in equity are reclassified in the income statement in the 
periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss, in the same line 
as the recognised hedged item. However, when the hedged forecast 
transaction results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a 
non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously recognised in 
other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are removed 
from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the 
non-financial asset or non-financial liability.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes the 
hedging relationship, the hedging instrument expires or is sold, 
terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. 
Any gain or loss accumulated at that time in equity is recognised 
when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or 
loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the 
cumulative gain or loss in equity is recognised immediately in profit 
or loss.

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted 
for similarly to cash flow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging 
instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised 
in other comprehensive income in the foreign currency translation 
reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is 
recognised immediately in the income statement.

Gains and losses on the hedging instrument relating to the effective 
portion of the hedge accumulated in the foreign currency translation 
reserve are reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal of the 
foreign operation.

Retirement benefit costs
Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit schemes are 
recognised as an expense when employees have rendered service 
entitling them to the contributions. Payments made to state-
managed retirement benefit schemes are treated as payments 
to defined contribution schemes where the Group’s obligations 
under the schemes are equivalent to those arising in a defined 
contribution scheme.

For defined benefit schemes, the cost of providing benefits is 
calculated using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial 
valuations carried out at the end of each reporting period.

Defined benefit costs are split into three categories, namely:

 — service costs, which includes current service cost, past service 
cost and gains and losses on curtailments and settlements;

 — net interest expense; and

 — remeasurements.

The Group presents service costs within cost of sales and 
administrative expenses in its consolidated income statement. 
Past service cost is recognised when the plan amendment or 
curtailment occurs. 

Net interest expense is recognised within finance costs and 
is calculated by applying a discount rate to the net defined 
benefit liability.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

119

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

3 Adoption of new and revised standards
The Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases with effect from 1 January 
2019 but has not restated comparatives for the 2018 reporting period, 
as permitted under the specific transitional provisions in the standard. 
The reclassifications and the adjustments arising from the new leasing 
rules are therefore recognised in the opening balance sheet on 
1 January 2019.

In applying IFRS 16 for the first time, the Group has used the following 
practical expedients permitted by the standard.

 — Reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous.

 — The accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of 
less than 12 months as at 1 January 2019 as short-term leases.

 — The exclusion of initial direct costs for the measurement of the right 

of use asset at the date of initial application.

 — The use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the 
contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

Adjustments recognised on adoption of IFRS 16
The Group has a portfolio of leases mainly comprising land and 
buildings, chemical storage tanks and vehicles. On adoption of 
IFRS 16, the Group recognised lease liabilities in relation to leases 
which had previously been classified as operating leases under the 
principles of IAS 17 Leases. These liabilities were measured at the 
present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using 
each lessee’s incremental borrowing rate as of 1 January 2019. 
The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease 
liabilities in the balance sheet at initial adoption on 1 January 2019 
was 2.49%. 

Critical accounting judgements and estimates
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, the Directors are 
required to make judgements (other than those involving estimations) 
that have a significant impact on the amounts recognised and to 
make estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical 
experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an 
ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in 
the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only 
that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the 
revision affects both current and future periods.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources 
of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date that may have a 
significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are 
discussed below. The assumptions for each estimate are set out in 
the relevant note referenced below.

 — Defined benefit obligation (note 26):
  Calculation of the Group’s defined benefit obligation includes 
a number of assumptions which impact the carrying value of 
the obligation. 

 — Valuation of goodwill and intangible assets on acquisition:

In a business combination, intangible assets are identified and 
recognised at fair value. The assumptions involved in valuing these 
intangible assets require the use of estimates that may differ from 
the actual outcome. These estimates cover future growth rates, 
expected inflation rates and the discount rate used. Changing the 
assumptions selected by management could significantly affect the 
allocation of the purchase price paid between goodwill and other 
acquired intangibles.

 — Current tax liability and deferred tax (notes 10 and 11):
  The Group annually incurs significant amounts of income taxes 
payable to various jurisdictions around the world and it also 
recognises significant changes in deferred tax assets and 
deferred tax liabilities, all of which are based on management’s 
interpretations of applicable laws, regulations and relevant 
court decisions. 

Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies
There are no critical judgements, apart from those involving 
estimations (which are discussed above), that the Directors have 
made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies.

120

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 
Information in respect of the carrying value and interest arising on lease liabilities is set out below:

Impact on the consolidated income statement

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Underlying operating profit

Special Items

Operating profit

Finance costs

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit for the year

Earnings per share

Basic

Lease liabilities included in the balance sheet

Current

Non-current

Total

2019

Amounts 
without 
adoption of 
IFRS 16
£m

IFRS 16 
impact
£m

As reported
£m

170.0

(44.8)

125.2

(15.2)

110.0

(9.0)

101.0

(14.9)

86.1

7.9

(7.3)

0.6

–

0.6

(1.1)

(0.5)

–

(0.5)

177.9

(52.1)

125.8

(15.2)

110.6

(10.1)

100.5

(14.9)

85.6

21.6p

(0.1)p

21.5p

31 December 
2019
£m

7.5

34.4

41.9

The lease liability recognised on adoption of IFRS 16 was £45.6 million. Operating lease commitments under IAS 17 disclosed at 31 December 
2018 were £30.4 million, which approximates to £26.6 million when discounted at the incremental borrowing rate disclosed above. 
The difference arises due to the different recognition criteria of IFRS 16 such as treatment of extension options and the inclusion of liabilities for 
onerous leases, previously recorded within provisions.

Right of use assets were measured at the amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments 
relating to that lease recognised in the balance sheet as at 31 December 2018. Onerous lease contracts required an adjustment to the right of 
use assets at the date of initial application.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

 — the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;

 — any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received;

 — any initial direct costs; and

 — restoration costs.

EBITDA, segment assets and segment liabilities for the year ended and as at 31 December 2019 all increased as a result of the change in 
accounting policy. The following segments were affected by the change in policy:

Performance Elastomers

Functional Solutions

Industrial Specialities

Unallocated corporate expenses

Total

Depreciation
£m

EBITDA
£m

Finance 
costs
£m

Increase in 
assets
£m

Increase in 
liabilities
£m

(1.8)

(4.2)

(0.7)

(0.6)

(7.3)

2.0 

4.4 

0.8 

0.7 

7.9 

–

–

–

(1.1)

(1.1)

15.3

17.8

2.3

3.5

38.9

(18.2)

(17.9)

(2.4)

(3.4)

(41.9)

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

121

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

4  Special Items
IFRS and Underlying performance
The IFRS profit measures show the performance of the Group as a whole and as such include all sources of income and expense, including 
both one-off items and those that do not relate to the Group’s ongoing businesses. To provide additional clarity on the ongoing trading 
performance of the Group’s businesses, management uses ‘Underlying’ performance as an alternative performance measure to plan for, 
control and assess the performance of the segments. Underlying performance differs from the IFRS measures as it excludes Special Items.

Special Items
Special Items are disclosed separately in order to provide a clearer indication of the Group’s underlying performance.

Special Items are either irregular, and therefore including them in the assessment of a segment’s performance would lead to a distortion of 
trends, or are technical adjustments which ensure the Group’s financial statements are in compliance with IFRS but do not reflect the operating 
performance in the year, or both. An example of the latter is the amortisation of acquired intangibles, which principally relates to acquired 
customer relationships. The Group incurs costs, which are recognised as an expense in the income statement, in maintaining these customer 
relationships. The Group considers that the exclusion of the amortisation charge on acquired intangibles from Underlying performance avoids 
the potential double counting of such costs and therefore excludes it as a Special Item from Underlying performance.

The following are consistently disclosed separately as Special Items in order to provide a clearer indication of the Group’s 
underlying performance:

 — Restructuring and site closure costs;

 — Sale of a business or significant asset;

 — Acquisition costs;

 — Amortisation of acquired intangible assets;

 — Impairment of non-current assets;

 — Fair value adjustments in respect of derivative financial instruments where hedge accounting is not applied;

 — Items of income and expense that are considered material, either by their size and/or nature;

 — Tax impact of above items; and 

 — Settlement of prior period tax issues.

Special Items comprise:

Acquisition costs

Restructuring and site closure

Foreign exchange gain on rights issue

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Sale of business

Sale of land 

Aborted bond costs

UK Guaranteed Minimum Pension equalisation

Operating loss

Finance costs

Fair value loss on unhedged interest derivatives

Loss before taxation

Taxation

Loss for the year

Note

15

26

9

10 

2019 
£m

(9.2)

(0.8)

3.5

(8.7)

–

–

–

–

(15.2)

(0.5)

(15.7)

1.4

(14.3)

2018 
£m

(0.5)

(12.2)

–

(16.4)

3.8

16.4

(1.7)

(2.8)

(13.4)

(1.4)

(14.8)

6.0

(8.8)

Acquisition costs relate to the proposed acquisition of OMNOVA Solutions Inc partly offset by a gain of £4.0 million on a foreign exchange 
derivative entered into in July 2019 to hedge the acquisition price. The 2018 costs related to the BASF Pischelsdorf acquisition.

Restructuring and site closure largely comprise a charge of £1.9 million in relation to the reorganisation of the Group into global business 
segments. This is partly offset by a partial reversal of the provision recognised in 2018 for the closure of the natural rubber and polyester resins 
production lines as certain elements have been less expensive than originally estimated.

Foreign exchange gain on rights issue represents a gain made on a forward contract which was entered into to swap the proceeds of the 
Sterling rights issue into Euro in order to pay down part of the Group’s Euro borrowings.

Amortisation of intangibles decreased during the year as the customer-related intangibles from the 2011 PolymerLatex acquisition reached the 
end of their amortisation period in H1 2018. 

Sale of businesses in 2018 related to the disposal of the Leuna (Germany) site and the disposal of 51% of the Group’s Dubai operations.

Sale of land in 2018 related to the disposal of the final tranche of Malaysian land at Kluang. 

122

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Ahead of the Group’s 2018 refinancing, a process was undertaken to issue fixed rate unsecured senior notes. Despite a strong response from 
investors, the Group decided not to complete the transaction due to unfavourable market conditions.

A £2.8 million actuarial adjustment was booked in H2 2018 following the UK High Court’s ruling on equalisation of male and female Guaranteed 
Minimum Pensions. This was treated as a pension plan amendment, unrelated to Underlying performance of the Group. 

In July 2018 the Group entered into swap arrangements to fix Euro interest rates on the full value of the €440 million committed unsecured 
revolving credit facility. The fair value of the unhedged interest rate derivatives relates to the mark-to-market of the swap at 31 December 2019 
in excess of the Group’s current borrowings.

5  Segmental analysis 
The Group’s Executive Committee, chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, examines the Group’s performance. 

Following a review in 2018, a new Group structure was adopted from 1 January 2019 to reflect the increasingly global nature of the Group’s 
operations. The new structure enables Synthomer to better serve its customers, provide a global product offering and to drive operational 
efficiencies. Consistent with the new Group structure, three new reportable segments were identified:

Performance Elastomers
Performance Elastomers is focused on healthcare, carpet, paper and foam markets through our water-based Nitrile Butadiene Rubber latex 
(NBR) and Styrene Butadiene Rubber latex (SBR) products. 

Functional Solutions
Functional Solutions is focused on coatings, construction, adhesives and technical textiles markets through our water-based acrylic and vinylic 
based dispersions products. 

Industrial Specialities
Industrial Specialities is focused on speciality chemical additives and non-water-based chemistry for a broad range of applications from 
polymer additives to emerging materials and technologies.

The Group’s Executive Committee is the chief operating decision maker and primarily uses a measure of earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation and Special Items (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. No information is provided 
to the Group’s Executive Committee at the segment level concerning interest income, interest expense, income tax or other material non-
cash items. 

No single customer accounts for more than 10% of the Group’s revenue.

A segmental analysis of Underlying performance and Special Items is shown below.

Revenue

Total revenue

Inter-segmental revenue

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Operating profit before Special Items

Special Items

Operating profit

Finance costs

Profit before taxation

2019

Performance 
Elastomers 
£m

Functional 
Solutions 
£m

Industrial 
Specialities 
£m

Corporate 
£m

Total 
£m

623.7

–  
623.7
96.3

(24.8)

71.5

(0.3)

71.2

612.8

–  
612.8
69.9

(17.6)

52.3

(4.3)

48.0

228.8

(6.2)
222.6
24.8

(8.8)

16.0

(4.7)

11.3

–  

1,465.3 

–  
–
(13.1)

(0.9)

(14.0)

(5.9)

(19.9)

(6.2)
1,459.1 
177.9

(52.1)

125.8

(15.2)

110.6

(10.1)

100.5

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

123

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

5  Segmental analysis continued

Revenue

Total revenue

Inter-segmental revenue

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Operating profit before Special Items

Special Items

Operating profit

Finance costs

Profit before taxation

2018

Performance 
Elastomers 
£m

Functional 
Solutions 
£m

Industrial 
Specialities 
£m

Corporate 
£m

Total 
£m

704.5

–
704.5
107.9

(20.7)

87.2

(2.5)

84.7

680.1

–  
680.1
64.1

(11.1)

53.0

(2.6)

50.4

240.2

(5.9)
234.3
23.5

(6.8)

16.7

(4.6)

12.1

–  

1,624.8 

–  
–
(14.5)

(0.3)

(14.8)

(3.7)

(18.5)

(5.9)
1,618.9 
181.0

(38.9)

142.1

(13.4)

128.7

(8.4)

120.3

Geographical information
The Group’s revenue from external customers and its non-current assets (excluding deferred tax) by geographical location are detailed below:

UK

Germany

Italy

Netherlands

France

Belgium

Other Europe

Malaysia

China

Other Asia

USA

Rest of World

6  Operating profit

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Sales and marketing costs

Administrative expenses

Share of joint ventures

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation – Underlying performance

Operating profit – Underlying performance

Special Items

Operating profit – IFRS

Operating profit is stated after charging the following:

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Amortisation of other intangibles

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right of use assets

Research and development expenditure  

Net loss on foreign exchange

124

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Revenue by destination

Non-current assets

2019 
£m

80.0

201.3

78.3

76.3

64.5

52.8

309.0

250.6

82.4

125.9

90.2

47.8

2018 
£m

87.0

234.5

87.5

94.9

82.4

62.0

347.5

260.1

69.9

125.3

80.4

87.4

2019 
£m

134.6

198.5

52.1

15.9

17.3

71.7

62.4

2018 
£m

117.1

195.1

54.9

5.2

14.0

72.9

67.9

166.1

161.7

0.6

9.7

79.1

7.6

0.1

9.9

81.9

8.6

1,459.1

1,618.9

815.6

789.3

Note

2019 
£m

2018 
£m

1,459.1 

1,618.9

(1,185.3)

(1,325.1)

273.8 

(43.8)

(53.0)

0.9 

177.9 

(52.1)

125.8 

(15.2)

110.6 

2019 
£m

8.7 

1.4 

43.4 

7.3 

16.6

1.2

293.8

(42.9)

(70.3)

0.4

181.0

(38.9)

142.1

(13.4)

128.7

2018 
£m

16.4 

1.1 

37.8 

–  

17.1 

0.8

18 

Note

15 

16 

17 

17

7  Auditors’ remuneration

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for:

audit of the Company’s annual financial statements and the consolidated annual financial statements

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and their associates for other services to the Group:

audit of the Company’s subsidiaries’ annual financial statements

Total audit fees

Audit related assurance services

Other assurance services

Other taxation advisory services

Total non-audit fees

2019 
£’000

2018 
£’000

215

661

876

23

1,010

–

1,033

142

750

892

22

95

3

120

Details of the Company’s policy on the use of auditors for non-audit services, the reasons why the auditors were used rather than another 
supplier and how the auditors’ independence and objectivity was safeguarded are set out in the Audit Committee section of the Corporate 
Governance report on page 80. No services were provided pursuant to contingent fee arrangements.

8  Staff costs

The average monthly number of employees during the year by segment was:

Performance Elastomers

Functional Solutions

Industrial Specialities

Corporate

The aggregate remuneration of all Group employees comprised:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Share-based payments

Directors’ emoluments are disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration report on pages 95 to 102.

9  Finance costs

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

Less: interest receivable

Net interest expense on defined benefit obligation

Interest element of lease payments

Net interest payable

Fair value loss on unhedged derivatives

Total finance costs

2019 

2018 

877

1,203

658

201

788

1,313

642

175

2,939

2,918 

2019 
£m

2018 
£m

115.5 

20.5 

8.7 

0.6 

123.1 

21.5 

11.3 

1.5 

145.3 

157.4 

2019 
£m

6.7

(0.9)
5.8
2.7

1.1

9.6

0.5

10.1

2018 
£m

4.9

(1.1)
3.8
3.2

–

7.0

1.4

8.4

The fair value of the unhedged derivatives relates to the mark-to-market of the swap arrangements at 31 December 2019 in excess of the 
current borrowings of the Group. This has been taken through Special Items as it is not reflective of the Underlying performance.

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

125

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

10  Taxation

Current tax

UK corporation tax

Overseas tax

Deferred tax

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Special Items

Current tax:

Historical issues

Purchase and sale of business

Restructuring and site closure costs

Deferred tax:

Restructuring and site closure costs

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Total tax on profit before taxation

2019 
£m

– 

15.5 

15.5 

0.8

16.3 

– 

(0.3)

(0.3)

– 

(0.8)

(1.4)

14.9 

2018 
£m

0.1

23.8

23.9

(0.9)

23.0

(2.5)

(0.1)

–

(0.2)

(3.2)

(6.0)

17.0

UK corporation tax is calculated at 19.0% (2018: 19.0%) of the estimated assessable profit for the year. Taxation for other jurisdictions is 
calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions.

Reconciliation of tax expense to profit before taxation
The differences between the total tax expense shown above and the amount calculated by applying the standard rate of UK corporation tax to 
the profit before tax is as follows.

Profit before taxation 

Tax on profit before taxation at standard UK corporation tax rate of 19.0% (2018: 19.0%)

Effects of:

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Tax incentives and items not subject to tax

Higher tax rates on overseas earnings

Other deferred tax asset not recognised less amounts now recognised

Adjustments to tax charge in respect of prior periods

Effect of change of rate on deferred tax

Tax charge for year

Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Current tax credit in respect of actuarial gains

Deferred tax credit/(charge) in respect of actuarial gains

Total tax credit/(charge) in respect of actuarial gains

Current tax liabilities

Current tax liabilities

2019 
£m

2018 
£m

100.5 

120.3

19.1 

22.9

9.9 

(15.5)

4.5 

(0.7)

(2.1)

(0.3)

14.9 

2019 
£m

2.6

2.1

4.7

4.8

(11.8)

6.8

(3.2)

(2.4)

(0.1)

17.0

2018 
£m

–

(2.3)

(2.3)

2019 
£m

(38.7)

2018 
£m

(38.3)

The tax incentives and items not subject to tax comprise profits from the Nitrile Latex business in Malaysia which benefits from Pioneer Status 
until 28 February 2020. 

In April 2019, the European Commission released its final decision which concluded that, up until 31 December 2018, the Group Financing 
Exemption (‘GFE’) in the UK Controlled Foreign Company legislation partially represented State Aid. On 12 June 2019 the UK Government 
appealed this decision and on 4 July 2019 Synthomer plc filed an annulment application with the EU General Court, in-line with the approach 
of a number of other UK multinationals impacted by the Commission’s decision. There remains considerable uncertainty as to how any final 
liability under this ruling will be determined, in particular given the need to consider the relevance of any UK Significant People Functions (SPFs). 
The maximum potential exposure, accessing certain tax attributes in line with latest HMRC guidance, is currently calculated at £4.6 million. 
This exposure significantly reduces on the basis only certain profits are attributable to UK SPFs. Based on our current interpretation of the 
relevant legislation, the Commission’s decision, HMRC’s latest guidance and management’s judgement, the Group has partially provided in the 
current year against the GFE amounts previously claimed. Developments will continue to be monitored and assessed.

126

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

11  Deferred taxation
Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of all tax losses and other temporary differences giving rise to deferred tax assets to the 
extent that it is probable that these assets will be recovered. 

The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities are shown below.

Deferred tax liabilities
2019

At 1 January

Credited to income statement

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Deferred tax assets
2019

At 1 January

Charged to income statement

Credited to statement of other comprehensive income

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Deferred tax assets not recognised 
The amounts of deferred tax not recognised at the balance sheet dates are as follows:

UK pension liability

Tax losses

Accelerated capital allowances

Other timing differences

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation 
£m 

Acquired 
intangibles 
£m

(18.7)

(13.4)

0.1

0.7

0.8

0.8

(17.9)

(11.8)

Other 
£m

(2.2)

1.1

–

(1.1)

Pension 
£m

Other 
£m

17.7

(0.5)

2.1

(0.6) 

18.7

5.7

(1.5)

–  

(0.1) 

4.1

2019 
£m

3.5

14.9

2.7

0.2 

21.3

Total 
£m

(34.3)

2.0

1.5

(30.8)

Total 
£m

23.4

(2.0)

2.1

(0.7)

22.8

2018 
£m

5.2

13.9

1.8

0.2

21.1

Of the unrecognised tax losses set out above, £0.6 million expire at the end of 2020, £0.6 million expire at the end of 2021, £0.5 million expire 
at the end of 2022, £0.4 million expire at the end of 2023, £0.3 million expire at the end of 2024 and £1.5 million expire at the end of 2025. 
Other losses of £11.0 million can be carried forward indefinitely.

12  Dividends

Interim dividend

Proposed final dividend

2019 
Pence 
per share

4.0p 

6.9p

10.9p 

2018 
Pence 
per share
(restated)

3.7p

8.5p

12.2p

2019 
£m

17.0 

29.3

46.3 

2018 
£m

13.6

30.9

44.5

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM and has not been included as a liability in these 
financial statements.

The 2018 dividend per share figures have been restated to reflect the bonus factor of 1.0713 arising from the rights issue which completed on 
29 July 2019.

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Dividends paid

Interim dividend

Prior year final dividend

2019 
£m

17.0 

30.9 

47.9 

2018 
£m

13.6

28.9

42.5

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

127

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

13  Earnings per share

Earnings

2019

2018 (restated)

Underlying 
performance

Special 
Items

IFRS

Underlying 
performance

Special 
Items

IFRS

Profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent

£m

99.5 

(14.9)

84.6 

111.6 

(11.8)

99.8 

Number of shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares — basic

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares — diluted

’000

’000

’000

393,349 

2,109

395,458

363,977 

1,937

365,914 

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

pence

pence

25.3

25.2

(3.8)

(3.8)

21.5 

21.4 

30.7

30.5

(3.3)

(3.2)

27.4 

27.3 

The weighted average number of ordinary shares for the year to 31 December 2018, used in the calculation of earnings per share, have been 
adjusted by multiplying by an adjustment factor of 1.0713 to reflect the bonus element in the shares issued under the terms of the rights issue 
which completed on 29 July 2019.

14  Goodwill

Cost

At 1 January

Exchange adjustments

Purchase of business

At 31 December

Accumulated impairment losses

At 1 January and 31 December

Net book value

At 31 December

2019 
£m

2018 
£m

350.6

(12.1)

–

343.2

6.2

1.2

338.5

350.6

14.1

14.1

324.4

336.5

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (‘CGUs’) that are expected to benefit from 
that business combination. 

From 1 January 2019, the Group reorganised its CGUs into three global divisions to better service customers and markets. The Group’s 
goodwill was re-assessed and allocated into these new CGUs on an appropriate basis. 

Fully impaired goodwill relating to disposed businesses was derecognised. Accumulated impairment losses at 31 December 2019 arose prior 
to the Group’s adoption of IFRS and are denominated in pounds sterling.

The allocation of the carrying value of goodwill is represented below:

Performance Elastomers

Functional Solutions

Industrial Specialities

Europe & North America

Asia & Rest of the World

Total

Net book 
value at 
1 January 
2018 
£m

–

–

–

295.7

33.4

329.1

Exchange
adjustments
£m

Purchase of 
business 
£m

Net book 
value at 
31 December 
2018 
£m

Reallocation 
into new 
divisions on 
1 January 
2019 
£m

Net book 
value at 
31 December 
2019
£m

Exchange 
adjustments 
£m

–

–

–

4.6

1.6

6.2

–

–

–

1.2

–

1.2

–

–

–

301.5

35.0

336.5

124.8

184.7

27.0

(301.5)

(35.0)

(5.8)

(4.7)

(1.6)

–

–

119.0

180.0

25.4

–

–

–

(12.1)

324.4

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired.

The recoverable amounts for CGUs are determined from value in use calculations. The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are the 
discount rate, profitability and growth rate. These assumptions have been revised in the year in light of the current economic environment. 

Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks 
specific to the CGUs. The discount rate is based on the Group’s weighted average cost of capital adjusted, where appropriate, for the risk 
premium attributable to the particular CGU’s activities and geography of operation. A pre-tax discount rate of 8.4% has been used in the 
above calculations for each division. In 2018, pre-tax discount rates of 11% and 12% were used for Europe & North America and Asia & Rest of 
World respectively. 

128

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 
S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

The Group prepares cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent five-year business plans approved by management and extrapolates 
cash flows for the following five years based on estimated growth rates of 3.5%, 2.6% and 2.6% for Performance Elastomers, Functional 
Solutions and Industrial Specialities respectively. In 2018, growth rates of 2% and 5% were used for Europe & North America and Asia & Rest of 
World respectively. These rates do not exceed average long-term growth rates for relevant markets. The cash flow for year ten is then assumed 
to apply without further growth into perpetuity.

The Group has conducted a sensitivity analysis on the impairment tests. For each CGU, the Directors believe that there is no reasonably 
possible change in the key assumptions on which the recoverable amount is based that would cause the aggregate carrying amount to exceed 
the aggregate recoverable amount of the CGU.

15  Acquired intangible assets

Cost

At 1 January 2019

Exchange adjustments

Derecognition of fully amortised assets

At 31 December 2019

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2019

Exchange adjustments

Amortisation charge for the year

Derecognition of fully amortised assets

At 31 December 2019

Net book value

At 31 December 2019

Cost

At 1 January 2018

Exchange adjustments

Purchase of business

Derecognition of fully amortised assets

At 31 December 2018

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2018

Exchange adjustments

Amortisation charge for the year

Derecognition of fully amortised assets

At 31 December 2018

Net book value

At 31 December 2018

Customer 
relationships 
£m

Other 
acquired 
intangibles
£m

111.6 

(14.0)

(26.3)

71.3 

50.6 

(10.9)

7.4 

(26.3)

20.8 

12.8 

(0.6)

(3.1)

9.1 

4.7 

(0.1)

1.3 

(3.1)

2.8 

Total 
£m

124.4 

(14.6)

(29.4)

80.4 

55.3 

(11.0)

8.7 

(29.4)

23.6 

50.5

6.3

56.8

Customer 
relationships 
£m

Other 
acquired 
intangibles 
£m

250.2

5.0

10.7

(154.3)

111.6

187.2

3.5

14.2

(154.3)

50.6

5.7

0.2

6.9

–

12.8

2.5

–

2.2

–

4.7

Total 
£m

255.9

5.2

17.6

(154.3)

124.4

189.7

3.5

16.4

(154.3)

55.3

61.0

8.1

69.1

The prior year comparatives have been restated to reflect the derecognition of fully amortised assets upon reaching the end of their useful 
economic lives.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

129

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

16  Other intangible assets

Cost 

At 1 January 2019

Exchange adjustments

Additions

At 31 December 2019

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2019

Exchange adjustments

Amortisation charge for the year

At 31 December 2019

Net book value

At 31 December 2019

Cost 

At 1 January 2018

Additions

Disposals

At 31 December 2018

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2018

Amortisation charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 December 2018

Net book value

At 31 December 2018

Other 
intangible 
assets
£m

Assets under 
construction
£m

4.6 

(0.2)

3.8 

8.2

2.7 

–

1.4 

4.1 

3.2

–

14.7

17.9

–

–

–

–

Total
£m

7.8 

(0.2)

18.5 

26.1

2.7 

–

1.4 

4.1 

4.1

17.9

22.0

Other 
intangible 
assets
£m

Assets under 
construction
£m

3.6

1.1

(0.1)

4.6

1.7

1.1

(0.1)

2.7

–

3.2

–

3.2

–

–

–

–

Total
£m

3.6

4.3

(0.1)

7.8

1.7

1.1

(0.1)

2.7

1.9

3.2

5.1

Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. 

As disclosed in note 2, there are various conditions required by IAS 38 for an internally generated intangible asset to be recognised.

During the year the Group invested £14.7 million in its Pathway programme. This programme is designed to deliver a unified operating model 
on a single set of integrated systems to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the Group. This programme is expected to complete in 2022 
based on the current Group and the investment is shown as an asset under construction until the deployment phase begins.

130

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

17  Property, plant and equipment

Cost 
At 1 January 2019
Recognised on adoption of IFRS 16
Exchange adjustments
Additions 
Disposals
Transfer from assets under construction
At 31 December 2019

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 January 2019
Exchange adjustments
Depreciation charge for the year 

Assets written down

Disposals
At 31 December 2019

Net book value
At 31 December 2019

Owned assets

Right of use assets

Freehold 
land and 
buildings 
£m

Leasehold 
land and 
buildings 
£m

Plant and 
equipment 
£m

Assets under 
construction 
£m

Land and 
buildings 
£m

Plant and 
equipment 
£m

108.9
–
(4.1)
1.3 
–
–
106.1

37.0
(1.5)
5.0 

–

–
40.5

8.6
–
0.1 
–
–
–
8.7

4.6
–
0.3 

–

–
4.9

590.2
–
(19.7)
33.0 
(0.4)
33.6 
636.7

325.4
(9.8)
38.1 

(0.1)

(0.1)
353.5

29.3
–
(1.1)
18.8 
–
(33.6)
13.4

–
–
–

–

–
–

–
18.2 
(0.9)
4.2 
–
–
21.5

–
(0.1)
2.5 

–

–
2.4

–
24.6 
(1.2)
1.0 
–
–
24.4

–
(0.2)
4.8 

–

–
4.6

Total 
£m

737.0 
42.8 
(26.9)
58.3 
(0.4)
–
810.8

367.0 
(11.6)
50.7 

(0.1)

(0.1)
405.9

65.6

3.8

283.2

13.4

19.1

19.8

404.9

Cost 
At 1 January 2018
Exchange adjustments
Additions 
Purchase of business
Sale of business
Disposals
Transfer from assets under construction
Reclassification
At 31 December 2018

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 January 2018
Exchange adjustments
Depreciation charge for the year 
Sale of business
Assets written down
Disposals
Reclassification
At 31 December 2018

Net book value
At 31 December 2018

Freehold 
land and 
buildings
£m

Leasehold 
land and 
buildings
£m

Plant and
equipment 
£m

Assets under 
construction
£m

104.9
2.8
1.0
1.2
–
(0.9)
–
(0.1)
108.9

31.3
0.6
5.3
–
–
(0.2)
–
37.0

8.1
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.5
8.6

3.7
–
0.5
–
–
–
0.4
4.6

499.3
11.3
34.8
4.2
(0.1)
(1.5)
42.6
(0.4)
590.2

289.0
5.7
32.0
(0.1)
(0.2)
(0.6)
(0.4)
325.4

33.8
0.9
37.2
–
–
–
(42.6)
–
29.3

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Total
£m

646.1
15.0
73.0
5.4
(0.1)
(2.4)
–
–
737.0

324.0
6.3
37.8
(0.1)
(0.2)
(0.8)
–
367.0

71.9

4.0

264.8

29.3

370.0

Freehold land is not depreciated and is held at historical cost. At 31 December 2019, the Group’s freehold land was recognised at £17.6 million 
(31 December 2018: £17.6 million).

At 31 December 2019 the Group had entered into contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment amounting to 
£11.7 million (2018: £21.2 million).

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

131

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

18  Investment in joint ventures
Details of the Group’s joint ventures are as follows:

% of ownership

Name of entity

Place of incorporation 2019

2018

Principal activity

Segment

Synthomer Middle East 

Saudi Arabia

49%

49% Manufacture and sale of acrylic and  

Functional Solutions

vinyl resin emulsions

Synthomer Functional Solutions FZCO UAE

Synthomer FZCO

Super Sky Ltd

UAE

UK

49%

49%

49% Trading in adhesives and oilfield chemicals

Functional Solutions

49% Sales and marketing support for  

Functional Solutions

Synthomer Group companies

50%

50% Non-trading

Unallocated

Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method in these financial statements.

Summarised financial information in respect of the joint ventures is set out below. This information represents amounts in the joint ventures’ 
financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Summarised balance sheet (100%)

Non-current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Other current assets

Total current assets

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Net assets

Group share:

Total assets

Total liabilities

Net assets

Summarised statement of comprehensive income (100%)

Revenue

Operating profit

Interest

Taxation

Profit for the year

Exchange differences on translation

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid

Movement in retained earnings

Group share:

Profit for the year

Exchange differences on translation

Dividends paid

132

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

2019 
£m

6.6

3.8

17.1

20.9

(12.3)

(12.3)

15.2

2019 
£m

13.5

(6.0)

7.5

2019 
£m

48.2 

2.0 

–

(0.1)

1.9 

(0.9)

1.0 

(3.3)

(2.3)

0.9

(0.4)

(1.6)

2018 
£m

5.2

4.7

18.6

23.3

(10.9)

(10.9)

17.6

2018
£m

14.0

(5.4)

8.6

2018 
£m

42.3

0.9

–

–

0.9

1.1

2.0

(2.3)

(0.3)

0.4

0.4

(1.1)

The following table reconciles the summary information above to the carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the joint ventures:

Investment in joint ventures

At 1 January

Profit from continuing operations

Exchange differences on translation

Partial disposal of UAE business

Dividend paid

At 31 December

19  Inventories

Raw materials and consumables

Finished goods

Stock written off during the year

Cost of inventory recognised as an expense and included in cost of sales

2019 
£m

8.6

0.9

(0.4)

–

(1.6)

7.5

2019 
£m

55.5 

66.4 

121.9

2018 
£m

7.5

0.4

0.4

1.4

(1.1)

8.6

2018 
£m

68.1

73.8

141.9

1.5 

0.7

985.5

1,126.6

The nature of the chemical reaction necessary to produce finished goods from raw materials is such that ‘work in progress’ is not a material 
part of the Group’s inventory at any given point of time. 

20  Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Prepayments

2019 
£m

2018 
£m

162.7 

196.2

22.3 

5.6 

30.6

6.1

190.6 

232.9

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value.

Before accepting a new customer, the Group uses appropriate procedures to assess the potential customer’s credit quality in order to set a 
credit limit. Other receivables mostly relate to indirect taxes.

The Group applies a simplified approach to measure the loss allowance for trade receivables classified at amortised cost, using the lifetime 
expected loss provision. The expected credit loss on trade receivables is estimated using a provision matrix by reference to past default 
experience and credit rating, adjusted as appropriate for current observable data. The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk, 
with exposure spread over a large number of customers. The following table details the risk profile of trade receivables based on the Group’s 
provision matrix. 

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

2019

Gross carrying amount 

Expected credit loss rate

Lifetime expected credit loss

Total

2018

Gross carrying amount 

Expected credit loss rate

Lifetime expected credit loss

Total

Trade receivables – days past due

Not yet due 
£m

145.9 

< 60 
£m

16.9 

61 – 120 
£m

0.1 

> 120 
£m

0.7

Trade receivables – days past due

Not yet due 
£m

171.8

< 60 
£m

23.8

61 – 120 
£m

0.3

> 120 
£m

1.1

Total 
£m

163.6 

0.06%

(0.9)

162.7

Total 
£m

197.0

0.05%

(0.8)

196.2

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

133

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

20  Trade and other receivables continued
The following table shows the movement in the lifetime expected credit loss that has been recognised for trade receivables in accordance with 
the simplified approach set out in IFRS 9:

At 1 January

Exchange adjustments

Sale of business

Transfer to/(from) credit impaired

Uncollectable amounts written off or recovered

At 31 December

21  Cash and borrowings

Bank overdrafts

Current borrowings

Current liabilities

Non-current borrowings

Non-current liabilities

Total borrowings

Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Lease liabilities

Total cash and borrowings

2019 
£m

0.8 

(0.1)

–

0.7 

(0.5)

0.9 

2018 
£m

1.6 

–

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.6)

0.8 

Cash 
inflows/
(outflows) 
£m

Exchange 
and other 
movements 
£m

31 
December 
2019 
£m

20.6

49.7 

70.3 

151.6 

151.6 

221.9 

4.1 

0.1 

(0.3)

(0.2) 

6.3 

6.3 

6.1 

2.6 

8.7 

–

–  

–

(82.9)

(82.9)

(82.9)

103.6 

20.7 

1 
January 
2019 
£m

(20.7)

(49.4)

(70.1)

(240.8)

(240.8)

(310.9)

96.9 

(214.0)

226.0 

–  

(214.0)

(6.8)

219.2 

(35.1)

(26.4)

(41.9)

(21.2)

Lease liabilities were recognised on adoption of IFRS 16 Leases. 

Capitalised debt costs shown in the tables above, which have been recognised as a reduction in borrowings in the financial statements, 
amounted to £1.7 million at 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: £1.8 million).

Analysis of cash and borrowings by currency:

Sterling

Euro

US dollar

Malaysian ringgit

Other

Total

Cash 
and cash 
equivalents 
£m

Total 
borrowings 
£m

Cash 
and cash 
equivalents 
£m

Total 
borrowings 
£m

3.1

13.4

28.0

49.0

10.1

–

84.6

–

–

–

103.6

84.6

0.3

39.0

7.4

34.1

16.1

96.9

2.1 

309.4 

1.2 

–

–

312.7

The principal features of the Group’s borrowings are as follows:

The Group refinanced in July 2018 entering into a committed unsecured four-year multicurrency revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) of €440 million 
expiring July 2022 with an option to request an extension to July 2023. 

As part of the Omnova acquisition financing, the Group put in place new facilities conditional on completion of the acquisition. These consist 
of a $260 million term loan and €460 million RCF with five-year terms ending on 3 July 2024, and a €520 million acquisition financing bridging 
facility. The bridging facility is available for 15 months from July 2019 and may be extended for two periods of six months.

134

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

22  Financial instruments
The table below sets out the Group’s accounting classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities:

Financial instruments

Carrying 
amount 
within scope 
of IFRS 7 
£m

Valuation 
category in 
accordance
with IFRS 91

Carrying 
amount 
£m

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivatives – no hedge accounting

Total assets

Borrowings

Trade and other payables

Derivatives – no hedge accounting

Derivatives – hedge accounting

Total liabilities

162.7

8.7

103.6

AC

AC

AC

Fair value 
£m

Fair value 
hierarchy 
level

162.7

Level 2

8.7

Level 2

103.6

Level 2

4.9

FVTPL

4.9

Level 2

279.9

279.9

162.7

22.3

103.6

4.9

293.5

(82.9)

(82.9)

(233.4)

(225.8)

AC

AC

(84.6)

Level 2

(225.8)

Level 2

(11.0)

(3.3)

(11.0)

FVTPL

(11.0)

Level 2

(3.3)

FVTOCI

(3.3)

Level 2

(330.6)

(323.0)

(324.7)

Note:
1.  AC: amortised cost; FVTOCI: fair value through other comprehensive income; FVTPL: fair value through profit or loss; a more detailed description of the categories can be found 

in note 2.

The fair value of the Group’s borrowings at 31 December 2019 was £84.6 million. This does not include capitalised debt costs. 

Financial risk management
The Group’s policies, approved by the Board, provide written principles on financial risk management and the use of financial derivatives. 
These risks include market risk (including currency risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Group has a policy of hedging significant foreign exchange transactional exposure at operating company level. The Group regularly reviews 
its net assets and borrowing currency exposures, borrowing in overseas currencies in order to hedge the net assets held in those currencies as 
appropriate. The Group does not enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for speculative purposes.

Currency risk
The Group presents its consolidated financial statements in sterling and conducts business in many currencies. As a result, it is subject 
to foreign currency risk due to exchange rate movements, which will affect the Group’s transactions and the translation of the results and 
underlying net assets of its operations. 

To manage the currency risk the Group uses foreign currency borrowings, forward contracts and currency swaps to hedge overseas net 
assets, which are predominantly denominated in euro, US dollar and Malaysian ringgit. Profit translation exposures are not hedged.

The Group hedges currency transaction exposures at the point of confirmed order, using forward foreign exchange contracts. The Group’s 
policy is, where practicable, to hedge all exposures on monetary assets and liabilities. Consequently, there are no material currency exposures 
to disclose (2018: none).

Interest rate risk
The Group has an exposure to interest rate risk, arising principally on changes in US dollar and euro interest rates. To manage interest rate 
risk, the Group manages its proportion of fixed to floating rate borrowings, and utilises interest rate swaps. These practices aim to minimise 
the Group’s net finance charges with acceptable year-on-year volatility.

At 31 December 2019 the Group had in place swap arrangements to fix interest rates on the full value of the €440 million committed, 
unsecured RCF.

The Group’s interest rate derivatives are designated as fair value hedges with fair value movement on the hedged portion recognised in equity. 
Interest paid on these derivatives is recognised in the income statement, within interest paid. Fair value movement in the unhedged portion is 
also recognised in profit and loss, as a Special Item.

After taking account of interest rate swaps, the Group’s currency and interest rate exposure as at 31 December 2019 was: 

Sterling

Euro

US dollar

Total

2019

2018

Floating rate 
borrowings 
£m

Fixed rate 
borrowings 
£m

Total 
borrowings 
£m

Floating rate 
borrowings 
£m

Fixed rate 
borrowings 
£m

Total 
borrowings 
£m

–

–

–

–

–

84.6

–

84.6

–

84.6

–

84.6

2.1

17.4

1.2

20.7

–

292.0

–

292.0

2.1

309.4

1.2

312.7

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

135

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

22  Financial instruments continued
Market risk sensitivity analysis
The Group’s main exposure to market risk is in the form of interest rate risk and foreign currency risk. The Group uses a sensitivity analysis 
that estimates the impacts on the consolidated income statement and other comprehensive income of either an instantaneous increase or 
decrease of 1.0% in market interest rates or a 10% strengthening or weakening in sterling against all other currencies, from the rates applicable 
at 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018 with all other variables remaining constant. The sensitivity analysis excludes the impact of market 
risks on the net post employment benefit liabilities and assets, and corporate tax payable. This analysis is for illustrative purposes only, as 
interest and foreign exchange rates rarely change in isolation.

There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which these risks are managed and measured.

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

UK interest rate +/- 1.0%

Euro interest rate +/- 1.0%

US interest rate +/- 1.0%

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

Sterling -/+ 10%

Malaysian Ringgit exchange rate -/+ 10%

Euro exchange rate -/+ 10%

US dollar exchange rate -/+ 10%

2019

2018

Income statement

Underlying 
-/+ £m

IFRS
-/+ £m

Equity

IFRS
-/+ £m

Income statement

Underlying 
-/+ £m

IFRS
-/+ £m

Equity

IFRS 
-/+ £m

–

0.1

0.3

–

3.0

–

(1.7)

(1.7)

–

1.4

0.4

–

1.4

0.4

–

0.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

(0.8)

–

0.6

0.2

–

1.0

0.1

(0.8)

–

0.6

0.2

–

2.9

–

(1.5)

–

1.5

–

The interest rate sensitivity analysis has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for both derivative and non-derivative 
instruments at the balance sheet date. For floating rate liabilities, the analysis is prepared assuming that the amount of liability outstanding at 
the balance sheet date was outstanding for the whole year.

For interest rate derivatives the mark-to-market adjustment, and amount recognised in equity as part of a hedging arrangement, is estimated 
using the interest rate sensitivity against the nominal amount.

The foreign currency sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at 
the period end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity analysis includes external loans as well as loans to foreign operations 
within the Group where the denomination of the loan is in a currency other than the functional currency of the lender or borrower.

Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. Credit risk arises 
on cash balances, derivative financial instruments and credit exposures to customers.

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the Group’s exposure to credit risk at the balance sheet date as disclosed at the start of this 
note. A financial asset is in default when the counterparty fails to pay its contractual obligations. Financial assets are written-off when there is 
no reasonable expectation of recovery. Credit risk is managed separately for financial and business-related credit exposures.

Financial credit risk
Synthomer aims to minimise its financial credit risk through the application of risk management policies approved and monitored by the Board. 
Counterparties are predominantly limited to major banks and financial institutions with a credit rating of investment grade and the policy 
restricts the exposure to any one counterparty by setting credit limits. The Group’s policy is designed to ensure that individual counterparty 
limits are adhered to and that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk. The Board also defines the types of financial instruments 
which may be transacted. Synthomer annually reviews the credit limits applied and regularly monitors the counterparties’ credit quality, 
reflecting market credit conditions.

Business related credit risk
Trade and other receivables exposures are managed locally in the operating units where they arise and active risk management is applied, 
focusing on country risk, credit limits, ongoing credit evaluation and monitoring procedures. There is no significant concentration of credit risk 
with respect to receivables as the Group has a large number of customers which are internationally dispersed. See note 20 for information on 
credit risk with respect to trade and other receivables.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that Synthomer is unable to meet its payment obligations when due, or that it is unable, on an ongoing basis, to borrow 
funds at an acceptable price to fund actual or proposed commitments. The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves, 
banking facilities and reserve borrowing facilities, by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows, and by matching the maturity 
profiles of assets and liabilities.

136

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

The following tables provide an analysis of the anticipated undiscounted contractual cash flows including interest payable for the Group’s 
financial liabilities and derivative instruments. The liquidity analysis for lease liabilities is included in note 23. Where interest payments are 
calculated at a floating rate, rates of each cash flow until maturity of the instruments are calculated based on the forward yield curve prevailing 
at the respective year ends. Derivative contracts are presented on a net basis. 

Overdrafts

Financial liabilities in trade and other payables

Bank loans – principal

Interest payments on borrowings

Total non-derivative financial liabilities

Deal contingent currency fix

Currency forwards

Total derivative financial assets

Interest rate swaps

Total derivative financial liabilities

2019

Amount due

between 
1 and 
2 years 
£m

between 
2 and 
5 years 
£m

after
5 years 
£m

within 
1 year 
£m

–

–  

–  

(225.3)  

(0.2)

(0.3)

–  

(0.9)

(226.2)

–

(84.6)

(0.9)

(1.1)

(0.5)

(85.4)

–  

–

–

–

–

2018

Amount due

within 
1 year 
£m

(20.7)

between 
1 and 
2 years 
£m

between 
2 and 
5 years 
£m

–

–

(253.4)

(0.4)

(0.3)

(49.4)

(2.3)

(325.8)

–

(242.6)

(1.9)

(2.3)

(2.9)

(245.8)

after 
5 years 
£m

–

–

–

–

–

2019

Amount due

2018

Amount due

within 
1 year 
£m

between 
1 and 
2 years 
£m

between 
2 and 
5 years 
£m

after
5 years 
£m

within 
1 year 
£m

between 
1 and 
2 years 
£m

between 
2 and 
5 years 
£m

after 
5 years 
£m

4.0

0.9

4.9

(3.6)

(3.6)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(3.6)

(3.6)

(10.9)

(10.9)

(2.7)

(2.7)

(3.3)

(3.3)

(3.3)

(3.3)

(10.0)

(10.0)

(5.8)

(5.8)

The financial covenant for the RCF is that net debt must be less than 3.25 times EBITDA.

Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Synthomer’s financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with 
respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of 
maturity on certain borrowings and the inability to access committed facilities. Synthomer was in full compliance with its financial covenants in 
respect of its borrowings throughout each of the years presented.

At the year end, Synthomer had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:

Unsecured €440m multi-currency RCF expiring 23 July 2022

Unsecured €55m loan expiring 26 July 2019

Expiring 
between 
2 and 
5 years 
£m

287.4

–  

287.4

2019

Expiring 
after 
5 years
£m

2018

Expiring 
after 
5 years 
£m

Expiring 
between 
2 and 
5 years 
£m

Total 
£m

–

–

–

287.4

152.8

–

–

287.4

152.8

–

–

–

Total 
£m

152.8

–

152.8

Fair value measurement
Certain of the Group’s financial instruments are held at fair value. The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received 
to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the balance sheet date.

As prescribed by IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement, fair values are measured using a hierarchy where the inputs are as follows:

 — Level 1 – quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 — Level 2 – not level 1 but are observable for that asset or liability either directly or indirectly.

 — Level 3 – not based on observable market data.

Interest rate swaps and foreign currency forwards and swaps are valued using discounted cash flow techniques. These techniques incorporate 
inputs such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates, which are used in a discounted cash flow calculation incorporating the instrument’s 
term, notional amount and discount rate, and taking credit risk into account. As significant inputs to the valuation are observable in active 
markets, all of the Group’s financial instruments are classified as level 2 financial instruments. 

The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swaps and currency swaps is estimated by discounting the future contractual 
cash flows using forward exchange rates, interest rates and prices at the balance sheet date.

There were no transfers of any financial instrument between the levels of the fair value hierarchy during the current or prior years.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

137

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

22  Financial instruments continued
Hedge relationships
The Group targets a one-to-one hedge ratio. Strengths of the economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument is 
analysed on an ongoing basis. Ineffectiveness can arise from subsequent change in the forecast transactions as a result of timing, cash flows 
or value except when the critical terms of the hedging instrument and hedged item are closely aligned. The change in the credit risk of the 
hedging instruments or the hedged items is not expected to be the primary factor in the economic relationship.

The notional amounts, contractual maturities and rates of the hedging instruments designated in hedging relationships as of 31 December 2019 
by the main risk categories are as follows:

Hedged risk

Notional amount

Maturity

Range of hedged rates

2019

Cash flow hedges

Interest rate swap

2018

Cash flow hedges

Interest rate swap

Fair value hedges

Foreign currency debt

Interest rate

Up to €440m

28/08/2018 – 28/08/2025

0.517% to 0.535% fixed

Interest rate

 Up to €440m

28/08/2018 – 28/08/2025

0.517% to 0.535% fixed

Currency

 Up to €350m

01/01/2018 – 31/12/2018

£1 : €1.128 – €1.140

Where hedge accounting is applied, hedges are documented and tested for effectiveness on an ongoing basis. 

The ratio for hedging instruments designated in both net investment and cash flow hedge relationships was 1:1. Ineffectiveness could occur on 
either hedging relationship due to significant changes in counterparty credit risk or a reduction in the notional amount of the hedged item during 
the designated hedging period.

Cash flow hedges
The Group designated as a cash flow hedge the interest rate swaps used to manage interest rate risk on its Euro borrowings. 

In 2019 a loss of £8.7 million (2018: £3.9 million loss) was recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve in respect of these derivatives. 
At 31 December 2019 the cash flow hedge reserve includes a loss of £12.6 million (2018: £3.9 million), all of which relates to continuing cash 
flow hedges. The cash flows are expected to occur between 2020 and 2025.

In the year, the Group’s borrowings fell below the total of the interest rate derivative contracts, leading to a reduction in the balance designated 
as a cash flow hedge. The change in fair value relating to the unhedged portion of the interest rate swaps was £0.5 million (2018: £1.4 million) 
which was recognised in the income statement within finance costs as a Special Item.

Capital management
The Board is committed to enhancing shareholder value in the long term, both by investing in the business so as to deliver continued 
improvement in the return from those investments and by managing the capital structure. 

Synthomer manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency and to provide flexibility to invest through the economic cycle and give 
efficient access to debt markets at attractive cost levels. This is achieved by targeting a net debt to EBITDA ratio between 1.0 and 2.0. In order 
to finance acquisitions, the Group may increase the ratio to 3.0, with deleveraging within 12-24 months.

As at 31 December 2019 the net debt to EBITDA ratio was -0.1 times. 

The Board maintains a dividend policy to 2.5 times earnings cover. Should excess capital not be deployed for acquisitions or capital 
expenditure, the Board will periodically consider one-off capital returns to shareholders in order to maintain an efficient balance sheet.

138

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

23  Lease liabilities
Information presented in this note is in respect of the year ended 31 December 2019 and is presented in accordance with IFRS 16. 
Information in respect of the year ended 31 December 2018 is presented in accordance with IAS 17.

The Group has a portfolio of leases mainly comprising land and buildings, chemical storage tanks and vehicles. Further details are given 
in note 2.

Information in respect of right of use assets, including the carrying amount, additions and depreciation, are set out in note 17 to these financial 
statements. Information in respect of the carrying value and interest arising on lease liabilities is set out in note 23 and note 9 respectively. 
A maturity analysis of lease liabilities is set out below.

Synthomer also enters into short-term leases and low value leases which are not recognised as right of use assets and lease liabilities. 
The expense recognised in the period in relation to these leases is not material. Synthomer has no material exposure to variable lease 
payments, extension options or committed leases not yet commenced.

The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities in the statement of financial position at the initial adoption 
on 1 January 2019 was 2.49%.

The total cash outflow for leases in the year was as follows:

Payments for the principal portion of lease liabilities

Payments for the interest portion of lease liabilities

Lease liabilities included in the balance sheet

Current

Non-current

The following table details the maturity of contractual undiscounted cash flows for lease liabilities:

Less than one year

Between one and two years

Between two and five years

More than five years

24  Trade and other payables

Amount due within one year

Trade payables

Other payables

Accruals 

Amount due after one year

Trade payables

Other payables

Accruals 

2019 
£m

6.8

1.1

31 December 
2019 
£m

7.5

34.4

41.9

2019 
£m

7.6

7.3

17.7

17.5

2018 
£m

204.9

27.7

30.6

263.2

–

–

0.7 

0.7 

2019 
£m

186.8 

15.4 

30.7 

232.9 

–  

–  

0.5 

0.5 

Average trade payable days in 2019 was 58 (2018: 61). This figure represents trade payable days for all trading operations within the Group, 
calculated as a weighted average based on cost of sales. 

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables, other payables and accruals approximates to their fair value.

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

139

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

25  Provisions for other liabilities and charges

At 1 January 2019

Credited to the income statement

Reclassified on adoption of IFRS 16

Utilised during the year

At 31 December 2019

Analysis of provisions

Non-current

Current

Analysis of (credit)/charge to the income statement

Underlying performance

Special Items

Liability 
arising on 
a business 
combination 
£m

Restructuring 
£m

14.0 

(1.1)

(2.8)

(3.2)

6.9 

0.2 

(0.2)

–

–

–  

Total 
£m

14.2 

(1.3)

(2.8)

(3.2)

6.9 

31 December 
2019 
£m

31 December 
2018 
£m

2.0 

4.9 

6.9 

2019 
£m

(0.2)

(1.1)

(1.3)

4.8

9.4

14.2

2018 
£m

(2.5)

9.3

6.8

Restructuring
During the year, the Group progressed site restructuring activities in Ribécourt, France and Kluang, Malaysia. Costs in Kluang were lower than 
anticipated and £1.1 million was released back to Special Items in the year.

On adoption of IFRS 16, the Group elected to apply the practical expedient to rely on its assessment of whether leases are onerous under IAS 
37. In accordance with IFRS 16, the right of use asset was adjusted at the date of initial application by the amount recognised on the balance 
sheet immediately before this date. At 31 December 2018, the Group held a £2.8 million onerous lease provision for the closed site in Ossett 
which was allocated against the right of use asset on 1 January 2019.

26  Retirement benefit obligations
The Group operates a variety of retirement benefit arrangements, covering both defined contribution and defined benefit schemes.

Defined contribution schemes
The Group operates a number of defined contribution schemes for its employees. Costs recognised in respect of defined contribution pension 
plans across the Group for the year ended 31 December 2019 were £7.1 million (2018: £6.8 million).

Multi-employer schemes
The Group participates in several tariffs of the Pensionskasse Degussa in Germany, which is a multi-employer pension scheme. 
Regular contributions are payable to the scheme by each participating employer for new benefits accruing. The assets of all participating 
employers are pooled, and contributions are calculated based on aggregated demographic experience. Therefore sufficient information is not 
available to identify the Group’s share of the assets on a consistent and reliable basis and the Group accounts for the scheme on a defined 
contribution basis. The Group expects to make a regular contribution of £2.3 million to the scheme in 2020.

To the extent that there is underfunding in the scheme, deficit contributions are payable based on an actuarial assessment of each participating 
employer’s share of the future benefit accrual. At 31 December 2019 there is no indication of any commitment for additional deficit contributions 
in excess of regular contributions.

Defined benefit schemes
UK
The Group’s UK defined benefit scheme is administered by a fund that is legally separate from the Company. The trustees of the pension fund 
are required by law to act in the interest of the fund and of all relevant stakeholders in the scheme. The trustees of the pension are responsible 
for the investment policy with regard to the assets of the fund. 

The scheme was closed to future accrual in 2009 and all retirement benefits since that time are provided by way of a defined contribution 
scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the companies concerned. A triennial actuarial valuation of the scheme 
was undertaken in 2018 and completed in 2019.

Germany
The Group operates a number of defined benefit schemes in Germany. These schemes are closed to new members. In line with common 
practice, these schemes are unfunded and liabilities are settled on a cash basis as they fall due. At each balance sheet date, obligations are 
calculated by external actuaries.

140

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Other schemes
The Group operates a number of smaller overseas pension and retirement benefit schemes. For the funded schemes, assets are held 
separately from those of the Group.

The aggregated pension disclosures for the other defined benefit schemes have been compiled from a number of actuarial valuations at 
31 December 2019.

Retirement benefit risks
Defined benefit schemes expose the Group to a number of risks, the most significant of which are detailed below:

Asset return risk 

Interest rate risk

Longevity risk

The plan liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to corporate bond yields; if plan assets 
underperform this yield, this will increase the deficit. The scheme holds a significant proportion of equities which are 
expected to outperform corporate bonds in the long term while providing volatility and risk in the short term. 

A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities, although this will be partially offset by an increase in the 
value of the plans’ bond holdings. 

The majority of the plans’ obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life expectancy will 
result in an increase in the plans’ liabilities. 

The risk relating to benefits to be paid to the dependants of scheme members (widow and orphan benefits) is re-insured by an external 
insurance company.

Charge to income statement in respect of the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes:

Service cost

Net interest expense

Special Item — UK GMP equalisation 

UK 
£m

0.7

1.3

–

2.0

Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income:

2019

Germany 
£m

Other
£m

0.5

0.1

–

0.6

0.4

1.3

–

1.7

2019

Total 
£m

1.6

2.7

–

4.3

UK 
£m

0.8 

1.8

2.8

5.4

2018

Germany
£m

0.4 

1.3

–

1.7

2018

Other
£m

0.5 

0.1

–

0.6

UK 
£m

Germany
£m

Other
£m

Total 
£m

UK 
£m

Germany
£m

Other
£m

Return on plan assets excluding amounts 
included in interest expense/(income)

(Losses)/gains from changes in assumptions 

Actuarial (losses)/gains

33.5

(50.9)

(17.4)

–

(9.0)

(9.0)

1.1

(1.9)

(0.8)

34.6

(61.8)

(27.2)

(13.5)

27.7

14.2

Amount included in the balance sheet arising from the Group’s defined benefit scheme obligations:

2019

(0.2)

0.3

0.1

0.1

1.1

1.2

2018

Total 
£m

1.7 

3.2

2.8 

7.7

Total 
£m

(13.6)

29.1 

15.5

Present value of defined benefit obligations

Fair value of scheme assets

Net liability arising from defined benefit 
obligations

UK 
£m

Germany
£m

(422.2)

366.5 

(79.3)

3.1 

Other
£m

(17.1)

9.0 

Total 
£m

(518.6)

378.6 

UK 
£m

Germany
£m

(372.3)

319.1 

(75.0)

3.3 

Other
£m

(15.8)

8.2 

Total 
£m

(463.1)

330.6 

(55.7)

(76.2)

(8.1)

(140.0)

(53.2)

(71.7)

(7.6)

(132.5)

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

141

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

26  Retirement benefit obligations continued
Fair value of scheme assets:

2019

2018

UK 
£m

Germany
£m

Other
£m

Total 
£m

UK 
£m

Germany
£m

8.2 

330.6 

332.5 

3.2 

0.1 

0.1 

1.1 

1.1 

9.2 

9.2 

8.2 

8.2 

34.6 

(13.5)

34.6 

(13.5)

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

Other 
£m

7.6 

0.1 

0.1 

Total 
£m

343.3 

8.4 

8.4 

(0.2)

(13.6)

(0.2)

(13.6)

0.3 

16.5 

15.5 

–

0.3 

15.8 

(0.2)

0.1 

–

–

(0.5)

9.0 

(17.2)

(0.7)

5.6 

–  

(0.7)

(23.6)

(8.1)

–

–

–

378.6 

319.1 

(0.2)

(0.2)

–  

–  

0.1 

3.3 

(0.2)

0.1 

–

0.6 

–  

8.2 

(24.0)

(8.2)

–  

0.6 

0.1 

330.6 

2019

UK 
£m

Germany 
£m

2018

UK 
£m

Germany 
£m

45.7

71.5

229.5

12.2

5.6

2.0

–

1.5

1.6

–

–

–

366.5

3.1

36.2

64.9

192.2

8.2

–

17.6

319.1

–

1.6

1.7

–

–

–

3.3

At 1 January

Interest income

Amounts recognised in income in 
respect of defined benefit schemes

Remeasurement:

Return on plan assets excluding amounts 
included in interest income

Amounts recognised in the statement 
of comprehensive income

Contributions:

Employers

Payments from plans:

Benefit payments

Disclosure of annuity asset on a gross basis

Plan assets from acquired entities

Exchange adjustments

At 31 December

Plan assets are comprised as follows:

319.1 

8.9 

8.9 

33.5 

33.5 

16.2 

(16.8)

(0.6)

5.6 

–

–

366.5 

3.3 

0.2 

0.2 

–

–

–

(0.2)

(0.2)

–

–

(0.2)

3.1 

Hedge funds

Equities

Debt instruments

Property

Annuity assets

Cash

Total fair value of assets

All investments in equities, bonds and property are quoted.

142

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Other 
£m

(14.5)

(0.5)

–  

(0.2)

Total 
£m

(500.5)

(1.8)

(2.7)

(11.6)

Present value of scheme liabilities

At 1 January

(372.3)

(75.0)

(15.8)

(463.1)

(410.8)

(75.2)

2019

2018

UK 
£m

Germany 
£m

Other
£m

Total 
£m

UK 
£m

Germany
£m

Current service cost

Past service cost

Interest expense

Amounts recognised in income in 
respect of defined benefit schemes

Remeasurement:

(Losses)/gains from changes in financial 
assumptions 

Losses from changes in demographic 
assumptions

Gains/(losses) from experience 
adjustments

Amounts recognised in the statement 
of comprehensive income

Contributions:

Employers

Payments from plans:

Benefit payments

Scheme liabilities from acquired entities

Other: Disclosure of annuity asset on a 
gross basis

Exchange adjustments

At 31 December

(0.7)

–

(10.2)

(0.4)

–

(1.5)

(0.5)

–

(0.2)

(1.6)

–  

(11.9)

(0.8)

(2.8)

(10.0)

(0.5)

0.1 

(1.4)

(10.9)

(1.9)

(0.7)

(13.5)

(13.6)

(1.8)

(0.7)

(16.1)

(48.0)

(10.2)

(1.8)

(60.0)

16.9 

1.2 

0.4

18.5 

(2.9)

–

–

1.2

–

(2.9)

(0.3) 

– 

– 

(0.3) 

(0.1)

1.1

11.1 

(0.1) 

(0.1)

10.9 

(50.9)

(9.0)

(1.9)

(61.8)

27.7 

0.7 

1.7 

0.2 

2.6 

0.8 

16.8 

17.5 

–  

(5.6)

–

(422.2)

0.2 

1.9 

–

–

4.7 

(79.3)

0.2 

0.4 

–

–

0.9 

(17.1)

17.2 

19.8 

– 

(5.6)

5.6 

23.6 

24.4 

–  

–  

–  

(518.6)

(372.3)

1.1 

1.6 

0.2 

1.8 

–  

–  

(0.9)

(75.0)

0.3 

29.1 

0.4

2.8 

0.2

0.6 

(1.2)

–

(0.3)

(15.8)

24.0 

26.8 

(1.2)

–

(1.2)

(463.1)

The Group remains committed to funding its deficit recovery plan for the UK scheme. The 2018 triennial valuation, which completed in 2019, 
indicated a shortfall of £77.0 million when measured against the scheme’s technical provisions. This shortfall is expected to be eliminated by 
2023 and the Group remains committed to paying contributions for the period 6 April 2015 to 5 April 2023, increasing from £16.4 million in 
the year commencing 6 April 2019 to £18.2 million for the year commencing 6 April 2022. Contributions from the sponsoring companies are 
expected to be £16.5 million in 2020.

The Group’s other defined benefit schemes are largely unfunded, with minimal plan assets. Liabilities from these schemes are settled on a cash 
basis as they fall due.

Actuarial assumptions
The major assumptions used for the purposes of the actuarial valuations were as follows:

Rate of increase in pensions in payment

Rate of increase in pensions in deferment

Discount rate

Inflation assumption

2019

UK
%

Germany
%

Overseas
%

2.80

2.10

2.00

2.90

1.00

2.50

1.20

1.75

2.00-2.25

1.50-2.25

0.30-0.90

1.00-2.00

2018

Germany
%

1.00

3.00

2.00

1.75

UK
%

2.00

2.20

2.80

3.20

Overseas
%

1.90-2.63

1.50-2.63

0.70-1.90

1.50-2.00

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

143

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

26  Retirement benefit obligations continued
Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on actuarial advice in accordance with published statistics. These assumptions translate into 
an average life expectancy in years for a pensioner retiring at 65 as follows in the table below.

Mortality assumptions are based on country-specific mortality tables and, where appropriate, include an allowance for future improvements 
in life expectancy. In addition, where credible data exists, actual plan experience is taken into account. The Group’s most substantial pension 
liabilities are in the UK and Germany where, using the mortality tables adopted, the expected lifetime of average members currently at age 65 
and average members at age 65 in 20 years’ time is as follows:

Male

Female

2019

2018

Retiring today

Retiring in 20 years

Retiring today

Retiring in 20 years

UK

Germany

UK

Germany

UK

Germany

UK

Germany

87.2

89.5

85.2

88.7

88.8

91.3

88.0

90.9

87.1

89.4

85.0

88.6

88.7

91.2

87.8

90.8

The weighted average duration of the benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period is 15.7 years for the UK scheme (2018: 14.0 years) 
and 18.2 years for the German schemes (2018: 17.6 years).

Sensitivity analysis
Significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefit obligation are discount rate and mortality. The sensitivity analysis 
below has been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period, assuming 
that all other assumptions are held constant:

Discount rate (decrease of 1%)

Future mortality rate (one year increase in expectancy)

Increase in scheme 
liabilities

UK 
£m

61

19

Germany 
£m

14

1

The above sensitivities are based on a change of assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice this is unlikely to occur 
and changes in some of the assumptions may have some correlation. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to 
significant actuarial assumptions, the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit 
method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the balance sheet. 

27  Share capital and reserves
Share capital

Ordinary shares of 10 pence

Shares in issue at 1 January

Issued in year

Shares in issue at 31 December

Ordinary shares carry no right to fixed income. 

2019 
Number

2018 
Number

339,880,769

339,880,769

84,970,192

–

424,850,961

339,880,769

2019 
£m

34.0

8.5

42.5

2018 
£m

34.0 

–

34.0 

On 29 July 2019 the Group completed a rights issue on the basis of one share for every four fully paid ordinary shares held, resulting in the 
issue of 84,970,192 ordinary shares at 240 pence per share. 

Share premium

Balance at 1 January

Premium arising on issue of shares

Expenses of issue of shares

Balance at 31 December

The share premium account represents the difference between the issue price and the nominal value of shares issued.

Retained earnings

Balance at 1 January

Dividends paid

Net profit for the year

Actuarial (losses)/gains recognised in other comprehensive income

Tax arising from other comprehensive income

Charge to equity for equity-settled share-based payments

Balance at 31 December

144

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

2019 
£m

230.5

195.4

(4.8)

421.1

2019 
£m

192.1

(47.9)

84.6

(27.2)

4.7

(1.9)

2018 
£m

230.5

–

–

230.5

2018 
£m

125.5

(42.5)

99.8

15.5

(2.3)

(3.9)

204.4

192.1

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Hedging and translation reserve

Balance at 1 January 2019

Exchange differences on translating the net assets of foreign operations

Loss on hedging instrument designated as a hedge of the net assets of foreign operations

Gain/(loss) recognised on cash flow hedges:

Interest rate swaps

Balance at 31 December 2019

Balance at 1 January 2018

Exchange differences on translating the net assets of foreign operations

Exchange differences recycled on sale of business

Loss on hedging instrument designated as a hedge of the net assets of foreign operations

Gain/(loss) recognised on cash flow hedges:

Interest rate swaps

Balance at 31 December 2018

Cash flow 
hedging 
reserve 
£m

(3.9)

–

–

(8.7)

(12.6)

–

–

–

–

(3.9)

(3.9)

Translation 
reserve 
£m

10.3

(15.3)

(1.9)

–

(6.9)

(3.0)

16.9

(0.4)

(3.2)

–

10.3

Total 
£m

6.4

(15.3)

(1.9)

(8.7)

(19.5)

(3.0)

16.9

(0.4)

(3.2)

(3.9)

6.4

Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve represents the cumulative amount of gains and losses on hedging instruments deemed effective in cash flow hedges. 
The cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in profit or loss only when the hedged transaction impacts the 
profit or loss, or is included as a basis adjustment to the non-financial hedged item, consistent with the applicable accounting policy.

Translation reserve
Exchange differences relating to the translation of the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations, which relate to subsidiaries only, from their 
functional currency into the parent’s functional currency, being sterling, are recognised directly in the translation reserve. Gains and losses on 
hedging instruments that are designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations are included in the translation reserve.

28  Reconciliation of operating profit to cash generated from operations

Operating profit – continuing operations

Less: share of profits of joint ventures

Adjustments for:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right of use assets

Amortisation of other intangibles

Share-based payments

Special Items

Cash impact of restructuring and site closure

Cash impact of acquisition costs

Cash impact of gain on rights issue

Cash impact of aborted bond costs

Pension funding in excess of service cost

Movement in working capital

Cash generated from operations

Reconciliation of movement in working capital

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

Decrease in trade and other payables

Movement in working capital

2019 
£m

110.6

(0.9)

109.7

43.4

7.3

1.4

0.6

15.2

(4.4)

(7.5)

3.5

–

(17.5)

18.5

170.2

15.0

34.3

(30.8)

18.5

2018 
£m

128.7

(0.4)

128.3

37.8

–

1.1

1.5

13.4

(3.3)

(0.5)

–

(1.2)

(17.0)

(35.2)

124.9

(13.5)

(5.6)

(16.1)

(35.2)

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

145

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2019

29  Related party transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not included 
in this note. Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries are disclosed in the Company’s financial statements where appropriate.

The UK defined benefit scheme is a related party; see note 26.

Key management compensation

Short-term employee benefits

Pension costs

Share-based payments

2019 
£m

4.3

0.5 

0.6 

5.4 

2018 
£m

5.2

0.4

1.5

7.1

The key management figures given above include the Directors and members of the Executive Committee.

30  Contingent assets, contingent liabilities and guarantees
Other guarantees and contingent liabilities of the Group amount to £2.6 million (2018: £8.4 million) and relates to an environmental liability 
in France. The 2018 balance included a contingent liability arising from the European Commission State Aid case in relation to the Group 
Financing Exemption (‘GFE’) in the UK Controlled Foreign Company legislation. Following the release of the Commission’s final decision in April 
2019, the Group has partially provided for the GFE amounts previously claimed. This is discussed further in note 10.

The Company and its subsidiaries have, in the normal course of business, entered into guarantees and counter-indemnities in respect of 
performance bonds, relating to the Group’s own contracts.

During 2018, the European Commission (the ‘Commission’) initiated an investigation into practices relating to the purchase of Styrene monomer 
by companies, including Synthomer, operating in the European Economic Area. The Company has and will continue to fully cooperate with 
the Commission during its investigation. As the investigation is ongoing and the Commission does not provide feedback on its work until the 
investigation is complete, it is not possible to determine whether or not a liability exists in relation to this matter.

31  Share-based payments
Executive share option scheme
The Group’s share option scheme is described in the Directors’ Remuneration report on pages 83 to 102. In addition to the two Executive 
Directors, it is available to other senior management. Movement in the options held under the scheme are defined as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Lapsed during the year

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

Options 
2019 
number

1,807,963 

914,184

(697,627)

(87,522)

1,936,998 

36,414 

Weighted av. 
exercise 
price (£) 
2019 
number

–

–

–

–

–

–

Options 
2018 
number

2,257,771

547,752

(883,923)

(113,637)

1,807,963

170,622

Weighted av. 
exercise 
price (£) 
2018 
number

–

–

–

–

–

–

Grants in 2019 included 143,146 options arising to counter the dilutive effect of the rights issue.

The outstanding share options were all issued under the executive share option scheme. As at 31 December 2019 the following options were 
outstanding:

Exercisable between 2016-2023

Exercisable between 2017-2024

Exercisable between 2018-2025

Exercisable between 2019-2026

Exercisable between 2020-2027

Exercisable between 2021-2028

Exercisable between 2022-2029

Number

12,725 

13,473 

10,216 

–

532,849 

588,689 

779,046 

1,936,998

The total exercise price for all the above grants is £nil.

For options outstanding as at 31 December 2019, the exercise price was £nil and the weighted average remaining contractual life was 5.07 
years (2018: 4.75 years).

The Group also operates a cash settled share-based payment scheme for which there was an expense in the year of £0.1 million 
(2018: £0.5 million) and for which there was a liability at the year end of £0.7 million (2018: £1.5 million).

146

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

The Synthomer Employee Benefit Trust
The Company established a trust, formerly the Yule Catto Employee Benefit Trust, on 17 July 1996 to distribute shares to employees enabling 
the obligations under the Yule Catto Longer-Term Performance Share Plan and the Yule Catto Longer-Term Deferred Bonus Plan to be met. 
The Trust is managed by the RBC Trustees (Guernsey) Limited, an independent company located in Guernsey. 

At 31 December 2019, the Trust held 1,880 (2018: 110,969) ordinary shares in the Company with a market value of £0.0 million 
(2018: £0.4 million). 

The dividends on these shares have been waived. All of the shares are under option. Costs are amortised over the life of the plans.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise was £3.61 (2018: £4.91).

The weighted average fair value of the options at the measurement date granted during the year was £1.81 (2018: £2.68). The valuation was 
based on the following inputs and assumptions, using a Monte Carlo simulation model:

Weighted average share price (£)

Option price (£)

Value of optionality

Vesting assumption

2019

3.77 

–

nil

2018

4.88

–

nil

48%

55%

The vesting assumption is the estimate at the measurement date of the percentage of the options that will ultimately vest and is based on 
market conditions and management’s assessment of the likelihood of achievement of the performance criteria.

32  Share price information
The middle market value of the listed ordinary shares at 31 December 2019 was 353.8 pence (31 December 2018: 357.4 pence). During the 
year, the market price ranged between 279.0 pence and 420.8 pence. The latest ordinary share price is available on the Group’s website, 
www.synthomer.com

33  Audit exemptions
The following subsidiaries have taken advantage of the exemption from an audit for the year ended 31 December 2019 available under s479a 
of the Companies Act 2006, as the Company has given a statutory guarantee of all of the outstanding liabilities of these subsidiaries as at 
31 December 2019.

Company

Dimex Limited

Ecatto Limited

Harlow Chemical Company Limited

PolymerLatex Limited

Revertex Limited

S.A. (300) Limited

Super Sky Limited

Synthomer Overseas Limited

Temple Fields 514 Limited

Temple Fields 515 Limited

Temple Fields 522 Limited

Temple Fields 523 Limited

Temple Fields 530 Limited

Company registration

01763129

00978441

00778831

03439041

00873653

00236227

02021871

06349474

04541637

00692510

05516912

05516913

00831113

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

147

 
 
 
 
 
 
Company financial statements

Company balance sheet
31 December 2019

Non-current assets

Investment in subsidiaries and joint ventures

Property, plant and equipment

Current assets

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivative financial instruments

Current liabilities

Borrowings

Other payables

Derivative financial instruments

Lease liabilities

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Revaluation reserve

Capital redemption reserve

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to shareholders

Note

2019 
£m

2018 
£m

3

4 

5 

9 

8 

6 

9 

8 

10 

264.6 

5.6 

270.2 

877.0 

21.8 

4.9 

208.1 

2.3 

210.4 

963.6 

53.3 

–

903.7 

1,016.9 

(11.5)

(251.9)

(14.3)

(0.4)

(278.1)

625.6 

895.8 

(82.9)

(3.0)

809.9 

42.5 

421.1 

0.8 

0.9 

344.6 

809.9 

(74.3)

(262.9)

(5.3)

–

(342.5)

674.4 

884.8 

(240.8)

–

644.0 

34.0 

230.5 

0.8 

0.9 

377.8 

644.0 

As disclosed in note 2, the Company’s profit for the year was £25.2 million (2018: £46.9 million).

The notes on pages 150 to 153 are an integral part of these financial statements.

The financial statements of Synthomer plc (registered number 98381) on pages 148 to 153 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors 
on 5 March 2020.

C G MacLean 
Director 

S G Bennett
Director

148

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2019

At 1 January 2019

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Issue of shares

Dividends

Share-based payments

Fair value loss on hedged interest derivatives

At 31 December 2019

At 1 January 2018

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends

Share-based payments

Fair value loss on hedged interest derivatives

At 31 December 2018

Share 
capital 
£m

Share 
premium
£m

Revaluation 
reserve 
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

Retained 
earnings
£m

Total 
equity
£m

34.0 

230.5 

0.8 

0.9 

377.8 

644.0 

–

–

–

–

8.5 

190.6 

–

–

–

–

–

–  

–

–

–

–  

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

25.2 

25.2 

–

(47.9)

(1.9)

(8.6)

25.2 

25.2 

199.1 

(47.9)

(1.9)

(8.6)

42.5 

421.1 

0.8 

0.9 

344.6 

809.9 

Share 
capital 
£m

34.0

Share 
premium
£m

230.5

Revaluation 
reserve 
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

0.8

0.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Retained 
earnings
£m

381.2

46.9

46.9

(42.5)

(3.9)

(3.9)

Total 
equity
£m

647.4

46.9

46.9

(42.5)

(3.9)

(3.9)

34.0

230.5

0.8

0.9

377.8

644.0

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

149

 
 
 
 
 
 
Company financial statements

Notes to the Company financial statements
31 December 2019

1  Significant accounting policies
The separate financial statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006. The Company meets the definition of 
a qualifying entity under FRS 100 ‘Application of Financial Reporting Requirements’ issued by the FRC. Accordingly, these financial statements 
were prepared in accordance with FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’.

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation to share-
based payments, financial instruments, capital management, presentation of a cash flow statement, standards not yet effective and certain 
related party transactions.

Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated financial statements.

The financial statements have been prepared on the historic cost basis except for the remeasurement of certain financial instruments that are 
measured at fair values at the end of each reporting period. 

The principal accounting policies adopted are the same as those set out in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements except as 
noted below.

Investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment. The carrying amounts of 
the Company’s investments are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is an indication of impairment. If such an indication 
exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. Losses are recognised in the income statement and reflected in an allowance against 
the carrying value. When a subsequent event causes the amount of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is reversed 
through the income statement.

Intercompany balances are shown gross unless a right of set-off exists. Balances are valued at fair value at inception and are repayable on 
demand. All intercompany loans are repayable on demand and the Company has the ability to refinance any of its subsidiaries using equity 
allowing the subsidiary to repay any receivables owed to Synthomer plc.

Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the Company’s financial statements in the period in which 
the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

There are no significant accounting judgements and estimates applied in preparing the Company’s account except for the impairment testing 
of amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings. When measuring the potential impairment of receivables from subsidiaries, forward-looking 
information based on assumptions for the future movement of different economic drivers are considered.

2  Profit for the year

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, no separate profit and loss account or statement of comprehensive income 
is presented for Synthomer plc. The Company reported a profit of £25.2 million for the year ended 31 December 2019 (2018: profit of 
£46.9 million).

The auditor’s remuneration for audit and other services is disclosed in note 7 to the consolidated financial statements.

The Company had no employees during the current or prior year.

3  Investment in subsidiaries and joint ventures

Cost

At 1 January 2019

Additions

At 31 December 2019

Provisions

At 1 January and 31 December 2019

Net book value

At 31 December 2019

Subsidiaries 
£m

Joint 
ventures 
£m

207.8

56.5

264.3

0.5

–

0.5

Total 
£m

208.3

56.5

264.8

–

0.2

0.2

264.3

0.3

264.6

Details of the Group’s subsidiaries and joint ventures are included in note 11 on pages 152 to 153.

Following a return of capital in December 2018, the Company’s investment in Synthomer Jersey Limited was reduced to nil. As the qualifying 
criteria for hedge accounting were no longer met, the Company de-designated the fair value hedge of euro denominated borrowings against 
this investment.

Directors consider the value of investments to be supported by underlying assets.

150

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

4  Property, plant and equipment

Cost

At 1 January

Additions

Recognised on adoption of IFRS 16

At 31 December

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January

Charge for the year

At 31 December

Net book value

At 31 December

2019 Land and buildings

2018 Land and buildings

Right of use 
assets
£m

Freehold
£m

Total  
£m

Freehold
£m

Total  
£m

–

3.2 

0.9 

4.1 

–

0.6

0.6 

3.0 

–

–

3.0 

0.7 

0.2

0.9 

3.0 

3.2 

0.9 

7.1 

0.7 

0.8

1.5 

2.8 

0.2 

–

3.0 

0.7 

–

0.7 

2.8 

0.2 

–  

3.0 

0.7 

–  

0.7 

3.5 

2.1 

5.6 

2.3

2.3

Freehold land amounting to £1.8 million (2018: £1.8 million) has not been depreciated.

5  Other receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

2019 
£m

2018 
£m

875.6 

962.9 

0.3 

1.1 

0.7 

–  

877.0 

963.6 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are valued at fair value at inception and are repayable on demand. 

Of the parent company’s amounts owed by subsidiaries, £149.0 million is impaired (2018: £151.4 million). Future expected credit losses on 
amounts receivable from subsidiaries are immaterial.

6  Other payables

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Other creditors

Accruals and deferred income

2019 
£m

2018 
£m

244.5

254.1

4.1

3.3

2.3

6.5

251.9

262.9

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are valued at fair value at inception and are repayable on demand.

7  Guarantees 
The Company has provided financial guarantees amounting to £19.1 million (2018: £37.2 million) in respect of bank and other facilities of 
subsidiaries and joint ventures.

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

8  Borrowings

Current borrowings

Overdrafts

Bank loans

Non-current borrowings

Bank loans

Details of the bank loans are given in note 21 to the consolidated financial statements.

2019 
£m

11.5 

–

11.5 

2018 
£m

24.9

49.4

74.3 

82.9 

82.9

240.8 

240.8 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

151

 
 
 
 
 
 
Company financial statements

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
31 December 2019

9 Financial instruments
The fair value of the financial instruments disclosed in the Company’s statement of financial position are as follows:

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivatives – no hedge accounting

Total assets

Borrowings

Trade and other payables

Derivatives – no hedge accounting

Derivatives – hedge accounting

Total liabilities

Financial instruments

Carrying 
amount 
within scope 
of IFRS 7 
£m

Valuation 
category in 
accordance
with IFRS 91

876.8

21.8

4.9

AC

AC

FVTPL

Carrying 
amount 
£m

877.0

21.8

4.9

903.7

903.5

Fair value 
£m

Fair value 
hierarchy 
level

876.8

Level 2

Level 2

Level 2

21.8

4.9

903.5

(82.9)

(82.9)

(251.9)

(251.9)

AC

AC

(84.6)

Level 2

(251.9)

Level 2

(11.0)

(3.3)

(11.0)

FVTPL

(11.0)

Level 2

(3.3)

FVTOCI

(3.3)

Level 2

(349.1)

(349.1)

(350.8)

1. AC: amortised cost; FVTOCI: fair value through other comprehensive income; FVTPL: fair value through profit or loss.

Further disclosures on financial instruments are included in note 22 of the consolidated financial statements. 

10  Share capital and share premium
Details of the Company’s share capital and share premium are shown in note 27 of the consolidated financial statements.

11  Subsidiaries and joint ventures

Country of incorporation and registered address

Principal activity

Ownership 
%

Country of incorporation and registered address

Principal activity

Ownership 
%

United Kingdom

Austria

Central Road, Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Industriepark, Pischelsdorf, 3435

Dimex Limited

Ecatto Limited 

Holding Company

Holding Company

Harlow Chemical Company Limited

Holding Company

PolymerLatex Limited

Revertex Limited

S.A. (300) Limited

Star Pharma Limited 

Super Sky Limited

Synthomer (UK) Limited

Synthomer Holdings Limited

Synthomer Overseas Limited

Temple Fields 510

Temple Fields 512 Limited

Temple Fields 514 Limited

Temple Fields 515 Limited

Temple Fields 522 Limited

Temple Fields 523 Limited

Temple Fields 530 Limited

Temple Fields 534 Limited

William Blythe Limited

Yule Catto Overseas 

Holding Company

Dormant

Holding Company

Dormant

Holding Company

Trading

Holding Company

Holding Company

Dormant

Dormant

Holding Company

Holding Company

Holding Company

Holding Company

Holding Company

Dormant

Trading

Dormant

1003

45 Pall Mall, London, SW1Y 5JG

Synthomer Trading Limited

Trading

100

44 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, JE4 9WG

Synthomer Jersey Limited

Dormant

1003

Australia

58 Gipps Street, Collingwood, Victoria, 3066

Synthomer Australia Pty Limited

Trading

100

152

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

100

1003

1002

100

1003

1003

100

501,3

100

1003

1003

100

1003

1003

100

1003

1003

100

100

100

Synthomer Austria GmbH

Trading

100

Brazil

Av. Casa Verde, 3100, Sala 1, Casa Verde, São Paulo, 02520-
300

Synthomer Participacoes Ltda

Trading

100

China

Building 53-55, 1000 Zhangheng Road, 
Zhangjiang High-Tech Park, Pudong, Shanghai, 201203

Shanghai Synthomer Chemicals Co Ltd

Trading

100

Czech Republic

Tovární 2093, Sokolov, 356 01

Synthomer AS

V Celnici 1031/4, Prague, 110 00

Trading

100

Synthomer Holdings (CZE) SRO

Non-Trading

100

Egypt

Industriel Zone 1-B, 10th of Ramadam City, Sharkiya

Synthomer SAE

Finland

PO Box 175, Oulu, FI 90101

Synthomer Finland Oy

France

Trading

88

Trading

100

704 rue Pierre et Marie Curie, Ribécourt-Dreslincourt, 60170

Synthomer France SAS

Trading

100

6 Place de la Madelaine, Paris, 75008

Yule Catto France SA

Yule Catto International SA

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

100

100

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
fi
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i

n

f

o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Country of incorporation and registered address

Principal activity

Ownership 
%

Country of incorporation and registered address

Principal activity

Ownership 
%

Germany

Werrastrasse 10, Marl, 45768

Synthomer Deutschland GmbH

Temple Fields GmbH

Trading

Non-Trading

Temple Fields GmbH & Co Chemie oHG

Non-Trading

Temple Fields Verwaltungs GmbH

Non-Trading

Yule Catto Holdings GmbH

Holding Company

USA

1201 Peachtree Street NE, Atlanta, GA, 30361

Synthomer LLC

Yule Catto Inc

Trading

Non-Trading

100

100

160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, Dover, DE, 19904

Synthomer USA LLC

Vietnam

Trading

100

100

100

100

100

100

Italy

8, 6th Street, Song Than Industrial Park, Di An

Via delle Industrie 9, Filago, BG, 24040

Synthomer Vietnam Co Ltd

Trading

60

Notes
1. Joint ventures.
2. Harlow Chemical Company Limited is incorporated in UK but is resident in Netherlands.
3. Shares directly held by Synthomer plc.

Synthomer S.r.l.

Trading

100

Via Morozzo 27, Sant’Albano Stura, CN, 12040

Synthomer Specialty Resins S.r.l.

Trading

100

Piazza Cavour 3, Milano, MI, 20121

UQUIFA Italia S.r.l.

Malaysia

Non-Trading

100

Unit 16-2, Wisma Uoa Damansara II, 6 Changkat Semantan, 
Damansara Heights, Kuala Lumpur, 50490

Desa Baiduri Sdn Bhd

Fine Chemicals Sdn Bhd

Kind Action (M) Sdn Bhd

PolymerLatex Sdn Bhd

Quality Polymer Sdn Bhd

Revertex (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd

Rexplas Sdn Bhd

Synthomer Sdn Bhd

Terra Simfoni Sdn Bhd

Netherlands

Ijsselstraat 41, Oss, 5347 KG

Synthomer BV

Yule Catto BV

Yule Catto Nederland BV

Saudi Arabia

Property Letting

Non-Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Dormant

Trading

Holding Company

Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

70

70

70

100

70

70

70

100

100

100

100

100

27 Street, 2nd Industrial City, Dammam, 31472

Synthomer Middle East Company Ltd

Trading

491

Spain

Camino de Sangroniz 8, Sondika, 48150

Synthomer Asua SL

Trading

100

Rambla de Catalunya 53, Barcelona, 08007

Yule Catto Spain SL

Sweden

Non-Trading

100

Tostarpsvagen 11, Kavlinge, 244 32

Synthomer Speciality Additives AB

Trading

100

Thailand

219/16 Moo 6, Bowin, Si Racha, Chonburi, 20230

Synthomer (Thailand) Limited

Synthomer Bangkok Limited

Trading

Trading

Synthomer Holdings (Thailand) Limited

Non–Trading

100

100

100

UAE

Building 2101, Office S10122A2, Jabel Ali Free Zone, Dubai

Synthomer Functional Solutions FZCO

Trading

491

East Wing 2, Office 201, Po Box 54645, 
Dubai Airport Free Zone, Dubai

Synthomer FZE

Trading

491

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

153

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other information

Glossary of terms

Net debt

NOx
Operating  
profit

Cash and cash equivalents together with short- and 
long-term borrowings

Nitrogen Oxides

Operating profit represents profit from continuing 
activities before finance costs and taxation

Profit Before Tax

Performance Elastomers

Process Hazard Assessment

Property, Plant and Equipment

Pressure Sensitive Adhesive

Process Safety Events

Performance Share Plan

Permit to Work

Polyvinyl Chloride

Research and Development

Responsible Care

Return on Invested Capital is calculated as Group 
Underlying operating profit as a percentage of 
Group capital employed 

Styrene Butadiene Rubber

Sustainable Development

Specific Energy Consumption

Safety, Health and Environment

Safety, Health and Environment Management 
System

The Code

The UK Corporate Governance Code

TSR

Total Shareholder Return

UK GAAP

UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice

Underlying  
performance

Underlying performance represents the statutory 
performance of the Group under IFRS, excluding 
Special Items

VOCs

Volatile Organic Compounds

AGM

AIMS

APMs

C&C

C&F

Capital  
employed

CDP

CGU
CH4
CIA

CO2

CO2e 

Constant  
currency

CRM

CSR

DEFRA

EBITDA 

EGM

EPS

ERP

ESG

FEED

FP

FRC

Free Cash  
Flow

FRS

FS

GHGs

GJ

GRI

GWP

H&P

HR

Annual General Meeting

Accident and Incident Management System

Alternative Performance Measures

Construction and Coatings

Carpet and Foam

Net assets excluding third party net debt

Carbon Disclosure Project

Cash Generating Unit

Methane

Chemical Industries Association

Carbon Dioxide

Carbon Dioxide equivalent

Reflects current year results for existing business 
translated at the prior year’s average exchange 
rates, and includes the impact of acquisitions 

Customer Relationship Management system

Corporate Social Responsibility

Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs

EBITDA is calculated as operating profit before 
depreciation, amortisation and Special Items

Extraordinary General Meeting

Earnings Per Share

PBT

PE

PHA

PPE

PSA

PSE

PSP

PTW

PVC

R&D

RC

ROIC

SBR

SD

SEC

SHE

Enterprise Resource Planning

SHEMS

Environmental, Social and Governance

Front End Engineering Design

Functional Polymers

Financial Reporting Council

The movement in net debt before financing 
activities, foreign exchange and the cash impact 
of Special Items, asset disposals and business 
combinations

Financial Reporting Standard

Functional Solutions

Greenhouse Gases

Gigajoule

Global Reporting Initiative

Global Warming Potential

Health and Protection

Human Resources

HSSBR

High Solids Styrene Butadiene Rubber

IAS 

ICCA

IFRS

IS

ISA

KPIs

ktes

LTA

LTIP

M&A

MOC

MYR

N2O

NBR

International Accounting Standard

International Council of Chemical Associations

International Financial Reporting Standards

Industrial Specialities

International Standards of Auditing

Key Performance Indicators

Kilotonne or 1,000 tonnes (metric)

Lost Time Accident

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Mergers and Acquisitions

Management of Change

Malaysian Ringgits

Nitrous Oxide

Nitrile Butadiene Rubber 

154

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

Five-year financial summary

Revenue

Underlying performance 

EBITDA

Operating profit

Finance costs 

Profit before taxation

Basic earnings per share

Dividends per share

Dividend cover

IFRS

Operating profit

Finance costs 

Profit before taxation

Basic earnings per share

Dividends per share

Dividend cover

Net debt

Capital expenditure

(a)

(b)

(c)

(f)

(f)

(c)

(f)

(f)

(d)

(e)

Notes:
(a)  As presented in the consolidated income statement on page 111.
(b) As defined in the accounting policies note and reconciled in note 5.
(c)  As defined in the accounting policies note on page 116.
(d) As reconciled in note 21.
(e)  As presented on the consolidated cash flow statement.
(f)  Dividends and earnings per share figures for 2018 and prior have been restated to reflect the bonus  

factor of 1.0713 arising from the rights issue which completed on 29 July 2019.

2019
£m

2018
£m

2017
£m

2016
£m

1,459.1 

1,618.9 

1,480.2 

1,045.7 

177.9 

125.8 

(9.6)

116.2 

25.3p 

10.9p 

2.3 

110.6 

(10.1)

100.5 

21.5p 

10.9p 

2.0 

20.7 

69.1 

181.0 

142.1 

(7.0)

135.1 

30.7p 

12.2p 

2.5 

128.7 

(8.4)

120.3 

27.4p 

12.2p 

2.2 

(214.0)

75.7 

176.2 

139.0 

(9.0)

130.0 

28.7p 

11.4p 

2.5 

95.4 

(9.0)

86.4 

20.3p 

11.4p 

1.8 

(180.5)

60.3 

160.1 

130.2 

(8.0)

122.2 

26.4p 

10.5p 

2.5 

144.7 

(8.0)

136.7 

30.3p 

10.5p 

2.9 

(150.3)

45.6 

2015
£m

870.1 

125.0 

102.9 

(7.6)

95.3 

20.1p 

8.0p 

2.5 

80.3 

(7.8)

72.5 

16.6p 

8.0p 

2.1 

(80.1)

22.8

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

G
r
o
u
p
fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O

t
h
e
r

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i

o
n

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

155

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other information

Advisers

Registered office
Synthomer plc
Temple Fields
Harlow
Essex
CM20 2BH
Registered number 98381

Company Secretary
Richard Atkinson

Bankers
Barclays Bank plc
Commerzbank AG
HSBC Bank plc
Citibank 
Lloyds Bank plc
SEB
China Construction Bank Corporation

Joint stockbrokers
Barclays Bank plc and Numis Securities Ltd

Registrars
Computershare Investor Services plc
Lochside House
7 Lochside Avenue
Edinburgh Park
Edinburgh
EH12 9DJ

Independent Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and 
Statutory Auditors
London

Solicitors
Herbert Smith Freehills LLP
Squire Patton Boggs (UK) LLP

156

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2019

 
Consultancy, design and production
www.luminous.co.uk

Synthomer plc 
45 Pall Mall
London
SW1Y 5JG
United Kingdom 

www.synthomer.com